Dual, 11-Bit/16-Bit, 12.6 GSPS RF DAC with Wideband Channelizers AD9175 Data Sheet FEATURES Supports multiband wireless applications 3 bypassable, complex data input channels per RF DAC 3.08 GSPS maximum complex input data rate per input channel, 11-bit resolution 1 independent NCO per input channel Proprietary, low spurious and distortion design 2-tone IMD3 = -83 dBc at 1.84 GHz, -7 dBFS/tone RF output SFDR <-80 dBc at 1.84 GHz, -7 dBFS RF output Flexible 8-lane, 15.4 Gbps JESD204B interface Supports single-band and multiband use cases Supports 12-bit high density mode for increased data throughput Multiple chip synchronization Supports JESD204B Subclass 1 Selectable interpolation filter for a complete set of input data rates 1x, 2x, 3x, 4x, 6x, and 8x configurable data channel interpolation 1x, 2x, 4x, 6x, 8x, and 12x configurable final interpolation Final 48-bit NCO that operates at the DAC rate to support frequency synthesis up to 6 GHz Transmit enable function allows extra power saving and downstream circuitry protection High performance, low noise PLL clock multiplier Supports 12.6 GSPS DAC update rate Observation ADC clock driver with selectable divide ratios Low power 2.54 W with 2 DACs at 12 GSPS, DAC PLL on 10 mm x 10 mm, 144-ball BGA_ED with metal enhanced thermal lid, 0.80 mm pitch multiplier, and digital signal processing capabilities targeted at single-band and multiband direct to radio frequency (RF) wireless applications. The AD9175 features three complex data input channels per RF DAC datapath. Each input channel is fully bypassable. Each data input channel (or channelizer) includes a configurable gain stage, an interpolation filter, and a channel numerically controlled oscillator (NCO) for flexible, multiband frequency planning. The AD9175 supports an input data rate of up to 3.08 GSPS complex (in-phase/quadrature (I/Q)), or up to 3.4 GSPS noncomplex (real), and is capable of allocating multiple complex input data streams to the assigned channels for individual processing. Each group of three channelizers is summed into a respective main datapath for additional processing when needed. Each main datapath includes an interpolation filter and one 48-bit main NCO ahead of the RF DAC core. Using the modulator switch, the outputs of a main datapath can be either routed to DAC0 alone for operating as a single DAC, or routed to both DAC0 and DAC1 for operating as a dual, intermediate frequency DAC (IF DAC). The AD9175 also supports ultrawide data rate modes that allow bypassing the channelizers and main datapaths to provide maximum data rates of up to 3.4 GSPS as a dual, 11-bit DAC. The AD9175 is available in a 144-ball BGA_ED package. PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS 1. 2. APPLICATIONS Wireless communications infrastructure Multiband base station radios Microwave/E-band backhaul systems Instrumentation, automatic test equipment (ATE) Radars and jammers 3. GENERAL DESCRIPTION The AD9175 is a high performance, dual, 16-bit digital-toanalog converter (DAC) that supports DAC sample rates up to 12.6 GSPS. The device features an 8-lane, 15.4 Gbps JESD204B data input port, a high performance, on-chip DAC clock Rev. B 4. A low power, multichannel, dual DAC design reduces power consumption in higher bandwidth and multichannel applications, while maintaining performance. Supports single-band and multiband wireless applications with three bypassable complex data channels per RF DAC, or configurations that use the two main datapaths as two wideband complex data channels when using the built in modulator switch. A maximum complex data rate (per I or Q) of up to 3.08 GSPS with 11-bit resolution, and up to 1.23 GSPS with 16-bit resolution. The AD9175 can be alternatively configured as a dual DAC, with each DAC operating across an independent JESD204B link, at the previously described data rates. Ultrawide bandwidth single DAC modes supporting up to 3.4 GSPS with 11-bit resolution, 12-bit SERDES packing. Document Feedback Information furnished by Analog Devices is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed by Analog Devices for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties that may result from its use. Specifications subject to change without notice. No license is granted by implication or otherwise under any patent or patent rights of Analog Devices. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners. One Technology Way, P.O. Box 9106, Norwood, MA 02062-9106, U.S.A. Tel: 781.329.4700 (c)2018-2019 Analog Devices, Inc. All rights reserved. Technical Support www.analog.com AD9175 Data Sheet TABLE OF CONTENTS Features .............................................................................................. 1 JESD204B Serial Data Interface .................................................... 31 Applications ....................................................................................... 1 JESD204B Overview .................................................................. 31 General Description ......................................................................... 1 Physical Layer ............................................................................. 35 Product Highlights ........................................................................... 1 Data Link Layer .......................................................................... 37 Revision History ............................................................................... 2 Syncing LMFC Signals ............................................................... 39 Functional Block Diagram .............................................................. 3 Transport Layer .......................................................................... 45 Specifications..................................................................................... 4 JESD204B Test Modes ............................................................... 46 DC Specifications ......................................................................... 4 JESD204B Error Monitoring..................................................... 48 Digital Specifications ................................................................... 5 Digital Datapath ............................................................................. 51 Maximum DAC Sampling Rate Specifications ......................... 5 Total Datapath Interpolation .................................................... 51 Power Supply DC Specifications ................................................ 6 Channel Digital Datapath ......................................................... 52 Serial Port and CMOS Pin Specifications ................................. 8 Main Digital Datapath ............................................................... 55 Digital Input Data Timing Specifications ................................. 9 NCO Only Mode ........................................................................ 59 JESD204B Interface Electrical and Speed Specifications ...... 10 Modulator Switch ....................................................................... 59 Input Data Rates and Signal Bandwidth Specifications ........ 11 Interrupt Request Operation ........................................................ 63 AC Specifications........................................................................ 12 Interrupt Service Routine .......................................................... 63 Absolute Maximum Ratings.......................................................... 14 Analog Interface ............................................................................. 64 Reflow Profile .............................................................................. 14 DAC Input Clock Configurations ............................................ 64 Thermal Characteristics ............................................................ 14 Clock Output Driver .................................................................. 66 ESD Caution ................................................................................ 14 Analog Outputs .......................................................................... 66 Pin Configuration and Function Descriptions ........................... 15 Applications Information .............................................................. 68 Typical Performance Characteristics ........................................... 18 Hardware Considerations ......................................................... 68 Terminology .................................................................................... 26 Start-Up Sequence .......................................................................... 71 Theory of Operation ...................................................................... 27 Register Summary .......................................................................... 78 Serial Port Operation ..................................................................... 29 Register Details ............................................................................... 89 Data Format ................................................................................ 29 Outline Dimensions ..................................................................... 150 Serial Port Pin Descriptions ...................................................... 29 Ordering Guide ........................................................................ 150 Serial Port Options ..................................................................... 30 REVISION HISTORY 8/2019--Rev. A to Rev. B Changes to Digital Gain Section................................................... 52 Changes to Figure 75 and Table 37............................................... 53 Changes to Table 43 ........................................................................ 57 Changes to NCO Only Mode Section .......................................... 59 Changes to DAC Full-Scale Power Section ................................. 66 Changes to Table 55 ........................................................................ 74 Changes to Table 56 ........................................................................ 75 Changes to Table 61 ...................................................................... 100 5/2019--Rev. 0 to Rev. A Changes to Table 9 .......................................................................... 13 Changes to Table 17 ........................................................................ 32 Change to Table 18 ......................................................................... 33 Changes to SYSREF Sampling Section ...................................... 40 Changes to Subclass 1 Section ...................................................... 41 Change to Table 37 ......................................................................... 53 Change to Calibration NCO Section ........................................... 58 Change to Complex Modulator Switch Configurations Section.............................................................................................. 61 Changes to DAC On-Chip PLL Section ...................................... 65 Changes to Table 51 ....................................................................... 71 Changes to Table 60 ....................................................................... 78 Changes to Table 61 ....................................................................... 89 12/2018--Revision 0: Initial Version Rev. B | Page 2 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM CHANNEL 0 GAIN AD9175 N NCO N NCO N NCO N NCO N NCO N NCO RAMP UP/DOWN GAIN CHANNEL 1 GAIN PA PROTECT M NCO DAC 0 DAC0 DAC 1 DAC1 CHANNEL 2 GAIN SERDIN0 SERDES JESD204B CHANNEL 3 GAIN SERDIN7 RAMP UP/DOWN GAIN CHANNEL 4 GAIN SYNCOUT0 SYNCOUT1 PA PROTECT M NCO CHANNEL 5 GAIN Figure 1. Rev. B | Page 3 of 150 PLL /1, /2, /3 16795-001 CLKIN- CLOCK RECEIVER CLKIN+ CLKOUT- CLOCK DRIVER CLKOUT+ CLOCK RECEIVER SYSREF+ CS CLOCK DIVIDER /1, /2, /3, /4 SCLK SPI SDIO ISET TXEN0 TXEN1 IRQ0 IRQ1 VREF SDO RESET DAC ALIGN DETECT SYSREF- CLOCK DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL LOGIC SYNCHRONIZATION LOGIC AD9175 Data Sheet SPECIFICATIONS DC SPECIFICATIONS AVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, AVDD1.8 = 1.8 V, DVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, DVDD1.8 = 1.8 V, SVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, and DAC output full-scale current (IOUTFS) = 20 mA, unless otherwise noted. For the minimum and maximum values, TJ = -40C to +118C. For the typical values, TA = 25C, which corresponds to TJ = 51C. Table 1. Parameter RESOLUTION ACCURACY Integral Nonlinearity (INL) Differential Nonlinearity (DNL) ANALOG OUTPUTS (DAC0+, DAC0-, DAC1+, DAC1-) Gain Error (with Internal ISET Reference) Full-Scale Output Current Minimum Maximum Common-Mode Voltage Differential Impedance DAC DEVICE CLOCK INPUT (CLKIN+, CLKIN-) Differential Input Power Minimum Maximum Differential Input Impedance1 Common-Mode Voltage CLOCK OUTPUT DRIVER (CLKOUT+, CLKOUT-) Differential Output Power Minimum Maximum Differential Output Impedance Common-Mode Voltage Output Frequency TEMPERATURE DRIFT Gain REFERENCE Internal Reference Voltage ANALOG SUPPLY VOLTAGES AVDD1.0 AVDD1.8 DIGITAL SUPPLY VOLTAGES DVDD1.0 DAVDD1.0 DVDD1.8 SERIALIZER/DESERIALIZER (SERDES) SUPPLY VOLTAGES SVDD1.0 1 Test Conditions/Comments RSET = 5 k RSET = 5 k Min 16 14.2 23.6 Typ Max Unit Bit 7 7 LSB LSB 15 % 16 26 0 100 17.8 28.8 mA mA V RLOAD = 100 differential on-chip AC-coupled 0 6 100 0.5 dBm dBm V AC-coupled -9 0 100 0.5 dBm dBm V MHz 727.5 See the DAC Input Clock Configurations section for more details. Rev. B | Page 4 of 150 3000 10 ppm/C 0.495 V 0.95 1.71 1.0 1.8 1.05 1.89 V V 0.95 0.95 1.71 1.0 1.0 1.8 1.05 1.05 1.89 V V V 0.95 1.0 1.05 V Data Sheet AD9175 DIGITAL SPECIFICATIONS AVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, AVDD1.8 = 1.8 V, DVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, DVDD1.8 = 1.8 V, SVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, and DAC output full-scale current (IOUTFS) = 20 mA, unless otherwise noted. For the minimum and maximum values, TJ = -40C to +118C. For the typical values, TA = +25C, which corresponds to TJ = 51C. Table 2. Parameter DAC UPDATE RATE Minimum Maximum1 Adjusted2 DAC PHASE-LOCKED LOOP (PLL) VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR (VCO) FREQUENCY RANGES VCO Output Divide by 1 VCO Output Divide by 2 VCO Output Divide by 3 PHASE FREQUENCY DETECT INPUT FREQUENCY RANGE DAC DEVICE CLOCK INPUT (CLKIN+, CLKIN-) FREQUENCY RANGES PLL Off PLL On Test Conditions/Comments Min 16-bit resolution, with interpolation 11-bit resolution, with interpolation 11-bit resolution, no interpolation 16-bit resolution, with interpolation3 11-bit resolution, with interpolation 11-bit resolution, no interpolation4 12.6 12.6 3.4 1.23 1.54 3.4 M divider set to divide by 1 M divider set to divide by 2 M divider set to divide by 3 M divider set to divide by 4 Typ Max Unit 2.91 GSPS GSPS GSPS GSPS GSPS GSPS GSPS 8.74 4.37 2.91 25 12.42 6.21 4.14 770 GSPS GSPS GSPS MHz 2.91 25 50 75 100 12.6 770 1540 2310 3080 GHz MHz MHz MHz MHz 1 The maximum DAC update rate varies depending on the selected JESD204B mode and the lane rate for the given configuration used. The maximum DAC rate according to lane rate and voltage supply levels is listed in Table 3. 2 The adjusted DAC update rate is calculated as fDAC, divided by the minimum required interpolation factor for a given mode or the maximum channel data rate for a given mode. Different modes have different maximum DAC update rates, minimum interpolation factors, and maximum channel data rates, as shown in Table 13. 3 The adjusted DAC update rate of 1.23 GSPS is the upper operating limit for any 16-bit resolution mode of operation. The value in this table represents a guaranteed minimum upper limit. See Table 13 for more details on the various modes of operation. 4 The adjusted DAC update rate of 3.4 GSPS is the upper operating limit for any 11-bit resolution mode of operation. The value in this table represents a guaranteed minimum upper limit. See Table 13 for more details on the various modes of operation. MAXIMUM DAC SAMPLING RATE SPECIFICATIONS AVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, AVDD1.8 = 1.8 V, DVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, DVDD1.8 = 1.8 V, SVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, and DAC output full-scale current (IOUTFS) = 20 mA, unless otherwise noted. For the minimum and maximum values, TJ = -40C to +118C. For the typical values, TA = 25C, which corresponds to TJ = 51C. Table 3. Parameter MAXIMUM DAC UPDATE RATE SVDD1.0 = 1.0 V 5% SVDD1.0 = 1.0 V 2.5% 1 Test Conditions/Comments Min Lane rate > 11 Gbps Lane rate 11 Gbps Lane rate > 11 Gbps Lane rate 11 Gbps1 11.67 12.37 11.79 12.6 If using the on-chip PLL, the maximum DAC speed is limited to the maximum PLL speed of 12.42 GSPS, as listed in Table 2. Rev. B | Page 5 of 150 Typ Max Unit GSPS GSPS GSPS GSPS AD9175 Data Sheet POWER SUPPLY DC SPECIFICATIONS AVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, AVDD1.8 = 1.8 V, DVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, DVDD1.8 = 1.8 V, SVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, and DAC output full-scale current (IOUTFS) = 20 mA, unless otherwise noted. For the minimum and maximum values, TJ = -40C to +118C. For the typical values, TA = 25C, which corresponds to TJ = 51C. Table 4. Parameter DUAL-LINK MODES Mode 1 (L = 2, M = 4, NP = 16, N = 16) AVDD1.0 AVDD1.8 DVDD1.0 DVDD1.8 SVDD1.0 Total Power Dissipation Mode 4 (L = 4, M = 4, NP = 16, N = 16) AVDD1.0 AVDD1.8 DVDD1.0 DVDD1.8 SVDD1.0 Total Power Dissipation Mode 0 (L = 1, M = 2, NP = 16, N = 16) AVDD1.0 AVDD1.8 DVDD1.0 Test Conditions/Comments Min 11.7965 GSPS DAC rate, 184.32 MHz PLL reference clock, 32x total interpolation (4x, 8x), 40 MHz tone at -3 dBFS, channel gain = -6 dB, channel NCOs = 150 MHz, main NCO = 2 GHz, SYNCOUTx in LVDS mode All supply levels set to nominal values All supply levels set to 5% tolerance Combined current consumption with the DAVDD1.0 supply All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance Typ Max Unit 725 775 110 1020 1120 130 mA mA mA 1100 1170 35 290 305 2.37 1670 1850 50 510 560 3.38 mA mA mA mA mA W 11.7965 GSPS DAC rate, 491.52 MHz PLL reference clock, 24x total interpolation (3x, 8x), 40 MHz tone at -3 dBFS, channel gain = -6 dB, channel NCOs = 150 MHz, main NCO = 2 GHz, SYNCOUTx in LVDS mode Combined current consumption with the DAVDD1.0 supply 5.89824 GSPS DAC rate, 184.32 MHz PLL reference clock, 16x total interpolation (2x, 8x), 40 MHz tone at -3 dBFS, channel NCO disabled, main NCO = 1.8425 GHz, SYNCOUTx in LVDS mode All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance Combined current consumption with the DAVDD1.0 supply All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance DVDD1.8 SVDD1.0 Total Power Dissipation Rev. B | Page 6 of 150 725 110 1150 35 425 2.56 mA mA mA mA mA W 400 425 110 670 745 130 mA mA mA 570 610 35 175 1.40 960 1070 50 340 2.15 mA mA mA mA W Data Sheet Parameter Mode 3 (L = 2, M = 2, NP = 16, N = 16) AVDD1.0 AVDD1.8 DVDD1.0 DVDD1.8 SVDD1.0 Total Power Dissipation Mode 9 (L = 4, M = 2, NP = 16, N = 16) AVDD1.0 AVDD1.8 DVDD1.0 DVDD1.8 SVDD1.0 Total Power Dissipation Mode 2 (L = 3, M = 6, NP = 16, N = 16) AVDD1.0 AVDD1.8 DVDD1.0 DVDD1.8 SVDD1.0 Total Power Dissipation SINGLE-LINK MODES Mode 17 (L = 8, M = 2, NP = 12, N = 11) AVDD1.0 AVDD1.8 DVDD1.0 DVDD1.8 AVDD1.0 AD9175 Test Conditions/Comments 11.7965 GSPS DAC rate, 184.32 MHz PLL reference clock, 24x total interpolation (3x, 8x), 40 MHz tone at -3 dBFS, channel NCO disabled, main NCO = 2.655 GHz, SYNCOUTx in LVDS mode All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance Combined current consumption with the DAVDD1.0 supply All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance 12 GSPS DAC rate, 184.32 MHz PLL reference clock, 8x total interpolation (1x, 8x), 10 MHz tone at -3 dBFS, channel NCO disabled, main NCO = 3.072 GHz, SYNCOUTx in LVDS mode All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance Combined current consumption with the DAVDD1.0 supply All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance 12 GSPS DAC rate, 375 MHz PLL reference clock, 48x total interpolation (6x, 8x), 30 MHz tone at -3 dBFS, channel gain = -11 dB, channel NCOs = 20 MHz, main NCO = 2.1 GHz All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance Combined current consumption with the DAVDD1.0 supply All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance 3.4 GSPS DAC rate, 187.5 MHz PLL reference clock, 1x total interpolation (1x, 1x), 1.2 GHz tone at -3 dBFS, channel and main NCOs disabled All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance Combined current consumption with the DVDD1.0 supply All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance Rev. B | Page 7 of 150 Min Typ Max Unit 725 775 110 mA mA mA 1020 1070 35 245 250 2.25 mA mA mA mA mA W 740 785 110 1030 1135 130 mA mA mA 1010 1070 35 530 550 2.54 1580 1740 50 840 910 3.63 mA mA mA mA mA W 735 785 110 1030 1135 130 1370 1460 35 410 430 2.77 1800 1980 50 680 755 3.69 mA mA mA mA mA mA mA mA mA W 260 275 85 510 580 100 mA mA mA 500 515 0.3 5 3 780 950 1 100 120 mA mA mA mA mA AD9175 Parameter Total Power Dissipation DUAL-LINK, MODE 3 (NCO ONLY, SINGLE-CHANNEL MODE, NO SERDES) Mode 3 AVDD1.0 Data Sheet Test Conditions/Comments Min DVDD1.8 SVDD1.0 Total Power Dissipation DUAL-LINK, MODE 4 (NCO ONLY, DUAL-CHANNEL MODE, NO SERDES) Mode 4 AVDD1.0 AVDD1.8 DVDD1.0 Max 2.05 Unit W 410 435 110 660 750 130 mA mA mA 500 515 0.3 5 3 1.11 780 950 1 100 120 1.671 mA mA mA mA mA W 750 790 110 1030 1130 130 mA mA mA 1200 1300 0.3 5 2.15 1590 1750 1 100 2.851 mA mA mA mA W 6 GSPS DAC rate, 300 MHz PLL reference clock, 8x total interpolation (1x, 8x), no input tone (dc internal level = 0x50FF), channel NCO = 40 MHz, main NCO = 1.8425 GHz All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance AVDD1.8 DVDD1.0 Typ 1.2 Combined current consumption with the DAVDD1.0 supply All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance 12 GSPS DAC rate, 500 MHz PLL reference clock, 32x total interpolation (4x, 8x), no input tone (dc internal level = 0x2AFF), channel NCOs = 150 MHz, main NCO = 2 GHz All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance Combined current consumption with the DAVDD1.0 supply All supply levels set to nominal values All supplies at 5% tolerance DVDD1.8 SVDD1.0 Total Power Dissipation SERIAL PORT AND CMOS PIN SPECIFICATIONS AVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, AVDD1.8 = 1.8 V, DVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, DVDD1.8 = 1.8 V, SVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, and DAC output full-scale current (IOUTFS) = 20 mA, unless otherwise noted. For the minimum and maximum values, TJ = -40C to +118C. For the typical values, TA = 25C, which corresponds to TJ = 51C. Table 5. Parameter WRITE OPERATION Maximum SCLK Clock Rate SCLK Clock High SCLK Clock Low SDIO to SCLK Setup Time SCLK to SDIO Hold Time CS to SCLK Setup Time SCLK to CS Hold Time Symbol fSCLK, 1/tSCLK tPWH tPWL tDS tDH tS tH READ OPERATION SCLK Clock Rate SCLK Clock High SCLK Clock Low SDIO to SCLK Setup Time fSCLK, 1/tSCLK tPWH tPWL tDS Test Comments/Conditions See Figure 53 SCLK = 20 MHz SCLK = 20 MHz Min Typ Max 80 5.03 1.6 1.154 0.577 1.036 -5.3 Unit MHz ns ns ns ns ns ps See Figure 52 Rev. B | Page 8 of 150 48.58 5.03 1.6 1.158 MHz ns ns ns Data Sheet AD9175 Parameter SCLK to SDIO Hold Time CS to SCLK Setup Time SCLK to SDIO Data Valid Time SCLK to SDO Data Valid Time CS to SDIO Output Valid to High-Z Symbol tDH tS tDV tDV Test Comments/Conditions Not shown in Figure 52 or Figure 53 Not shown in Figure 52 or Figure 53 CS to SDO Output Valid to High-Z INPUTS (SDIO, SCLK, CS, RESET, TXEN0, and TXEN1) Voltage Input High Low Current Input High Low OUTPUTS (SDIO, SDO) Voltage Output High 0 mA load 4 mA load Low 0 mA load 4 mA load Current Output High Low INTERRUPT OUTPUTS (IRQ0, IRQ1) Voltage Output High Low VIH VIL Min 0.537 1.036 9.6 13.7 5.4 Typ Max 9.59 ns 1.48 0.425 IIH IIL Unit ns ns ns ns ns 100 V V 100 nA nA 1.69 1.52 V V VOH VOL 0.045 0.175 IOH IOL 4 4 VOH VOL V V mA mA 1.71 0.075 V V DIGITAL INPUT DATA TIMING SPECIFICATIONS AVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, AVDD1.8 = 1.8 V, DVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, DVDD1.8 = 1.8 V, SVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, and DAC output full-scale current (IOUTFS) = 20 mA, unless otherwise noted. For the minimum and maximum values, TJ = -40C to +118C. For the typical values, TA = 25C, which corresponds to TJ = 51C. Table 6. Parameter LATENCY1 Channel Interpolation Factor, Main Datapath Interpolation Factor 1, 12 1, 82 1, 122 2, 62 Test Conditions/Comments LMFC_VAR_x = 12, LMFC_DELAY_x = 12, unless otherwise noted JESD204B Mode 153 JESD204B Mode 16 JESD204B Mode 17 JESD204B Mode 3 JESD204B Mode 83 JESD204B Mode 9 JESD204B Mode 83 JESD204B Mode 9 JESD204B Mode 3, Mode 4 JESD204B Mode 5 Rev. B | Page 9 of 150 Min Typ 420 440 590 1390 1820 1920 2700 2840 1970 1770 Max Unit DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles AD9175 Parameter 2, 82 3, 62 7 3, 82 4, 62 4, 82 6, 62 6, 82 8, 62 8, 82 DETERMINISTIC LATENCY Fixed Variable SYSREF TO LMFC DELAY Data Sheet Test Conditions/Comments JESD204B Mode 0 JESD204B Mode 3, Mode 4 JESD204B Mode 3, Mode 4 JESD204B Mode 5, Mode 6 JESD204B Mode 3, Mode 4 JESD204B Mode 5, Mode 6 JESD204B Mode 0, Mode 1, Mode 2 JESD204B Mode 0, Mode 1, Mode 2 JESD204B Mode 0, Mode 1, Mode 2 JESD204B Mode 0, Mode 1, Mode 2 JESD204B Mode 7 JESD204B Mode 7 Min Typ 2020 2500 2880 2630 3310 2980 2410 3090 3190 4130 3300 4270 Max Unit DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles DAC clock cycles 13 2 PCLK4 PCLK cycles DAC clock cycles 0 1 Total latency (or pipeline delay) through the device is calculated as follows: total latency = interface latency + fixed latency + variable latency + pipeline delay. The first value listed in this specification is the interpolation factor, and the second value is the main datapath interpolation factor. 3 LMFC_VAR_x = 7 and LMFC_DELAY_x = 4. 4 PCLK is the internal processing clock for the AD9175 and equals the lane rate / 40. 2 JESD204B INTERFACE ELECTRICAL AND SPEED SPECIFICATIONS AVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, AVDD1.8 = 1.8 V, DVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, DVDD1.8 = 1.8 V, SVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, and DAC output full-scale current (IOUTFS) = 20 mA, unless otherwise noted. For the minimum and maximum values, TJ = -40C to +118C. For the typical values, TA = 25C, which corresponds to TJ = 51C. Table 7. Parameter JESD204B SERIAL INTERFACE RATE (SERIAL LANE RATE) JESD204B DATA INPUTS Input Leakage Current Logic High Logic Low Unit Interval Common-Mode Voltage Differential Voltage Differential Impedance SYSREF INPUT Differential Impedance DIFFERENTIAL OUTPUTS (SYNCOUT0, SYNCOUT1)1 Output Differential Voltage Output Offset Voltage SINGLE-ENDED OUTPUTS (SYNCOUT0, SYNCOUT1) Output Voltage High Low Current Output High Low 1 Symbol Test Conditions/Comments Min 3 TA = 25C Input level = 1.0 V 0.25 V Input level = 0 V UI VRCM R_VDIFF ZRDIFF AC-coupled At dc Typ Max 15.4 Unit Gbps 66.7 +1.1 1050 120 A A ps V mV 10 -4 333 -0.05 110 80 100 100 Driving 100 differential load VOD VOS 320 1.08 390 1.12 460 1.15 mV V 0.045 V V Driving 100 differential load VOH VOL IOH IOL IEEE Standard 1596.3 LVDS compatible. Rev. B | Page 10 of 150 1.69 0 0 mA mA Data Sheet AD9175 INPUT DATA RATES AND SIGNAL BANDWIDTH SPECIFICATIONS AVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, AVDD1.8 = 1.8 V, DVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, DVDD1.8 = 1.8 V, SVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, and DAC output full-scale current (IOUTFS) = 20 mA, unless otherwise noted. For the minimum and maximum values, TJ = -40C to +118C. For the typical values, TA = 25C, which corresponds to TJ = 51C. Table 8. Parameter1 INPUT DATA RATE PER INPUT CHANNEL Test Conditions/Comments Min Typ Max Unit Channel datapaths bypassed (1x interpolation), single DAC mode, 11-bit resolution 1 complex channel enabled, 16-bit resolution 1 complex channel enabled, 11-bit resolution 2 complex channels enabled 3 complex channels enabled 3400 MSPS 1230 3080 770 385 MSPS MSPS MSPS MSPS 1 complex channel enabled, 16-bit resolution (0.8 x fDATA) 1 complex channel enabled, 11-bit resolution (0.8 x fDATA) 2 complex channels enabled (0.8 x fDATA) 3 complex channels enabled (0.8 x fDATA) 1232 2464 616 308 MHz MHz MHz MHz 1540 12.6 MHz GHz -770 +770 MHz -6.3 +6.3 1232 GHz MHz COMPLEX SIGNAL BANDWIDTH PER INPUT CHANNEL MAXIMUM NCO CLOCK RATE Channel NCO Main NCO MAXIMUM NCO SHIFT FREQUENCY RANGE Channel NCO Main NCO MAXIMUM FREQUENCY SPACING ACROSS INPUT CHANNELS 1 Channel summing node = 1.575 GHz, channel interpolation rate > 1x fDAC = 12.6 GHz, main interpolation rate > 1x Maximum NCO output frequency x 0.8 Values listed for these parameters are the maximum possible when considering all JESD204B modes of operation. Some modes are more limiting, based on other parameters. Rev. B | Page 11 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet AC SPECIFICATIONS AVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, AVDD1.8 = 1.8 V, DVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, DVDD1.8 = 1.8 V, SVDD1.0 = 1.0 V, and DAC output full-scale current (IOUTFS) = 20 mA, unless otherwise noted. For the minimum and maximum, TJ = -40C to +118C. For the typical values, TA = 25C, which corresponds to TJ = 51C. Table 9. Parameter SPURIOUS-FREE DYNAMIC RANGE (SFDR) Single Tone, fDAC = 12000 MSPS, Mode 1 (L = 2, M = 4) fOUT = 100 MHz fOUT = 500 MHz fOUT = 950 MHz fOUT = 1840 MHz fOUT = 2650 MHz fOUT = 3700 MHz Single Tone, fDAC = 6000 MSPS, Mode 0 (L = 1, M = 2) fOUT = 100 MHz fOUT = 500 MHz fOUT = 950 MHz fOUT = 1840 MHz fOUT = 2650 MHz Single Tone, fDAC = 3000 MSPS, Mode 10 (L = 8, M = 2) fOUT = 100 MHz fOUT = 500 MHz fOUT = 950 MHz Single-Band Application--Band 3 (1805 MHz to 1880 MHz) SFDR Harmonics In-Band Digital Predistortion (DPD) Band Second Harmonic Third Harmonic Fourth and Fifth Harmonic SFDR Nonharmonics In-Band DPD Band ADJACENT CHANNEL LEAKAGE RATIO 4-Channel WCDMA fDAC = 1200 MSPS, Mode 1 (L = 2, M = 4) fDAC = 6000 MSPS, Mode 0 (L = 1, M = 2) THIRD-ORDER INTERMODULATION DISTORTION (IMD3) fDAC = 12000 MSPS, Mode 1 (L = 2, M = 4) fDAC = 6000 MSPS, Mode 0 (L = 1, M = 2) Test Conditions/Comments Min Typ Max Unit -7 dBFS, shuffle enabled -81 -80 -75 -80 -75 -67 dBc dBc dBc dBc dBc dBc -85 -85 -78 -75 -69 dBc dBc dBc dBc dBc -87 -84 -81 dBc dBc dBc -82 -80 -82 -80 -95 dBc dBc dBc dBc dBc -74 -74 dBc dBc -70 -68 -66 -71 -66 dBc dBc dBc dBc dBc -83 -85 -77 -74 -72 dBc dBc dBc dBc dBc -7 dBFS, shuffle enabled -7 dBFS, shuffle enabled Mode 0, 2x to 8x, fDAC = 6000 MSPS, 368.64 MHz reference clock -7 dBFS, shuffle enabled DPD bandwidth = data rate x 0.8 -7 dBFS, shuffle enabled -1 dBFS digital backoff fOUT = 1840 MHz fOUT = 2650 MHz fOUT = 3500 MHz fOUT = 1840 MHz fOUT = 2650 MHz Two-tone test, -7 dBFS/tone, 1 MHz spacing fOUT = 1840 MHz fOUT = 2650 MHz fOUT = 3700 MHz fOUT = 1840 MHz fOUT = 2650 MHz Rev. B | Page 12 of 150 Data Sheet Parameter NOISE SPECTRAL DENSITY (NSD) Single Tone, fDAC = 12,000 MSPS fOUT = 200 MHz fOUT = 500 MHz fOUT = 950 MHz fOUT = 1850 MHz fOUT = 2150 MHz Single Tone, fDAC = 6000 MSPS fOUT = 200 MHz fOUT = 500 MHz fOUT = 950 MHz fOUT = 1850 MHz fOUT = 2150 MHz Single Tone, fDAC = 3000 MSPS fOUT = 100 MHz fOUT = 500 MHz fOUT = 950 MHz SINGLE-SIDEBAND PHASE NOISE OFFSET 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 600 kHz 1.2 MHz 1.8 MHz 6 MHz DAC TO DAC OUTPUT ISOLATION AD9175 Test Conditions/Comments 0 dBFS, NSD measurement taken at 10% away from fOUT, shuffle on Min Typ Max Unit -163 -163 -162 -160 -158 dBc/Hz dBc/Hz dBc/Hz dBc/Hz dBc/Hz -164 -163 -161 -157 -155 dBc/Hz dBc/Hz dBc/Hz dBc/Hz dBc/Hz -163 -159 -155 dBc/Hz dBc/Hz dBc/Hz -97 -105 -114 -126 -133 -137 -148 dBc/Hz dBc/Hz dBc/Hz dBc/Hz dBc/Hz dBc/Hz dBc/Hz -77 -70 -68 dB dB dB Loop filter component values according to Figure 92 are as follows: C1 = 22 nF, R1 = 232 , C2 = 2.4 nF, C3 = 33 nF; PFD frequency = 500 MHz, fOUT = 1.8 GHz, fDAC = 12 GHz Taken using the AD9175-FMC-EBZ evaluation board Dual Band--fDAC = 12000 MSPS, Mode 1 (L = 2, M = 4) fOUT = 1840 MHz fOUT = 2650 MHz fOUT = 3700 MHz Rev. B | Page 13 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS Table 10. Parameter ISET, FILT_COARSE, FILT_BYP, FILT_VCM SERDINx SYNCOUT0, SYNCOUT1, RESET, TXEN0, TXEN1, IRQ0, IRQ1, CS, SCLK, SDIO, SDO DAC0, DAC1, CLKIN, CLKOUT, FILT_FINE SYSREF AVDD1.0, DVDD1.0, SVDD1.0 to GND AVDD1.8, DVDD1.8 to GND Maximum Junction Temperature (TJ)1 Storage Temperature Range Reflow 1 Rating -0.3 V to AVDD1.8 + 0.3 V -0.2 V to SVDD1.0 + 0.2 V -0.3 V to DVDD1.8 + 0.3 V -0.2 V to AVDD1.0 + 0.2 V -0.2 V to DVDD1.0 + 0.2 V -0.2 V to +1.2 V -0.3 V to 2.2 V 118C -65C to +150C 260C Some operating modes of the device may cause the device to approach or exceed the maximum junction temperature during operation at supported ambient temperatures. Removal of heat from the device may require additional measures such as active airflow, heat sinks, or other measures. Stresses at or above those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the product. This is a stress rating only; functional operation of the product at these or any other conditions above those indicated in the operational section of this specification is not implied. Operation beyond the maximum operating conditions for extended periods may affect product reliability. Thermal performance is directly linked to printed circuit board (PCB) design and operating environment. Careful attention to PCB thermal design is required. JA is the natural convection junction to ambient thermal resistance measured in a one cubic foot sealed enclosure. JC is the junction to case thermal resistance. Thermal resistances and thermal characterization parameters are specified vs. the number of PCB layers in different airflow velocities (in m/sec). The use of appropriate thermal management techniques is recommended to ensure that the maximum junction temperature does not exceed the limits shown in Table 10. Use the values in Table 11 in compliance with JEDEC 51-12. Table 11. Simulated Thermal Resistance vs. PCB Layers1 PCB Type JEDEC 2s2p Board 12-Layer PCB2 Airflow Velocity (m/sec) 0.0 1.0 2.5 0.0 1.0 2.5 1 REFLOW PROFILE N/A means not applicable. Non JEDEC thermal resistance. 3 1SOP PCB with no vias in PCB. 4 1SOP PCB with 7 x 7 standard JEDEC vias. 2 The AD9175 reflow profile is in accordance with the JEDEC JESD20 criteria for Pb-free devices. The maximum reflow temperature is 260C. JA 25.3 22.6 21.0 15.4 13.1 11.6 ESD CAUTION Rev. B | Page 14 of 150 JC_TOP 2.43 N/A N/A 2.4 N/A N/A JC_BOT 3.04 N/A N/A 2.6 N/A N/A Unit C/W C/W C/W C/W C/W C/W Data Sheet AD9175 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A GND SERDIN7+ SERDIN6+ SERDIN5+ SERDIN4+ GND GND SERDIN3+ SERDIN2+ B GND SERDIN7- SERDIN6- SERDIN5- SERDIN4- GND GND SERDIN3- C SVDD1.0 SVDD1.0 GND GND SVDD1.0 DVDD1.8 SVDD1.0 D SYNCOUT1+ SYNCOUT1- DVDD1.8 TXEN1 GND SVDD1.0 E DNC DNC DVDD1.8 SDO SCLK F GND GND GND DAVDD1.0 G GND GND GND H SYSREF+ SYSREF- J GND K 10 11 12 SERDIN1+ SERDIN0+ GND SERDIN2- SERDIN1- SERDIN0- GND SVDD1.0 GND GND SVDD1.0 SVDD1.0 GND TXEN0 IRQ0 DVDD1.8 SYNCOUT0- SYNCOUT0+ CS SDIO RESET IRQ1 DVDD1.8 DNC DNC DVDD1.0 DVDD1.0 DVDD1.0 DVDD1.0 DAVDD1.0 GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND AVDD1.0 AVDD1.0 AVDD1.0 FILT_FINE FILT_ COARSE AVDD1.0 AVDD1.0 AVDD1.0 GND CLKIN- DNC GND GND GND AVDD1.0 FILT_BYP GND GND GND GND CLKIN+ CLKOUT+ GND AVDD1.8 DNC AVDD1.8 FILT_VCM AVDD1.8 GND GND AVDD1.8 GND GND L CLKOUT- GND AVDD1.8 GND GND AVDD1.8 AVDD1.8 GND GND AVDD1.8 GND ISET M GND AVDD1.0 GND DAC1+ DAC1- GND GND DAC0- DAC0+ GND AVDD1.0 GND GROUND SERDES INPUT 1.0V DIGITAL SUPPLY DAC PLL LOOP FILTER PINS CMOS I/O 1.0V ANALOG SUPPLY SYSREF/SYNCOUTx 1.0V DIGITAL/ANALOG SUPPLY DAC RF OUTPUTS REFERENCE 1.8V ANALOG SUPPLY 1.0V SERDES SUPPLY 1.8V DIGITAL SUPPLY RF CLOCK PINS DNC = DO NOT CONNECT 16795-002 PIN CONFIGURATION AND FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS Figure 2. Pin Configuration Table 12. Pin Function Descriptions Pin No. 1.0 V Supply H3, H4, H5, H8 to H10, J6, M2, M11 Mnemonic Description AVDD1.0 1.0 V Clock and Analog Supplies. These pins supply the clock receivers, clock distribution, the on-chip DAC clock multiplier, and the DAC analog core. Clean power supply rail sources are required on these pins. 1.0 V Digital Supplies. These pins supply power to the DAC digital circuitry. Clean power supply rail sources are required on these pins. 1.0 V Digital to Analog Supplies. These pins can share a supply rail with the DVDD1.0 supply (electrically connected) but must have separate supply plane and decoupling capacitors for the PCB layout to improve isolation for these two pins. Clean power supply rail sources are required on these pins. 1.0 V SERDES Supplies to the JESD204B Data Interface. Clean power supply rail sources are required on these pins. F5 to F8 DVDD1.0 F4, F9 DAVDD1.0 C1, C2, C5, C7, C8, C11, C12, D6 SVDD1.0 1.8 V Supply K3, K5, K7, K10, L3, L6, L7, L10 C6, D3, D10, E3, E10 AVDD1.8 DVDD1.8 1.8 V Analog Supplies to the On-Chip DAC Clock Multiplier and the DAC Analog Core. Clean power supply rail sources are required on these pins. 1.8 V Digital Supplies to the JESD204B Data Interface and the Other Input/Output Circuitry, Such as the SPI. Clean power supply rail sources are required on these pins. Rev. B | Page 15 of 150 AD9175 Pin No. Ground A1, A6, A7, A12, B1, B6, B7, B12, C3, C4, C9, C10, D5, D7, F1 to F3, F10 to F12, G1 to G12, H11, J1, J3 to J5, J8 to J11, K2, K8, K9, K11, K12, L2, L4, L5, L8, L9, L11, M1, M3, M6, M7, M10, M12 RF Clock J12 H12 K1 L1 System Reference H1 H2 On-Chip DAC PLL Loop Filter H6 Data Sheet Mnemonic Description GND Device Common Ground. CLKIN+ Positive Device Clock Input. This pin is the clock input for the on-chip DAC clock multiplier, REFCLK, when the DAC PLL is on. This pin is also the clock input for the DAC sample clock or device clock (DACCLK) when the DAC PLL is off. AC couple this input. There is an internal 100 resistor between this pin and CLKIN-. Negative Device Clock Input. Positive Device Clock Output. This pin is the clock output of a divided down DACCLK and is available with the DAC PLL on and off. The divide down ratios are by 1, 2, 3, or 4. Negative Device Clock Output. CLKIN- CLKOUT+ CLKOUT- SYSREF+ SYSREF- FILT_FINE H7 FILT_COARSE J7 FILT_BYP K6 FILT_VCM SERDES Data Bits A2 B2 A3 B3 A4 B4 A5 B5 A8 B8 A9 B9 A10 B10 A11 B11 SERDIN7+ SERDIN7- SERDIN6+ SERDIN6- SERDIN5+ SERDIN5- SERDIN4+ SERDIN4- SERDIN3+ SERDIN3- SERDIN2+ SERDIN2- SERDIN1+ SERDIN1- SERDIN0+ SERDIN0- Positive System Reference Input. It is recommended to ac couple this pin, but dc coupling is also acceptable. See the SYSREF specifications for the dc common-mode voltage. Negative System Reference Input. It is recommended to ac couple this pin, but dc coupling is also acceptable. See the SYSREF specifications for the dc common-mode voltage. On-Chip DAC Clock Multiplier and PLL Fine Loop Filter Input. If the PLL is not in use, leave this pin floating and disable the PLL via the control registers. On-Chip DAC Clock Multiplier and PLL Coarse Loop Filter Input. If the PLL is not in use, leave this pin floating and disable the PLL via the control registers. On-Chip DAC Clock Multiplier and LDO Bypass. Add a high quality ceramic bypass capacitor between 2 F and 10 F at this node. Ideally this capacitor is 10 F X7R or better. If the PLL is not in use, leave this pin floating and disable the PLL via the control registers. On-Chip DAC Clock Multiplier and VCO Common-Mode Input. If the PLL is not in use, leave this pin floating and disable the PLL via the control registers. SERDES Data Bit 7, Positive. SERDES Data Bit 7, Negative. SERDES Data Bit 6, Positive. SERDES Data Bit 6, Negative. SERDES Data Bit 5, Positive. SERDES Data Bit 5, Negative. SERDES Data Bit 4, Positive. SERDES Data Bit 4, Negative. SERDES Data Bit 3, Positive. SERDES Data Bit 3, Negative. SERDES Data Bit 2, Positive. SERDES Data Bit 2, Negative. SERDES Data Bit 1, Positive. SERDES Data Bit 1, Negative. SERDES Data Bit 0, Positive. SERDES Data Bit 0, Negative. Rev. B | Page 16 of 150 Data Sheet Pin No. Sync Output D12 AD9175 Mnemonic Description SYNCOUT0+ Positive Sync (Active Low) Output Signal, Channel Link 0. This pin is LVDS or CMOS selectable. Negative Sync (Active Low) Output Signal, Channel Link 0. This pin is LVDS or CMOS selectable. Positive Sync (Active Low) Output Signal, Channel Link 1. This pin is LVDS or CMOS selectable. Negative Sync (Active Low) Output Signal, Channel Link 1. This pin is LVDS or CMOS selectable. D11 SYNCOUT0- D1 SYNCOUT1+ D2 SYNCOUT1- Serial Port Interface E4 E7 E5 E6 E8 SDO SDIO SCLK CS RESET Serial Port Data Output (CMOS Levels with Respect to DVDD1.8). Serial Port Data Input/Output (CMOS Levels with Respect to DVDD1.8). Serial Port Clock Input (CMOS Levels with Respect to DVDD1.8). Serial Port Chip Select, Active Low (CMOS Levels with Respect to DVDD1.8). Reset, Active Low (CMOS Levels with Respect to DVDD1.8). Interrupt Request D9 IRQ0 Interrupt Request 0. This pin is an open-drain, active low output (CMOS levels with respect to DVDD1.8). Connect a pull-up resistor to DVDD1.8 to prevent this pin from floating when inactive. Interrupt Request 1. This pin is an open-drain, active low output (CMOS levels with respect to DVDD1.8). Connect a pull-up resistor to DVDD1.8 to prevent this pin from floating when inactive. E9 CMOS Input/Outputs D8 D4 DAC Analog Outputs M9 M8 M4 M5 Reference L12 Do Not Connect E1, E2, E11, E12, J2, K4 IRQ1 TXEN0 TXEN1 Transmit Enable for DAC0. The CMOS levels are determined with respect to DVDD1.8. Transmit Enable for DAC1. The CMOS levels are determined with respect to DVDD1.8. DAC0+ DAC0- DAC1+ DAC1- DAC0 Positive Current Output. DAC0 Negative Current Output. DAC1 Positive Current Output. DAC1 Negative Current Output. ISET Device Bias Current Setting Pin. Connect a 5 k resistor from this pin to GND, preferably with <0.1% tolerance and <25 ppm/C temperature coefficient. DNC Do Not Connect. Do not connect to these pins. Rev. B | Page 17 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS 0 0 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -20 -20 -40 SFDR (dBc) -60 -80 -100 -100 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 fOUT (MHz) 16795-103 -80 Figure 3. Second Harmonic (SFDR) vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 0), 6 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 2x, Main Interpolation 8x -120 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 0 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -20 -40 SFDR (dBc) -40 SFDR (dBc) 2000 Figure 6. Second Harmonic (SFDR) vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 1), 12 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 4x, Main Interpolation 8x 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -20 -60 -60 -80 -100 -100 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 fOUT (MHz) 16795-104 -80 Figure 4. Third Harmonic (SFDR) vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 0), 6 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 2x, Main Interpolation 8x 0 -120 -20 0 -20 WORST SPUR (dBc) -40 -50 -60 -70 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 Figure 7. Third Harmonic (SFDR) vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 1), 12 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 4x, Main Interpolation 8x 0 -30 1000 fOUT (MHz) 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -10 SFDR (dBc) 1000 fOUT (MHz) 0 -120 0 16795-106 -60 16795-107 SFDR (dBc) -40 -120 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -80 MODE 1: fDAC = MODE 1: fDAC = MODE 1: fDAC = MODE 1: fDAC = 2949.12MHz 9830.4MHz 5898.24MHz 11796.48MHz MODE 2: fDAC = MODE 2: fDAC = MODE 2: fDAC = MODE 2: fDAC = 2949.12MHz 9830.4MHz 5898.24MHz 11796.48MHz MODE 9: fDAC = 2949.12MHz MODE 9: fDAC = 9830.4MHz MODE 9: fDAC = 5898.24MHz -40 -60 -80 0 500 1000 1500 2000 fOUT (MHz) 2500 3000 3500 -100 Figure 5. Worst Harmonic (SFDR) vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 0), 6 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 2x, Main Interpolation 8x Rev. B | Page 18 of 150 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 fOUT (MHz) Figure 8. Worst Spur vs. fOUT over fDAC (All Modes), 0 dB Digital Scale 16795-108 -100 16795-105 -90 Data Sheet AD9175 0 0 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -20 SECOND HARMONIC (dBc) -20 -60 -80 -100 -60 -80 -100 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 Figure 9. Second Harmonic (SFDR) vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 2), 12 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 4x, Main Interpolation 8x 0 -120 16795-109 0 fOUT (MHz) 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 fOUT (MHz) Figure 12. Second Harmonic vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 17), 3.4 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 1x, Main Interpolation 1x, 11-Bit Resolution 0 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -10 -20 THIRD HARMONIC (dBc) -20 -40 SFDR (dBc) -40 16795-112 SFDR (dBc) -40 -120 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -60 -80 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -100 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 fOUT (MHz) 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Figure 13. Third Harmonic vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 17), 3.4 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 1x, Main Interpolation 1x, 11-Bit Resolution 0 0 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -10 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -10 -20 WORST SPUR (dBc) -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -80 -90 1000 2000 3000 4000 fOUT (MHz) 5000 6000 7000 -100 16795-111 0 Figure 11. Worst Harmonic (SFDR) vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 2), 12 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 4x, Main Interpolation 8x 0 200 400 600 800 1000 fOUT (MHz) 1200 1400 1600 1800 16795-114 SFDR (dBc) 200 f OUT (MHz) Figure 10. Third Harmonic (SFDR) vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 2), 12 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 4x, Main Interpolation 8x -90 0 16795-113 0 16795-110 -120 -90 -100 Figure 14. Worst Spur vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 17), 3.4 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 1x, Main Interpolation 1x, 11-Bit Resolution Rev. B | Page 19 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet 0 0 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -20 -40 SFDR (dBc) -60 -60 -80 -80 -100 -100 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 fOUT (MHz) Figure 15. Second Harmonic (SFDR) vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 9), 12 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 1x, Main Interpolation 8x 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 fOUT (MHz) Figure 18. Third Harmonic (SFDR) vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 23), 12 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 1x, Main Interpolation 6x, 11-Bit Resolution 0 0 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -20 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -10 -20 -30 SFDR (dBc) -40 SFDR (dBc) -120 16795-115 0 16795-501 SFDR (dBc) -40 -120 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -20 -60 -40 -50 -60 -80 -70 -80 -100 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 fOUT (MHz) 0 Figure 16. Third Harmonic (SFDR) vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 9), 12 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 1x, Main Interpolation 8x 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 fOUT (MHz) Figure 19. Worst Harmonic (SFDR) vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 23), 12 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 1x, Main Interpolation 6x, 11-Bit Resolution 0 0 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -20 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -20 -40 -40 IMD3 (dBc) -60 -80 -60 -80 -100 -100 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 fOUT (MHz) 5000 6000 7000 16795-500 -120 Figure 17. Second Harmonic (SFDR) vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 23), 12 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 1x, Main Interpolation 6x, 11-Bit Resolution -120 0 500 1000 1500 fOUT (MHz) 2000 2500 3000 16795-117 SFDR (dBc) 500 16795-502 -100 0 16795-516 -120 -90 Figure 20. IMD3 vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 0), 6 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 2x, Main Interpolation 8x, 1 MHz Tone Spacing Rev. B | Page 20 of 150 Data Sheet -10 -20 -30 -30 -40 -40 IMD3 (dBc) -20 -50 -60 -50 -60 -70 -70 -80 -80 -90 -90 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 fOUT (MHz) Figure 21. IMD3 vs. fOUT over fDAC (Mode 0), Channel Interpolation 2x, Main Interpolation 8x, 1 MHz Tone Spacing 0 -100 -20 0 -10 4000 5000 6000 7000 -20 -30 IMD3 (dBc) -50 -60 -40 -50 -60 -70 -70 -80 -80 -90 -90 -100 -100 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 16795-119 0 fOUT (MHz) Figure 22. IMD3 vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 1), 12 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 4x, Main Interpolation 8x, 1 MHz Tone Spacing 0 fDAC fDAC fDAC fDAC -10 -20 0 4000 5000 6000 7000 0 -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -20dBFS -10 -20 -40 -40 IMD3 (dBc) -30 -50 -60 -50 -60 -70 -70 -80 -80 -90 -90 3000 4000 fOUT (MHz) 5000 6000 7000 -100 16795-120 2000 3000 Figure 25. IMD3 vs. fOUT over fDAC (Mode 2), Channel Interpolation 4x, Main Interpolation 8x, 1 MHz Tone Spacing = 2949.12MHz = 5898.24MHz = 9830.4MHz = 11796.48MHz 1000 2000 fOUT (MHz) -30 0 1000 16795-122 IMD3 (dBc) 3000 fDAC = 2949.12MHz fDAC = 5898.24MHz fDAC = 9830.4MHz fDAC = 11796.48MHz 0 -40 IMD3 (dBc) 2000 Figure 24. IMD3 vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 2), 12 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 4x, Main Interpolation 8x, 1 MHz Tone Spacing -30 -100 1000 fOUT (MHz) 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -10 0 Figure 23. IMD3 vs. fOUT over fDAC (Mode 1), Channel Interpolation 4x, Main Interpolation 8x, 1 MHz Tone Spacing, -7 dB Digital Scale 0 200 400 600 800 1000 fOUT (MHz) 1200 1400 1600 1800 16795-123 -100 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -10 16795-118 IMD3 (dBc) 0 fDAC = 2949.12MHz fDAC = 5898.24MHz 16795-121 0 AD9175 Figure 26. IMD3 vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 17), 3.4 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 1x, Main Interpolation 1x, 1 MHz Tone Spacing, 11-Bit Resolution Rev. B | Page 21 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet -130 0 0dBFS -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -10 -20 fDAC = 5898.24MHz fDAC = 9830.4MHz fDAC = 11796.48MHz -135 -140 NSD (dBc/Hz) -30 IMD3 (dBc) -40 -50 -60 -70 -145 -150 -155 -160 -80 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 fOUT (MHz) -170 16795-124 -100 Figure 27. IMD3vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 9), 12 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 1x, Main Interpolation 12x, 1 MHz Tone Spacing 1000 1500 2000 2500 Figure 30. NSD vs. fOUT over fDAC, 16-Bit Resolution, Shuffle On, Single Tone Measured at 70 MHz -130 -7dBFS -12dBFS -17dBFS -20dBFS -20 500 fOUT (MHz) 0 fDAC = 5898.24MHz fDAC = 9830.4MHz fDAC = 11796.48MHz -135 -140 NSD (dBc/Hz) -40 IMD3 (dBc) 0 16795-202 -165 -90 -60 -145 -150 -155 -80 -160 -100 -170 1000 2000 3000 4000 fOUT (MHz) 5000 6000 7000 Figure 28. Worst IMD3 vs. fOUT over Digital Scale (Mode 23), 12 GHz DAC Sample Rate, Channel Interpolation 1x, Main Interpolation 6x, 1 MHz Tone Spacing -130 -145 -145 NSD (dBc/Hz) -140 -165 -165 500 1000 1500 fOUT (MHz) 2000 2500 Figure 29. Single-Tone NSD Measured at 70 MHz vs. fOUT, 11796.48 MHz fDAC, 16-Bit Resolution, for Different Shuffle Options 2500 -155 -160 0 2000 -150 -160 -170 16795-201 NSD (dBc/Hz) -140 -170 1500 SHUFFLE OFF SHUFFLE ON -135 -155 1000 Figure 31. NSD vs. fOUT over fDAC, 16-Bit Resolution, Shuffle On, Single-Tone, Measured at 10% Offset from fOUT -130 -150 500 fOUT (MHz) SHUFFLE OFF SHUFFLE ON -135 0 0 500 1000 1500 fOUT (MHz) 2000 2500 16795-304 0 16795-503 -120 16795-203 -165 Figure 32. NSD vs fOUT, 11796.48 MHz fDAC, 12-Bit Resolution for Different Shuffle Options, Single-Tone, Measured at 70 MHz Rev. B | Page 22 of 150 Data Sheet -130 fDAC = 5898.24MHz fDAC = 9830.4MHz fDAC = 11796.48MHz -135 -135 -140 -145 -145 NSD (dBc/Hz) -140 -150 -155 -150 -155 -160 -160 -165 -165 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 fOUT (MHz) Figure 33. NSD vs. fOUT over fDAC, 12-Bit Resolution, Shuffle On, Single-Tone, Measured at 70 MHz -130 -170 16795-205 -170 0 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 f OUT (MHz) Figure 36. Single-Tone NSD Measured at 10% Offset from fOUT vs. fOUT, 3.4 GHz fDAC, 11-Bit Resolution, Shuffle On fDAC = 5898.24MHz fDAC = 9830.4MHz fDAC = 11796.48MHz -135 200 16795-332 -130 AD9175 PLL OFF (DIRECT CLOCK) PLL ON (PFD = 122.88MHz) PLL ON (PFD = 245.76MHz) PLL ON (PFD = 368.64MHz) PLL ON (PFD = 491.52MHz) SSB PHASE NOISE (dBc) -140 -145 -150 -155 -160 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 fOUT (MHz) Figure 34. NSD vs. fOUT over fDAC, 12-Bit Resolution, Shuffle On, Single-Tone, Measured at 10% Offset from fOUT 10 10k 100k 1M 10M 100M Figure 37. Single-Sideband (SSB) Phase Noise vs. Offset over fOUT, over PFD Frequency, fDAC = 12 GHz, fOUT = 1.8 GHz, PLL On, PLL Reference Clock = 500 MHz fOUT = 900MHz fOUT = 1.8GHz fOUT = 3.6GHz NSD SHUFFLE OFF (dBc/Hz) NSD SHUFFLE ON (dBc/Hz) SSB PHASE NOISE (dBc) -140 NSD (dBc/Hz) 1k FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz) -130 -135 100 16795-207 -170 16795-206 -165 -145 -150 -155 -160 0 200 400 600 800 1000 fOUT (MHz) 1200 1400 1600 1800 10 16795-531 -170 Figure 35. Single-Tone NSD Measured at 70 MHz vs. fOUT, 3.4 GHz fDAC, 11-Bit Resolution, Shuffle Off vs. Shuffle On 100 1k 10k 100k 1M FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz) 10M 100M 16795-331 -165 Figure 38. SSB Phase Noise vs. Frequency Offset over fOUT, fDAC = 12 GHz, Direct Clock (PLL Off) Rev. B | Page 23 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet 5 6 DAC1 DAC0 DAC1 DAC0 4 5 3 16-BIT INL (LSB) 16-BIT DNL (LSB) 4 3 2 2 1 0 -1 1 -2 0 30000 40000 50000 60000 70000 CODE -4 0 30000 40000 50000 60000 70000 70000 70000 Figure 42. INL, IOUTFS = 20 mA, 16-Bit Resolution 2.5 DAC1 DAC0 4 20000 CODE Figure 39. DNL, IOUTFS = 26 mA, 16-Bit Resolution 5 10000 16795-211 20000 16795-212 10000 16795-213 0 16795-208 -1 -3 DAC1 DAC0 2.0 3 1.5 16-BIT DNL (LSB) 16-BIT INL (LSB) 2 1 0 -1 -2 1.0 0.5 0 -3 -0.5 -5 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 70000 CODE 16795-209 -4 -1.0 0 Figure 40. INL, IOUTFS = 26 mA, 16-Bit Resolution 4.5 4 30000 40000 50000 60000 DAC1 DAC0 3 3.5 3.0 2 16-BIT INL (LSB) 16-BIT DNL (LSB) 20000 Figure 43. DNL, IOUTFS = 15.6 mA, 16-Bit Resolution DAC1 DAC0 4.0 10000 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 1 0 -1 0.5 0 -2 -1.0 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 Code 70000 16795-210 -0.5 Figure 41. DNL, IOUTFS = 20 mA, 16-Bit Resolution -3 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 CODE Figure 44. INL, IOUTFS = 15.6 mA, 16-Bit Resolution Rev. B | Page 24 of 150 Data Sheet 0.15 AD9175 0.15 DAC1 DAC0 DAC0 DAC1 0.13 0.11 0.11 0.09 11-BIT DNL (LSB) 12-BIT DNL (LSB) 0.07 0.03 -0.01 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.01 -0.05 -0.01 -0.09 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 CODE -0.05 16795-214 -0.13 0 2000 2500 0.15 DAC0 DAC1 0.10 0.10 11-BIT INL (LSB) 0.05 0 -0.05 -0.10 -0.15 -0.20 0.05 0 -0.05 -0.10 -0.30 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 CODE 4500 Figure 46. INL, IOUTFS = 20 mA, 12-Bit Resolution -0.15 0 500 1000 1500 2000 CODE Figure 48. INL, IOUTFS = 20 mA, 11-Bit Resolution Rev. B | Page 25 of 150 2500 16795-341 -0.25 16795-215 12-BIT INL (LSB) 1500 Figure 47. DNL, IOUTFS = 20 mA, 11-Bit Resolution DAC1 DAC0 0.15 1000 CODE Figure 45. DNL, IOUTFS = 20 mA, 12-Bit Resolution 0.20 500 16795-340 -0.03 AD9175 Data Sheet TERMINOLOGY Integral Nonlinearity (INL) INL is the maximum deviation of the actual analog output from the ideal output, determined by a straight line drawn from zero scale to full scale. Differential Nonlinearity (DNL) DNL is the measure of the variation in analog value, normalized to full scale, associated with a 1 LSB change in digital input code. Offset Error Offset error is the deviation of the output current from the ideal value of 0 mA. For DACx+, a 0 mA output is expected when all inputs are set to 0. For DACx-, a 0 mA output is expected when all inputs are set to 1. Gain Error Gain error is the difference between the actual and ideal output span. The actual span is determined by the difference between the output when the input is at its minimum code and the output when the input is at its maximum code. Output Compliance Range The output compliance range is the range of allowable voltages at the output of a current output DAC. Operation beyond the maximum compliance limits can cause either output stage saturation or breakdown, resulting in nonlinear performance. Temperature Drift Temperature drift is specified as the maximum change from the ambient (25C) value to the value at either TMIN or TMAX. For offset and gain drift, the drift is reported in ppm of full-scale range (FSR) per degree Celsius. For reference drift, the drift is reported in ppm per degree Celsius. Settling Time Settling time is the time required for the output to reach and remain within a specified error band around its final value, measured from the start of the output transition. Spurious-Free Dynamic Range (SFDR) SFDR is the difference, in decibels, between the peak amplitude of the output signal and the peak spurious signal within the dc to Nyquist frequency of the DAC. Typically, energy in this band is rejected by the interpolation filters. This specification, therefore, defines how well the interpolation filters work and the effect of other parasitic coupling paths on the DAC output. Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) SNR is the ratio of the rms value of the measured output signal to the rms sum of all other spectral components below the Nyquist frequency, excluding the first six harmonics and dc. The value for SNR is expressed in decibels. Interpolation Filter If the digital inputs to the DAC are sampled at a multiple rate of the interpolation rate (fDATA), a digital filter can be constructed that has a sharp transition band near fDATA/2. Images that typically appear around the output data rate (fDAC) can be greatly suppressed. Channel Datapath The channel datapath, sometimes referred to as a channelizer, is a complex (IQ) datapath. There are six channelizers within the chip, with three channelizers summed in each main datapath. The channelizers can be bypassed if unused, depending on the mode of operation. When the channelizers are in use, a complex (I/Q) input data stream is required. Each channel datapath includes an independently controlled gain stage and a channel NCO. A selectable channel interpolation block is configurable according to the mode of operation. All channels must be set to the same interpolation rate. Main Datapath The main datapath refers to the portion of the digital datapath after the summing node in the chip, up to each of the main DAC analog cores. Each of these main datapaths includes an optional PA protection block with a feed forward to the ramp up/down gain stage block for muting the DAC outputs before damaging a power amplifier in the transmit path. There is a selectable main interpolation block that is configurable (same setting for both main interpolation blocks) depending on the mode of operation chosen. Each main datapath also contains an individually programmable main NCO per main DAC datapath that can be optionally used depending on the mode of operation. Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio (ACLR) ACLR is the ratio in decibels relative to the carrier (dBc) between the measured power within a channel relative to its adjacent channel. Adjusted DAC Update Rate The adjusted DAC update rate is the DAC update rate divided by the smallest interpolating factor. For clarity on DACs with multiple interpolating factors, the adjusted DAC update rate for each interpolating factor may be given. Physical (PHY) Lane Physical Lane x refers to SERDINx. Logical Lane Logical Lane x refers to physical lanes after optionally being remapped by the crossbar block (Register 0x308 to Register 0x30B). Link Lane Link Lane x refers to logical lanes considered per link. When paging Link 0 (Register 0x300[2] = 0), Link Lane x = Logical Lane x. When paging Link 1 (Register 0x300[2] = 1, dual link only), Link Lane x = Logical Lane x + 4. Rev. B | Page 26 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 THEORY OF OPERATION The AD9175 is a 16-bit, dual RF DAC with a high speed JESD204B SERDES interface, compliant with Subclass 0 and Subclass 1 operation. Figure 1 shows a functional block diagram of the AD9175. Each DAC core has three individually bypassable channels that support up to 1.575 GSPS of complex data rate input per channel. The JESD204B interface can be configured for either single-link or a dual-link operation, in which each of the eight high speed serial ports can carry data at a maximum of 15.4 Gbps to the channel datapaths, referred to as channelizers. Compared to either LVDS or CMOS interfaces, the SERDES interface simplifies pin count, board layout, and input clock requirements to the device. The local clock for the SERDES interface is derived from the device clock (CLKIN pins) as required by the JESD204B specification. The device clock either acts as a reference for the on-chip PLL to provide a DAC clock, or the PLL can be bypassed and the DAC clock can be provided directly from a high fidelity, external clock source. The SERDES interface can be configured to operate in one, two, three, four, or eight lane per link modes, depending on the required input data rate. In dual-link operation, each link can occupy a maximum of four lanes each. The digital datapath of the AD9175 includes bypassable (1x) interpolation blocks in both the channel datapaths and the main datapaths. Depending on the desired mode, there are also 2x, 3x, 4x, 6x, and 8x interpolation options for the channel datapaths, and 2x, 4x, 6x, 8x, and 12x interpolation options for the main datapaths. See Table 13 for a summary of the various supported processing modes, as well as the associated interpolation options. Unless 1x interpolation (bypass) is selected, each channel digital datapath allows the user to individually control the gain stages and NCO blocks at each channel. The NCO blocks have a 48-bit modulus NCO option to enable digital frequency shifts of signals with near infinite precision. At the end of the three channelizer datapaths, there is a summation node that combines the three channelizers together at a maximum of 1.575 GSPS, sent as an input to the respective main DAC datapaths for further digital processing. Each main DAC datapath contains an optional power amplifier (PA) protection block, a main datapath interpolation block, a main NCO with an optional modulus feature, and a ramp-up/ ramp-down gain block that is fed by the PA protection block. Additionally, there is an optional calibration tone feature, as well as four modulator switch modes that are part of the main NCO block. Each NCO can operate as a standalone NCO in direct digital synthesis (DDS) mode. The level of the NCO tone can be either individually assigned by providing digital data from the SERDES interface, or collectively assigned to all NCOs using a SPIprogrammable register. The frequency can be individually controlled. The AD9175 is also capable of multichip synchronization that can both synchronize multiple DACs and establish a constant and deterministic latency (latency locking) path for the DACs. The latency for each DAC remains constant to within several DAC clock cycles from link establishment to link establishment. An external alignment signal (SYSREF) makes the AD9175 JESD204B Subclass 1 compliant. Several methods of SYSREF signal handling are available for use in the system. An SPI port configures the various functional blocks and monitors their status. The various functional blocks and the data interface must be set up in a predetermined sequence for proper operation (see the Start-Up Sequence section). Simple SPI initialization routines set up the JESD204B link and are included in the AD9175-FMC-EBZ evaluation board package. This data sheet describes the various blocks of the AD9175 in detail. Descriptions of the JESD204B interface, control parameters, and various registers to set up and monitor the device are provided. The recommended start-up routine reliably sets up the data link. Rev. B | Page 27 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet Table 13. JESD204B Supported Operating Modes and Interpolation Combinations Application Channelizer Modes (All Complex) 375 MHz (N = 16 Bits) Single-Channel Dual-Channel Triple-Channel 500 MHz (N = 12 Bits) Single-Channel Dual-Channel 750 MHz (N = 16 Bits) Single-Channel Dual-Channel 187 MHz (N = 16 Bits) Dual-Channel Wideband Modes (Complex or Real) 3000 MHz (N = 11 Bits) Complex Real, Dual-DAC 1230 MHz (N = 16 Bits) Complex, DualDAC 1230 MHz (N = 11 Bits) Complex, DualDAC 2000 MHz (N = 11 Bits, NP = 12 Bits) Complex, DualDAC 34,000 MHz (N = 11 Bits, NP = 12 Bits) Real, Single-DAC JESD204B Operation Modes Lanes Link JESD204B per Modes Modes Link Single, dual Channels per DAC Channel Datapath Channel Maximum InterChannel Data polation Rate (MSPS)2 Main DAC Datapath Maximum Main Datapath DAC Rate Interpolation (GSPS)3 Maximum Instantaneous Bandwidth (MHz)1 0 0 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 385 385 385 2x 4x, 6x 4x, 6x 8x 6x, 8x 6x, 8x 6.16 12.6 12.6 308 308 616 2 3 3 385 4x, 6x 6x, 8x 12.6 924 5 5 6 1 1 2 1 1 2 513 513 513 2x 3x 3x 6x 6x, 8x 6x, 8x 6.16 12.6 12.6 410.4 410.4 3 3 4 4 2 2 4 4 1 1 2 2 770 770 770 385 1x 2x, 3x 2x, 3x 4x 8x 6x, 8x 6x, 8x 8x 6.16 12.6 12.6 12.6 616 616 616 308 Single, dual 7 1 2 192.5 8x 6x, 8x 12.6 154 Single Single 15, 16 15, 16 8 8 1 1 3080 3080 1x 1x 2x, 4x 1x 12.6 3.08 2464 1540 Single, dual 8, 9 4 24 1230 1x 8x, 12x 12.6 19684 Single, dual 13, 14 4 24 1230 1x 2x, 4x 6.16 19684 Single, dual 23 4 24 2050 1x 4x, 6x 12.6 32804 Single 17 8 1 3400 1x 1x 3.4 1700 Single, dual Single, dual Single, dual Single, dual Single, dual Single, dual 1 For complex modes, instantaneous bandwidth (IBW) is the bandwidth that both I and Q occupy (referred to as the combined I/Q bandwidth). The bandwidth for complex modes is in part limited by the bandwidth of the interpolation filters. When the interpolation filters are bypassed to configure the AD9175 in real only mode, IBW = 1/2 x data rate. 2 The maximum data rate is calculated based on a maximum lane rate as listed in Table 7. The data rate is calculated based on the formula lane rate = (10/8) NP data rate (M/L), where the NP, M, and L values depend on the selected mode. 3 The maximum DAC rate per mode depends on the voltage tolerance as well as the lane rate for a given configuration, as listed in Table 3. The maximum possible lane rate is according to Table 7. 4 With a correct modulator switch configuration, the AD9175 can be configured to operate as a wideband, dual-channel DAC, with each channel to include its own main datapath NCO. In this case, the modulator switch is configured to act as a summing node that feeds complex data from two datapaths to a single DAC core. Rev. B | Page 28 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 SERIAL PORT OPERATION The serial port is a flexible, synchronous serial communications port that allows easy interfacing with many industry-standard microcontrollers and microprocessors. The serial input/output is compatible with most synchronous transfer formats, including both the Motorola, Inc., SPI and Intel(R) SSR protocols. The interface allows read and write access to all registers that configure the AD9175. MSB first or LSB first transfer formats are supported. The serial port interface can be configured as a 4-wire interface or a 3-wire interface in which the input and output share a single pin input/output (SDIO). Data can be transferred either one byte at a time, with the address specified for each read/write operation, or can be transferred in multibyte mode, with the address incremented automatically at the end of each transfer cycle, thus increasing link throughput when multiple read/write operations to register addresses are sequential. SDO E4 CS E6 SPI PORT 16795-009 SDIO E7 SCLK E5 Figure 49. Serial Port Interface Pins (144-Ball BGA_ED) There are two phases to a communication cycle with the AD9175. Phase 1 is the instruction cycle (the writing of an instruction byte into the device), coincident with the first 16 SCLK rising edges. The instruction word provides the serial port controller with information needed for Phase 2 of the communication cycle, namely the data transfer cycle. The instruction word defines the starting register address for the following data transfer and flags, whether the upcoming data transfer is a read operation or a write operation. A logic high on the CS pin followed by a logic low resets the serial port timing to the initial state of the instruction cycle. From this state, the next 16 rising SCLK edges represent the instruction bits of the current input/output operation. The remaining SCLK edges are for Phase 2 of the communication cycle. Phase 2 is the actual data transfer between the device and the system controller. Phase 2 of the communication cycle is a transfer of one or more data bytes. Eight x N SCLK cycles are required to transfer N bytes during the transfer cycle. The registers update (latch) their data immediately upon writing to the last bit of each transfer byte. DATA FORMAT The instruction byte contains the information shown in Table 14. Table 14. Serial Port Instruction Word I15 (MSB) R/W I[14:0] A[14:0] R/W, Bit 15 of the instruction word, determines whether a read or a write data transfer occurs after the instruction word write. Logic 1 indicates a read operation, and Logic 0 indicates a write operation. A14 to A0, Bit I14 to Bit I0 of the instruction word, determine the register that is accessed during the data transfer portion of the communication cycle. For multibyte transfers, A[14:0] is the starting address. The remaining register addresses are generated by the device based on the address increment bit. If the address increment bits are set high (Register 0x000, Bit 5 and Bit 2), multibyte SPI writes start on A[14:0] and increment by 1 every eight bits sent/received. If the address increment bits are set to 0, the address decrements by 1 every eight bits. SERIAL PORT PIN DESCRIPTIONS Serial Clock (SCLK) The serial clock pin synchronizes data to and from the device and runs the internal state machines. The maximum frequency of SCLK is 80 MHz. All data input is registered on the rising edge of SCLK. All data is driven out on the falling edge of SCLK. Chip Select (CS) An active low input starts and gates a communication cycle. CS allows more than one device to be used on the same serial communications lines. The SDIO pin goes to a high impedance state when this input is high. During the communication cycle, the chip select must stay low. Serial Data Input/Output (SDIO) This pin is a bidirectional data line. In 4-wire mode, this pin acts as the data input and SDO acts as the data output. The FTW and NCO phase offsets change only when the frequency tuning word load request bit (DDSM_FTW_ LOAD_REQ or DDSC_FTW_LOAD_REQ) is set. Rev. B | Page 29 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet The serial port supports a 3-wire or 4-wire interface. When the SDO active bits = 1 (Register 0x000, Bit 4 and Bit 3), a 4-wire interface with a separate input pin (SDIO) and output pin (SDO) is used. When the SDO active bits = 0, the SDO pin is unused and the SDIO pin is used for both the input and the output. Multibyte data transfers can be performed as well by holding the CS pin low for multiple data transfer cycles (eight SCLKs) after the first data transfer word following the instruction cycle. The first eight SCLKs following the instruction cycle read from or write to the register provided in the instruction cycle. For each additional eight SCLK cycles, the address is either incremented or decremented and the read/write occurs on the new register. The direction of the address can be set using ADDRINC or ADDRINC_M (Register 0x000, Bit 5 and Bit 2). When ADDRINC or ADDRINC_M is 1, the multicycle addresses are incremented. When ADDRINC or ADDRINC_M is 0, the addresses are decremented. A new write cycle can always be initiated by bringing CS high and then low again. INSTRUCTION CYCLE DATA TRANSFER CYCLE CS SCLK SDIO R/W A14 A13 A3 A2 A1 A0 D7 D6 D5 D3 D2 D1 D0 Figure 50. Serial Register Interface Timing, MSB First, Register 0x000, Bit 6 and Bit 1 = 0 INSTRUCTION CYCLE DATA TRANSFER CYCLE CS SCLK SDIO A0 A1 A2 A12 A13 A14 R/W D0 D1 D2 D4 D5 D6 D7 Figure 51. Serial Register Interface Timing, LSB First, Register 0x000, Bit 6 and Bit 1 = 1 CS SCLK tDV SDIO DATA BIT n DATA BIT n - 1 Figure 52. Timing Diagram for Serial Port Register Read tH tS CS tPWH tPWL SDIO tDH INSTRUCTION BIT 15 INSTRUCTION BIT 14 INSTRUCTION BIT 0 Figure 53. Timing Diagram for Serial Port Register Write Rev. B | Page 30 of 150 16795-013 SCLK tDS 16795-010 When the LSB first bits = 0 (MSB first), the instruction and data bits must be written from MSB to LSB. R/W is followed by A[14:0] as the instruction word, and D[7:0] is the data-word. When the LSB first bits = 1 (LSB first), the opposite is true. A[0:14] is followed by R/W, which is subsequently followed by D[0:7]. 16795-011 The serial port can support both MSB first and LSB first data formats. This functionality is controlled by the LSB first bit (Register 0x000, Bit 6 and Bit 1). The default is MSB first (LSBFIRST bit = 0). To prevent confusion and to ensure consistency between devices, the chip tests the first nibble following the address phase, ignoring the second nibble. This test is completed independently from the LSB first bits and ensures that there are extra clock cycles following the soft reset bits (Register 0x000, Bit 0 and Bit 7). This test of the first nibble only applies when writing to Register 0x000. 16795-012 SERIAL PORT OPTIONS Data Sheet AD9175 JESD204B SERIAL DATA INTERFACE JESD204B OVERVIEW The AD9175 has eight JESD204B SERDES data ports that receive the input sample data to the device. The eight JESD204B ports can be combined to form either one (single-link) or two (duallink) identical JESD204B links. Each link can provide data to its own datapath with its own set of channelizers. Both single- and dual-link JESD204B modes align their individual (local) clocks to the same system reference (SYSREF) and device clock (CLKIN) signals. However, the SYNCOUT0 and SYNCOUT1 signals are specific to their respective JESD204B link, and in dual-link mode the two links can operate independently from one another. The JESD204B serial interface hardware is grouped into three layers: the physical layer, the data link layer, and the transport layer. Figure 54 shows the three communication layers implemented in the AD9175 serial data interface to recover the clock and deserialize, descramble, and deframe the data before it is sent to each of the digital signal processing channelizers of the device. and main datapath interpolation are available, depending on the mode. Table 13 lists all the possible link and interpolation combinations available as well as the maximum supported data rate for each mode. The AD9175 has two DAC cores, each with its own analog output. Each DAC core is supplied with data from as many as three complex channelizers. The effective number of converters, as seen by the JESD204B link, is the number of noncomplex channels in the given mode of operation, as represented by the M parameter of the JESD204B standard. Therefore, a single noncomplex channel is represented by M = 1, a complex channel is represented by M = 2, a group of two complex channels is represented by M = 4, and so on. When the total datapath interpolation is set to 1x, the complex channels are bypassed and the data input is assumed to be noncomplex (real). In this case only, M = 2 represents the actual number of DAC cores, and the complex data is not required. For a particular JESD204B mode of operation, the following relationships exist: The communication layers are described as follows: The physical layer establishes a reliable channel between the transmitter and the receiver. The data link layer is responsible for unpacking the data into octets and descrambling the data. The transport layer receives the descrambled JESD204B frames and converts them to DAC samples. A detailed description of each layer is provided in the subsequent sections, including information for configuring each aspect of the interface. A number of JESD204B parameters (L, F, K, M, N, NP, S, HD) defines how the data is packed and tells the device how to turn the serial data into samples. These parameters are described in detail in the Transport Layer section. The AD9175 also has a descrambling option (see the Descrambler section for more information). To increase the maximum data rate achievable by the SERDES interface, the AD9175 has the ability to use a 12-bit packing mode (NP = 12, N = 11 or 12) for applications that do not require 16-bit data. The AD9175 has multiple JESD204B modes, which include single- and dual-link modes, and allow configuration of the device depending on the number channels, number of DAC cores, and link speed requirements. These modes and their respective JESD204B link parameters are described in Table 15 and Table 16. Various combinations of channel interpolation Total Interpolation = Channel Interpolation x Main Interpolation Data Rate = DAC Rate/Total Interpolation Lane Rate = (M/L) x NP x (10/8) x Data Rate where: Lane Rate must be between 3 Gbps and 15.4 Gbps. M, L, and NP are JESD204B link parameters for the chosen JESD204B operating mode. Achieving and maintaining synchronous operation between the JESD204B transmitter and the JESD204B receiver is critical for maintaining a reliable link. After the link is established, the stability and phase relationship between the various system clocks becomes important. If a particular clock slips relative to a common reference, the link may be lost and may need to be reestablished. Similarly, if a particular lane becomes asynchronous relative to other lanes within the link, this link may be lost as well. To simplify the process of establishing or reestablishing a link, the AD9175 designates an independent master synchronization signal for each JESD204B link. The SYNCOUT0 and SYNCOUT1 pins are used as the master flag signal for all the lanes in the particular link. If the data arriving on the various lanes appears to be out of synchronization, SYNCOUTx is deasserted and the transmitter is expected to stop sending data and instead begin sending synchronization characters to all the lanes in that link until resynchronization is achieved. Rev. B | Page 31 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet SYNCOUT0 SYNCOUT1 PHYSICAL LAYER SERDIN0 DATA LINK LAYER TRANSPORT LAYER QBD/ DESCRAMBLER FRAME TO SAMPLES DESERIALIZER I DATA[15:0] Q DATA[15:0] COMPLEX DATA PER CHANNELIZER DESERIALIZER 16795-014 SERDIN7 SYSREF Figure 54. Functional Block Diagram of Serial Link Receiver Table 15. Single-Link JESD204B Operating Modes Parameter L (Lane Count) M (Converter Count) F (Octets per Frame per Lane) S (Samples per Converter per Frame) NP (Total Number of Bits per Sample) N (Converter Resolution) K (Frames per Multiframe) HD (High Density User Data Format) 0 1 2 4 1 16 16 32 1 1 2 4 4 1 16 16 32 1 2 3 6 4 1 16 16 32 1 3 2 2 2 1 16 16 32 1 4 4 4 2 1 16 16 32 1 Single-Link JESD204B Modes 5 6 7 8 9 13 1 2 1 4 4 4 2 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 8 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 12 12 16 16 16 16 12 12 16 16 16 11 32 32 32 32 32 32 1 1 1 1 1 1 14 4 2 2 2 16 11 32 1 15 8 2 1 2 16 11 32 1 16 8 2 2 4 16 11 32 1 17 8 2 3 8 12 11 32 1 23 4 2 3 4 12 11 32 1 Table 16. Dual-Link JESD204B Operating Modes Parameter L (Lane Count) M (Converter Count) F (Octets per Frame per Lane) S (Samples per Converter per Frame) NP (Total Number of Bits per Sample) N (Converter Resolution) K (Frames per Multiframe) HD (High Density User Data Format) 0 1 2 4 1 16 16 32 1 1 2 4 4 1 16 16 32 1 2 3 6 4 1 16 16 32 1 3 2 2 2 1 16 16 32 1 Dual-Link JESD204B Modes 4 5 6 7 8 4 1 2 1 4 4 2 4 4 2 2 3 3 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 16 12 12 16 16 16 12 12 16 16 32 32 32 32 32 1 1 1 1 1 9 4 2 2 2 16 16 32 1 13 4 2 1 1 16 11 32 1 14 4 2 2 2 16 11 32 1 Table 17. Data Structure per Lane for F = 1 JESD204B Operating Modes1 JESD204B Mode and Parameters L = 4, M = 2, S = 1, NP = 16, N = 16 Mode 8: N = 16 Mode 13: N = 11 Mode 15 (L = 8, M = 2, S = 2, NP = 16, N = 11) 1 Link Logical Lane Lane 0 Lane 1 Lane 2 Lane 3 Lane 0 Lane 1 Lane 2 Lane 3 Lane 4 Lane 5 Lane 6 Lane 7 Frame 0, Octet 0 M0S0[15:8] M0S0[7:0] M1S0[15:8] M1S0[7:0] M0S0[15:8] M0S0[7:0] M0S1[15:8] M0S1[7:0] M1S0[15:8] M1S0[7:0] M1S1[15:8] M1S1[7:0] Mx is the converter number and Sy is the sample number. For example, M0S0 means Converter 0, Sample 0. Rev. B | Page 32 of 150 Frame 1, Octet 0 M0S1[15:8] M0S1[7:0] M1S1[15:8] M1S1[7:0] M0S2[15:8] M0S2[7:0] M0S3[15:8] M0S3[7:0] M1S2[15:8] M1S2[7:0] M1S3[15:8] M1S3[7:0] 23 4 2 3 4 12 11 32 1 Data Sheet AD9175 Table 18. Data Structure per Lane for F = 2 JESD204B Operating Modes1 JESD204B Mode and Parameters Mode 3 (L = 2, M = 2, S = 1, NP = 16, N = 16) Mode 4 (L = 4, M = 4, S = 1, NP = 16, N = 16) Mode 9 (L = 4, M = 2, S = 2, NP = 16, N = 16) Mode 16 (L = 8, M = 2, S = 4, NP = 16, N = 11) 1 Link Logical Lane Lane 0 Lane 1 Lane 0 Lane 1 Lane 2 Lane 3 Lane 0 Lane 1 Lane 2 Lane 3 Lane 0 Lane 1 Lane 2 Lane 3 Lane 4 Lane 5 Lane 6 Lane 7 Frame 0 Octet 0 Octet 1 M0S0[15:8] M0S0[7:0] M1S0[15:8] M1S0[7:0] M0S0[15:8] M0S0[7:0] M1S0[15:8] M1S0[7:0] M2S0[15:8] M2S0[7:0] M3S0[15:8] M3S0[7:0] M0S0[15:8] M0S0[7:0] M0S1[15:8] M0S1[7:0] M1S0[15:8] M1S0[7:0] M1S1[15:8] M1S1[7:0] M0S0[15:8] M0S0[7:0] M0S1[15:8] M0S1[7:0] M0S2[15:8] M0S2[7:0] M0S3[15:8] M0S3[7:0] M1S0[15:8] M1S0[7:0] M1S1[15:8] M1S1[7:0] M1S2[15:8] M1S2[7:0] M1S3[15:8] M1S3[7:0] Octet 0 M0S1[15:8] M1S1[15:8] M0S1[15:8] M1S1[15:8] M2S1[15:8] M3S1[15:8] M0S2[15:8] M0S3[15:8] M1S2[15:8] M1S3[15:8] M0S4[15:8] M0S5[15:8] M0S6[15:8] M0S7[15:8] M1S4[15:8] M1S5[15:8] M1S6[15:8] M1S7[15:8] Frame 1 Octet 2 M0S1[7:0] M1S1[7:0] M0S1[7:0] M1S1[7:0] M2S1[7:0] M3S1[7:0] M0S2[7:0] M0S3[7:0] M1S2[7:0] M1S3[7:0] M0S4[7:0] M0S5[7:0] M0S6[7:0] M0S7[7:0] M1S4[7:0] M1S5[7:0] M1S6[7:0] M1S7[7:0] Mx is the converter number and Sy is the sample number. For example, M0S0 means Converter 0, Sample 0. Table 19. Data Structure per Lane for F = 3 JESD204B Operating Modes1 JESD204B Mode and Parameters Mode 5 (L = 1, M = 2, S = 1, NP = 12, N = 12) Mode 6 (L = 2, M = 4, S = 1, NP = 12, N = 12) Mode 23 (L = 4, M = 2, S = 4, NP = 12, N = 112) Mode 17 (L = 8, M = 2, S = 8, NP = 12, N = 112) 1 2 Link Logical Lane Lane 0 Octet 0 Nibble 0 Nibble1 M0S0[11:8] M0S0[7:4] Frame 0 Octet 1 Nibble 0 Nibble1 M0S0[3:0] M1S0[11:8] Octet 2 Nibble 0 Nibble1 M1S0[7:4] M1S0[3:0] Lane 0 Lane 1 Lane 0 Lane 1 Lane 2 Lane 3 Lane 0 Lane 1 Lane 2 Lane 3 Lane 4 Lane 5 Lane 6 Lane 7 M0S0[11:8] M2S0[11:8] M0S0[11:8] M0S2[11:8] M1S0[11:8] M1S2[11:8] M0S0[11:8] M0S2[11:8] M0S4[11:8] M0S6[11:8] M1S0[11:8] M1S2[11:8] M1S4[11:8] M1S6[11:8] M0S0[3:0] M2S0[3:0] M0S0[3:0] M0S2[3:0] M1S0[3:0] M1S2[3:0] M0S0[3:0] M0S2[3:0] M0S4[3:0] M0S6[3:0] M1S0[3:0] M1S2[3:0] M1S4[3:0] M1S6[3:0] M1S0[7:4] M3S0[7:4] M0S1[7:4] M0S3[7:4] M1S1[7:4] M1S3[7:4] M0S1[7:4] M0S3[7:4] M0S5[7:4] M0S7[7:4] M1S1[7:4] M1S3[7:4] M1S5[7:4] M1S7[7:4] M0S0[7:4] M2S0[7:4] M0S0[7:4] M0S2[7:4] M1S0[7:4] M1S2[7:4] M0S0[7:4] M0S2[7:4] M0S4[7:4] M0S6[7:4] M1S0[7:4] M1S2[7:4] M1S4[7:4] M1S6[7:4] Mx is the converter number and Sy is the sample number. For example, M0S0 means Converter 0, Sample 0. Generate 11-bit resolution data and set Bit 0 to 0 for the full 12-bit data packing (NP). Rev. B | Page 33 of 150 M1S0[11:8] M3S0[11:8] M0S1[11:8] M0S3[11:8] M1S1[11:8] M1S3[11:8] M0S1[11:8] M0S3[11:8] M0S5[11:8] M0S7[11:8] M1S1[11:8] M1S3[11:8] M1S5[11:8] M1S7[11:8] M1S0[3:0] M3S0[3:0] M0S1[3:0] M0S3[3:0] M1S1[3:0] M1S3[3:0] M0S1[3:0] M0S3[3:0] M0S5[3:0] M0S7[3:0] M1S1[3:0] M1S3[3:0] M1S5[3:0] M1S7[3:0] AD9175 Data Sheet Table 20. Data Structure per Lane for F = 4 JESD204B Operating Modes1 JESD204B Mode and Parameters Mode 0 (L = 1, M = 2, S = 1, NP = 16, N = 16) Link Logical Lane Lane 0 Mode 1 (L = 2, M = 4, S = 1, NP = 16, N = 16) Lane 0 Lane 1 Mode 2 (L = 3, M = 6, S = 1, NP = 16, N = 16) Lane 0 Lane 1 Lane 2 1 Octet 0 M0S0 [15:8] M0S0 [15:8] M2S0 [15:8] M0S0 [15:8] M2S0 [15:8] M4S0 [15:8] Frame 0 Octet 1 Octet 2 M0S0 M1S0 [7:0] [15:8] M0S0 M1S0 [7:0] [15:8] M2S0 M3S0 [7:0] [15:8] M0S0 M1S0 [7:0] [15:8] M2S0 M3S0 [7:0] [15:8] M4S0 M5S0 [7:0] [15:8] Octet 3 M1S0 [7:0] M1S0 [7:0] M3S0 [7:0] M1S0 [7:0] M3S0 [7:0] M5S0 [7:0] Octet 0 M0S1 [15:8] M0S1 [15:8] M2S1 [15:8] M0S1 [15:8] M2S1 [15:8] M4S1 [15:8] Frame 1 Octet 1 Octet 2 M0S1 M1S1 [7:0] [15:8] M0S1 M1S1 [7:0] [15:8] M2S1 M3S1 [7:0] [15:8] M0S1 M1S1 [7:0] [15:8] M2S1 M3S1 [7:0] [15:8] M4S1 M5S1 [7:0] [15:8] Octet 3 M1S1 [7:0] M1S1 [7:0] M3S1 [7:0] M1S1 [7:0] M3S1 [7:0] M5S1 [7:0] Mx is the converter number and Sy is the sample number. For example, M0S0 means Converter 0, Sample 0. Table 21. Data Structure per Lane for F = 8 JESD204B Operating Modes1 JESD204B Mode and Parameters Mode 7 (L = 1, M = 4, S = 1, NP = 16, N = 16) 1 Link Logical Lane Lane 0 Octet 0 M0S0[15:8] Octet 1 M0S0[7:0] Octet 2 M1S0[15:8] Frame 0 Octet 3 Octet 4 M1S0[7:0] M2S0[15:8] Mx is the converter number and Sy is the sample number. For example, M0S0 means Converter 0, Sample 0. Rev. B | Page 34 of 150 Octet 5 M2S0[7:0] Octet 6 M3S0[15:8] Octet 7 M3S0[7:0] Data Sheet AD9175 PHYSICAL LAYER Clock Relationships The physical layer of the JESD204B interface, hereafter referred to as the deserializer, has eight identical channels. Each channel consists of the termination, an equalizer, a clock and data recovery (CDR) circuit, and the 1:40 demux function (see Figure 55). The following clocks rates are used throughout the rest of the JESD204B section. The relationship between any of the clocks can be derived from the following equations: Data Rate = DAC Rate/Total Interpolation Lane Rate = (M/L) x NP x (10/8) x Data Rate DESERIALIZER SERDINx TERMINATION EQUALIZER CDR Byte Rate = Lane Rate/10 1:40 This relationship comes from 8-bit/10-bit encoding, where each byte is represented by 10 bits. 16795-015 SPI CONTROL FROM SERDES PLL PCLK Rate = Byte Rate/4 = Lane Rate/40 The processing clock is used for a quad-byte decoder. Frame Rate = Byte Rate/F Figure 55. Deserializer Block Diagram JESD204B data is input to the AD9175 via the SERDINx differential input pins, per the JESD204B specification. where F is defined as octets per frame per lane. Interface Power-Up and Input Termination where: M is the JESD204B parameter for converters per link, which is the effective number of converters as seen by the JESD204B interface (not necessarily equal to the number of DAC cores). L is the JESD204B parameter for lanes per link. F is the JESD204B parameter for octets per frame per lane. NP is the JESD204B parameter for the total number of bits per sample. PCLK Factor = Frame Rate/PCLK Rate = 4/F Before using the JESD204B interface, it must be powered up by setting Register 0x200, Bit 0 = 0. In addition, each physical lane (PHY) that is not being used (SERDINx) must be powered down. To do so, set the corresponding Bit x for Physical Lane x in Register 0x201 to 0 if the physical lane is being used, and to 1 if it is not being used. The AD9175 autocalibrates the input termination to 100 at dc. This calibration routine is performed automatically when the JESD204B interface blocks are configured and does not require any additional SPI register writes. Receiver Eye Mask The AD9175 is compatible with the JESD204B specification regarding the receiver eye mask and is capable of capturing data that complies with the mask in Figure 56. Figure 56 shows the receiver eye normalized to the data rate interval. The AD9175 also supports an increased insertion loss limit, as defined in the Equalization section. SERDES PLL Functional Overview of the SERDES PLL The independent SERDES PLL uses integer N techniques to achieve clock synthesis. The entire SERDES PLL is integrated on chip, including the VCO and the loop filter. The SERDES PLL is capable of providing quadrature clocks to allow a wide range of data rates (3 Gbps to 15.4 Gbps) with no gaps. These clocks are the input to the CDR block that is described in the Clock and Data Recovery section. RECEIVER EYE MASK 55 0 -55 -525 0 0.35 0.5 0.65 TIME (UI) 1.00 16795-016 AMPLITUDE (mV) 525 Figure 56. Receiver Eye Mask Rev. B | Page 35 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet JESD204B MODE (REGISTER 0x110, BITS[4:0]) DATAPATH INTERPOLATION (REGISTER 0x111, BITS[7:4]) CHANNEL INTERPOLATION (REGISTER 0x111, BITS[3:0]) /4 PCLK GENERATOR SERDES PLL WITH INTERNAL VCO LANE RATES 3Gbps TO 15.4Gbps CDR HALF RATE CLOCKS DAC PLL CLOCK 16795-017 DIRECT DAC CLOCK Figure 57. SERDES PLL Synthesizer Block Diagram Including VCO Divider Block Confirm that the SERDES PLL is working by reading Register 0x281. If Register 0x281, Bit 0 = 1, the SERDES PLL has locked. This equalizer performance is shown in Figure 58 for 15.4 Gbps, near the maximum baud rate for the AD9175. The channel must also meet the insertion loss deviation (also known as spectral ripple) requirement of the JESD204B specification (less than 1.5 dB from 50 MHz to 0.75 times the baud rate). 0 EXAMPLE OF JESD204B COMPLIANT CHANNEL -2 -4 -6 INSERTION LOSS (dB) The reference clock to the SERDES PLL is always running at a frequency, fREF, that is equal to 1/40 of the lane rate (PCLK rate). For more information about the SERDES circuitry setup and relevant register writes, see the Start-Up Sequence section. The SERDES PLL block automatically tunes to the appropriate divider range for the lane rate based on the SERDES mode being used. It takes the DAC clock generated by either the DAC PLL, if in use, or from the direct clock being sourced at the CLKIN pins, divides the DAC clock frequency by 4, and uses the JESD204B parameters corresponding to the mode and interpolation values programmed in Register 0x110 and Register 0x111 to determine the proper dividers for generating the PCLK frequency (lane rate / 40), as shown in Figure 57. -10 -12 -14 EXAMPLE OF AD9175 COMPATIBLE CHANNEL -16 -18 -20 -22 Clock and Data Recovery MINIMUM ALLOWED CHANNEL LOSS (JESD204B SPEC) -8 MINIMUM ALLOWED CHANNEL LOSS AD9175 3.75 The deserializer is equipped with a CDR circuit. Instead of recovering the clock from the JESD204B serial lanes, the CDR recovers the clocks from the SERDES PLL. The SERDES PLL in turn uses the PCLK as its reference, where the PCLK is derived from the DAC clock. It is thus critical to lock the JESD204B transmitter clock to the device clock of the AD9175. The CDR circuit synchronizes the phase used to sample the data on each serial lane independently. This independent phase adjustment per serial interface ensures accurate data sampling and eases the implementation of multiple serial interfaces on a PCB. Power-Down Unused PHYs Any unused physical and enabled lanes consume extra power unnecessarily. Each lane that is not being used (SERDINx) must be powered off by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit of PHY_PD (Register 0x201). Equalization To compensate for signal integrity distortions for each PHY channel due to PCB trace length and impedance, the AD9175 employs an easy to use, low power equalizer on each JESD204B channel. The AD9175 equalizers operating at the maximum lane rate of 15.4 Gbps can compensate for up to 16 dB of insertion loss. 7.5 16795-018 -24 11.25 FREQUENCY (GHz) Figure 58. Insertion Loss Allowed To ensure the AD9175 compensates for the amount of insertion loss in the system, set the equalizer block appropriately. Table 22 shows the settings for the equalizer boost, equalizer gain, and feedback controls, depending on the level of insertion loss in the system. The equalizer boost setting is programmed for each PHY lane (2-bit control for each) being used in Register 0x240 and Register 0x241. Similarly, the equalizer gain settings are programmed for each PHY lane (2-bit control for each) used in Register 0x242 and Register 0x243. The feedback control is programmed per PHY lane (5-bit control for each, one control per register) in Register 0x244 to Register 0x24B. Table 22. Equalizer Register Control Settings per PHY Control Insertion Loss Equalizer Boost Equalizer Gain Feedback Rev. B | Page 36 of 150 11 dB 0x02 0x01 0x1F >11 dB 0x03 0x03 0x1F Data Sheet AD9175 Figure 59 and Figure 60 are provided as points of reference for hardware designers and show the insertion loss for various lengths of well laid out stripline and microstrip transmission lines, respectively. See the Hardware Considerations section for specific layout recommendations for the JESD204B channel. DATA LINK LAYER The data link layer of the AD9175 JESD204B interface accepts the deserialized data from the PHYs and deframes and descrambles the data so that data octets are presented to the transport layer to be recombined into the original data samples ahead of the DAC core. The architecture of the data link layer is shown in Figure 61. The data link layer consists of a synchronization FIFO for each lane, a crossbar switch, a deframer, and a descrambler. The AD9175 can be set up to receive data from either a singlelink or dual-link high speed JESD204B serial data interface. When operating in dual-link mode, the data link layer abstracts the interface to appear as two independent JESD204B links to the user, each occupying a maximum of four lanes. In either mode, all eight lanes of the JESD204B interface handle link layer communications such as code group synchronization (CGS), frame alignment, and frame synchronization. 16795-019 STRIPLINE = 6" STRIPLINE = 10" STRIPLINE = 15" STRIPLINE = 20" STRIPLINE = 25" STRIPLINE = 30" The AD9175 decodes 8-bit/10-bit control characters, which mark the edges of the frame and help maintain alignment between serial lanes. Each AD9175 serial interface link can issue a synchronization request by setting its SYNCOUTx signals low. The synchronization protocol follows Section 4.9 of the JESD204B standard. When a stream of four consecutive /K/ symbols is received, the AD9175 deactivates the synchronization request by setting the SYNCOUTx signals high at the next internal LMFC rising edge. Then, the AD9175 waits for the transmitter to issue an initial lane alignment sequence (ILAS). During the ILAS, all lanes are aligned using the /A/ to /R/ character transition as described in the JESD204B Serial Link Establishment section. Elastic buffers hold early arriving lane data until the alignment character of the latest lane arrives. At this point, the buffers for all lanes are released and all lanes are aligned (see Figure 62). ATTENUATION (dB) Figure 59. Insertion Loss of 50 Striplines on FR4 16795-020 6" MICROSTRIP 10" MICROSTRIP 15" MICROSTRIP 20" MICROSTRIP 25" MICROSTRIP 30" MICROSTRIP FREQUENCY (GHz) Figure 60. Insertion Loss of 50 Microstrips on FR4 DATA LINK LAYER SYNCOUTx LANE 7 DATA CLOCK SYSREF CROSSBAR SWITCH SERDIN7 FIFO LANE 0 OCTETS LANE 7 OCTETS SYSTEM CLOCK PHASE DETECT 16795-021 LANE 7 DESERIALIZED AND DESCRAMBLED DATA SERDIN0 FIFO DESCRAMBLE LANE 0 DATA CLOCK QUAD-BYTE DEFRAMER QBD 8-BIT/10-BIT DECODE LANE 0 DESERIALIZED AND DESCRAMBLED DATA PCLK SPI CONTROL Figure 61. Data Link Layer Block Diagram Rev. B | Page 37 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet L RECEIVE LANES (EARLIEST ARRIVAL) K K K R D D D D A R Q C L RECEIVE LANES K K K K K K K R D D (LATEST ARRIVAL) C D D A R Q C D D A R D D C D D A R D D 0 CHARACTER ELASTIC BUFFER DELAY OF LATEST ARRIVAL 4 CHARACTER ELASTIC BUFFER DELAY OF EARLIEST ARRIVAL L ALIGNED RECEIVE LANES K K K K K K K R D D D D A R Q C C D D A R D D 16795-022 K = K28.5 CODE GROUP SYNCHRONIZATION COMMA CHARACTER A = K28.3 LANE ALIGNMENT SYMBOL F = K28.7 FRAME ALIGNMENT SYMBOL R = K28.0 START OF MULTIFRAME Q = K28.4 START OF LINK CONFIGURATION DATA C = JESD204x LINK CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS D = Dx.y DATA SYMBOL Figure 62. Lane Alignment During ILAS JESD204B Serial Link Establishment A brief summary of the high speed serial link establishment process for Subclass 1 is provided. See Section 5.3.3 of the JESD204B specification document for complete details. After the last /A/ character of the last ILAS, multiframe data begins streaming. The receiver adjusts the position of the /A/ character such that it aligns with the internal LMFC of the receiver at this point. Step 1--Code Group Synchronization Step 3--Data Streaming Each receiver must locate /K/ (K28.5) characters in its input data stream. After four consecutive /K/ characters are detected on all link lanes, the receiver block deasserts the SYNCOUTx signals to the transmitter block at the receiver LMFC edge. In this phase, data is streamed from the transmitter block to the receiver block. The transmitter captures the change in the SYNCOUTx signals and at a future transmitter LMFC rising edge, starts the ILAS. The receiver block processes and monitors the data it receives for errors, including the following: Step 2--Initial Lane Alignment Sequence The main purposes of this phase are to align all the lanes of the link and to verify the parameters of the link. Before the link is established, write each of the link parameters to the receiver device to designate how data is sent to the receiver block. The ILAS consists of four or more multiframes. The last character of each multiframe is a multiframe alignment character, /A/. The first, third, and fourth multiframes are populated with predetermined data values. Section 8.2 of the JESD204B specifications document describes the data ramp that is expected during the ILAS. The deframer uses the final /A/ of each lane to align the ends of the multiframes within the receiver. The second multiframe contains an /R/ (K.28.0), /Q/ (K.28.4), and then data corresponding to the link parameters. Additional multiframes can be added to the ILAS if needed by the receiver. By default, the AD9175 uses four multiframes in the ILAS (this can be changed in Register 0x478). If using Subclass 1, exactly four multiframes must be used. Optionally, data can be scrambled. Scrambling does not start until the first octet following the ILAS. Bad running disparity (8-bit/10-bit error) Not in table (8-bit/10-bit error) Unexpected control character Bad ILAS Interlane skew error (through character replacement) If any of these errors exist, they are reported back to the transmitter in one of the following ways (see the JESD204B Error Monitoring section for details): SYNCOUTx signal assertion: resynchronization (SYNCOUTx signals pulled low) is requested at each error for the last two errors. For the first three errors, an optional resynchronization request can be asserted when the error counter reaches a set error threshold. For the first three errors, each multiframe with an error in it causes a small pulse on the respective SYNCOUTx pins. Errors can optionally trigger an interrupt request (IRQ) event, which can be sent to the transmitter. For more information about the various test modes for verifying the link integrity, see the JESD204B Test Modes section. Rev. B | Page 38 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 Lane First In/First Out (FIFO) The FIFOs in front of the crossbar switch and deframer synchronize the samples sent on the high speed serial data interface with the deframer clock by adjusting the phase of the incoming data. The FIFO absorbs timing variations between the data source and the deframer, which allows up to two PCLK cycles of drift from the transmitter. The FIFO_STATUS_REG_0 register and FIFO_STATUS_REG_1 register (Register 0x30C and Register 0x30D, respectively) can be monitored to identify whether the FIFOs are full or empty. Lane FIFO IRQ The deframer uses the JESD204B parameters that the user has programmed into the register map to identify how the data is packed, and unpacks it. The JESD204B parameters are described in detail in the Transport Layer section. Many of the parameters are also needed in the transport layer to convert JESD204B frames into samples. Descrambler The AD9175 provides an optional descrambler block using a self synchronous descrambler with the following polynomial: 1 + x14 + x15. An aggregate lane FIFO error bit is also available as an IRQ event. Use Register 0x020, Bit 2 to enable the lane FIFO error bit, and then use Register 0x024, Bit 2 to read back its status and reset the IRQ signal. See the Interrupt Request Operation section for more information. Enabling data scrambling reduces spectral peaks that are produced when the same data octets repeat from frame to frame. It also makes the spectrum data independent so that possible frequency selective effects on the electrical interface do not cause data dependent errors. Descrambling of the data is enabled by setting the SCR bit (Register 0x453, Bit 7) to 1. Crossbar Switch SYNCING LMFC SIGNALS Register 0x308 to Register 0x30B allow arbitrary mapping of physical lanes (SERDINx) to logical lanes used by the SERDES deframers. The AD9175 requires a synchronization (sync) to align the LMFC and other internal clocks before the SERDES links are brought online. The synchronization is a one-shot sync, where the synchronization process begins on the next edge of the alignment signal following the assertion of the SYSREF_MODE_ONESHOT control in Register 0x03A, Bit 1. Table 23. Crossbar Registers Address 0x308 0x308 0x309 0x309 0x30A 0x30A 0x30B 0x30B Bits [2:0] [5:3] [2:0] [5:3] [2:0] [5:3] [2:0] [5:3] Logical Lane SRC_LANE0 SRC_LANE1 SRC_LANE2 SRC_LANE3 SRC_LANE4 SRC_LANE5 SRC_LANE6 SRC_LANE7 In Subclass 1, the SYSREF rising edge acts as the alignment edge. In Subclass 0, an internal processing clock acts as the alignment edge. When a sync has completed, the SYNC_ROTATION_DONE (Register 0x03A, Bit 4) bit is asserted and remains asserted until another sync is requested. Write each SRC_LANEy with the number (x) of the desired physical lane (SERDINx) from which to obtain data. By default, all logical lanes use the corresponding physical lane as their data source. For example, by default, SRC_LANE0 = 0. Therefore, Logical Lane 0 obtains data from Physical Lane 0 (SERDIN0). To use SERDIN4 as the source for Logical Lane 0 instead, the user must write SRC_LANE0 = 4. Lane Inversion Register 0x334 allows inversion of desired logical lanes, which can be used to ease routing of the SERDINx signals. For each Logical Lane x, set Bit x of Register 0x334 to 1 to invert it. Deframer The AD9175 consists of two quad-byte deframers (QBDs) paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300, Bit 2. The deframer accepts the 8-bit/10-bit encoded data from the deserializer (via the crossbar switch), decodes it, and descrambles it into JESD204B frames before passing it to the transport layer to be converted to DAC samples. The deframer processes four symbols (or octets) per processing clock (PCLK) cycle. After a synchronization occurs, the JESD204B link can be enabled. In Subclass 1, the latency of the JESD204B system is deterministic and allows synchronization across multiple devices, if desired. SYSREF Signal The SYSREF signal is a differential source synchronous input that synchronizes the LMFC signals in both the transmitter and receiver in a JESD204B Subclass 1 system to achieve deterministic latency. The SYSREF signal is a rising edge sensitive signal that is sampled by the device clock rising edge. It is best practice that the device clock and SYSREF signals be generated by the same source, such as the HMC7044 clock generator, so that the phase alignment between the signals is fixed. When designing for optimum deterministic latency operation, consider the timing distribution skew of the SYSREF signal in a multipoint link system (multichip). Rev. B | Page 39 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet The AD9175 supports a periodic SYSREF signal. The periodicity can be continuous, strobed, or gapped periodic. The SYSREF signal can be dc-coupled with a common-mode voltage of 0.6 V to 2.2 V and differential swing of 200 mV p-p to 1 V p-p. When dc-coupled, a small amount of common-mode current (up to 0.3 mA) is drawn from the SYSREF pins. See Figure 63 and Figure 64 for the SYSREF internal circuit for dc-coupled and a c-coupled configurations. Ensure that the SYSREF_INPUTMODE bit (Register 0x084, Bit 6) is set to 1, dc-coupled, to prevent overstress on the SYSREF receiver pins. 240F 10.3k 100 SYSREF- 10.3k 130k VCM 130k 16795-138 SYSREF+ 104 104 240F 240F 104 10.3k 100 130k VCM 10.3k 130k 16795-139 SYSREF- SYSREF Jitter IRQ In Subclass 1, after the one-shot synchronization occurs, the SYSREF signal is monitored to ensure that the subsequent SYSREF edges do not deviate from the internal LMFC clock by more than a target amount. Register 0x039 (SYSREF_ERR_WINDOW) indicates the size of the error window allowed, in DAC clock units. If a SYSREF edge varies from the internal LMFC clock by more than the number of DAC clock units set in SYSREF_ERR_WINDOW, the IRQ_SYSREF_JITTER is asserted. Table 24. SYSREF Jitter Window Tolerance Figure 63. DC-Coupled SYSREF Receiver Circuitry SYSREF+ Register 0x036 (SYSREF_COUNT) indicates how many captured SYSREF edges are ignored after the SYSREF_MODE_ ONESHOT bit is asserted before the synchronization takes place. For example, if SYSREF_COUNT is set to 3, the AD9174 does not sync after the SYSREF_MODE_ONESHOT bit is asserted until the arrival of the 4th SYSREF edge. 104 240F Figure 64. AC-Coupled SYSREF Receiver Circuitry To avoid this common-mode current draw, the SYSREF receiver can be ac-coupled using a 50% duty cycle periodic SYSREF signal with ac coupling capacitors. If ac-coupled, the ac coupling capacitors combine with the resistors shown in Figure 64 to make a high-pass filter with an RC time constant of = RC. Select C such that > 4/SYSREF frequency. In addition, the edge rate must be sufficiently fast to allow SYSREF sampling clocks to correctly sample the rising SYSREF edge before the next sample clock. When ac coupling the SYSREF inputs, ensure that the SYSREF_INPUTMODE bit (Register 0x084, Bit 6) is set to 0, ac-coupled, to enable the internal receiver biasing circuitry and prevent overstress on the SYSREF receiver pins. AC coupling allows a differential voltage swing from 200 mV to 1 V on the SYSREF pins. SYSREF Jitter Window Tolerance (DAC Clock Cycles) 1/2 4 8 12 16 20 +24 28 1 SYSREF_ERR_WINDOW (Register 0x039, Bits[5:0])1 0x00 0x04 0x08 0x0C 0x10 0x14 0x18 0x1C The two least significant digits are ignored because the SYSREF signal is sampled with a divide by 4 version of the DAC clock. As a result, the jitter window is set by this divide by 4 clock rather than the DAC clock. It is recommended that at least a four-DAC clock SYSREF jitter window be chosen. The IRQ_SYSREF_JITTER can be configured as described in the Interrupt Request Operation section to indicate the SYSREF signal has varied, and to request the SPI sequence for a sync be performed again. SYSREF Sampling The SYSREF signal is sampled by a divide by 4 version of the DAC clock. Thus, the minimum pulse width of the SYSREF signal must exceed 4 DAC clock periods to ensure accurate sampling. The delay between the SYSREF and DAC clock input signal does not need to be timing constrained. By default, the first SYSREF rising edge at the SYSREF inputs that is detected after asserting the SYSREF_MODE_ONESHOT bit (Register 0x03A, Bit 1) begins the synchronization and aligns the internal LMFC signal with the sampled SYSREF edge. Rev. B | Page 40 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 Sync Procedure each new link establishment. Section 6 of the JESD204B specification addresses the issue of deterministic latency with mechanisms defined as Subclass 1 and Subclass 2. The procedure for enabling the sync is as follows: 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Set up the DAC and the SERDES PLL, and enable the CDR (see the Start-Up Sequence section). Set Register 0x03B to 0xF1 to enable the synchronization circuitry. If using the soft on/off feature, set Register 0x03B to 0xF3 to ramp the datapath data before and after the synchronization. If Subclass 1, configure the SYSREF settings as follows: a. Set Register 0x039 (SYSREF jitter window). See Table 24 for settings. b. Set Register 0x036 = SYSREF_COUNT. Leave the setting as 0 to bypass. Perform a one-shot sync. a. Set Register 0x03A = 0x00. Clear one-shot mode if already enabled. b. Set Register 0x03A = 0x02. Enable one-shot sync mode. If Subclass 1, send a SYSREF edge. If pulse counting, multiple SYSREF edges are required. Sending SYSREF edges triggers the synchronization. Read back the SYNC_ROTATION_DONE bit (Register 0x03A, Bit 4) to confirm the rotation occurred. The AD9175 supports JESD204B Subclass 0 and Subclass 1 operation, but not Subclass 2. Write the subclass to Register 0x458, Bits[7:5]. Subclass 0 Subclass 0 mode provides deterministic latency to within several PCLK cycles. It does not require any signal on the SYSREF pins, which can be left disconnected. Subclass 0 still requires that all lanes arrive within the same LMFC cycle and the dual DACs must be synchronized to each other. Subclass 1 Subclass 1 mode gives deterministic latency and allows the link to be synchronized to within a few DAC clock cycles. Across the full operating range, for both supply and temperature, it is within 2.5 DAC clock periods for a 6 GHz DAC clock rate or 4 DAC clock periods for a 12.6 GHz DAC clock rate. If both supply and temperature stability are maintained, the link can be synchronized to within 1.5 DAC clock periods for a 6 GHz DAC clock rate or 2.5 DAC clock periods for a 12.6 GHz DAC clock rate. Achieving this latency requires an external, low jitter SYSREF signal that is accurately phase aligned to the DAC clock. Resynchronizing LMFC Signals If desired, the sync procedure can be repeated to realign the LMFC clock to the reference signal by repeating Step 2 to Step 6, described in the Sync Procedure section. When the one-shot sync is armed (writing Register 0x03A = 0x02), the SYNCOUTx signals deassert to drop the JESD204B links and reassert after the rotation completes. Deterministic Latency Requirements Several key factors are required for achieving deterministic latency in a JESD204B Subclass 1 system, as follows: The SYSREF signal distribution skew within the system must be less than the desired uncertainty. The total latency variation across all lanes, links, and devices must be 12 PCLK periods, which includes both variable delays and the variation in fixed delays from lane to lane, link to link, and device to device in the system. Deterministic Latency JESD204B systems contain various clock domains distributed throughout. Data traversing from one clock domain to a different clock domain can lead to ambiguous delays in the JESD204B link. These ambiguities lead to nonrepeatable latencies across the link from power cycle to power cycle with LINK DELAY = DELAYFIXED + DELAYVARIABLE LOGIC DEVICE (JESD204B Tx) CHANNEL JESD204B Rx POWER CYCLE VARIANCE LMFC DATA AT Tx INPUT ALIGNED DATA AT Rx OUTPUT ILAS DATA ILAS DATA FIXED DELAY VARIABLE DELAY Figure 65. JESD204B Link Delay = Fixed Delay + Variable Delay Rev. B | Page 41 of 150 16795-023 1. AD9175 Data Sheet Link Delay The link delay of a JESD204B system is the sum of the fixed and variable delays from the transmitter, channel, and receiver as shown in Figure 65. For proper functioning, all lanes on a link must be read during the same LMFC period. Section 6.1 of the JESD204B specification states that the LMFC period must be larger than the maximum link delay. For the AD9175, this is not necessarily the case. Instead, the AD9175 use a local LMFC for each link (LMFCRx) that can be delayed from the SYSREF aligned LMFC. Because the LMFC is periodic, this delay can account for any amount of fixed delay. As a result, the LMFC period must only be larger than the variation in the link delays, and the AD9175 can achieve proper performance with a smaller total latency. Figure 66 and Figure 67 show a case where the link delay is greater than an LMFC period. The link delay can be accommodated by delaying LMFCRx. POWER CYCLE VARIANCE DATA 16795-024 ILAS EARLY ARRIVING LMFC REFERENCE Two examples follow that show how to determine LMFCVar and LMFCDel. After they are calculated, write LMFCDel into Register 0x304 for all devices in the system, and write LMFCVar to Register 0x306 for all devices in the system. Link Delay Setup Example, with Known Delays All the known system delays can be used to calculate LMFCVar and LMFCDel. The example shown in Figure 68 is demonstrated in the following steps. This example is in Subclass 1 to achieve deterministic latency, and the example uses the case for F = 2. Therefore, the number of PCLK cycles per multiframe = 16. Because PCBFixed << PCLK Period, PCBFixed is negligible in this example and not included in the calculations. 1. LMFC ALIGNED DATA cycles. The PCLK factor, or number of frame clock cycles per PCLK cycle, is equal to 4/f. For more information on this relationship, see the Clock Relationships section. LATE ARRIVING LMFC REFERENCE 2. Figure 66. Link Delay > LMFC Period Example POWER CYCLE VARIANCE 3. LMFC ALIGNED DATA ILAS DATA LMFC_DELAY LMFC REFERENCE FOR ALL POWER CYCLES FRAME CLOCK 16795-025 LMFCRX 4. Figure 67. LMFC_DELAY_x to Compensate for Link Delay > LMFC The method to select the LMFCDel (Register 0x304) and LMFCVar (Register 0x306) variables is described in the Link Delay Setup Example, with Known Delays section and the Link Delay Setup Example, Without Known Delay section. The setting for LMFCDel must not equal or exceed the number of PCLK cycles per LMFC period in the current mode. Similarly, LMFCVar must not exceed the number of PCLK cycles per LMFC period in the current mode or be set to <12 (whichever value is smaller). Setting LMFCDel appropriately ensures that all the corresponding data samples arrive in the same LMFC period. Then, LMFCVar is written into the receive buffer delay (RBD) to absorb all link delay variation. This write ensures that all data samples arrived before reading. By setting these to fixed values across runs and devices, deterministic latency is achieved. 5. 6. 7. The RBD described in the JESD204B specification takes values from one frame clock cycle to /K/ frame clock cycles, and the RBD of the AD9175 takes values from 0 PCLK cycle to 12 PCLK cycles. As a result, up to 12 PCLK cycles of total delay variation can be absorbed. LMFCVar and LMFCDel are both in PCLK Rev. B | Page 42 of 150 Find the receiver delays using Table 6. RxFixed = 13 PCLK cycles RxVar = 2 PCLK cycles Find the transmitter delays. The equivalent table in the example JESD204B core (implemented on a GTH or GTX gigabit transceiver on a Virtex-6 FPGA) states that the delay is 56 2 byte clock cycles. Because the PCLK rate = ByteRate/4 as described in the Clock Relationships section, the transmitter delays in PCLK cycles are calculated as follows: TxFixed = 54/4 = 13.5 PCLK cycles TxVar = 4/4 = 1 PCLK cycle Calculate MinDelayLane as follows: MinDelayLane = floor(RxFixed + TxFixed + PCBFixed) = floor(13 + 13.5 + 0) = floor(26.5) MinDelayLane = 26 Calculate MaxDelayLane as follows: MaxDelayLane = ceiling(RxFixed + RxVar + TxFixed + TxVar + PCBFixed)) = ceiling(13 + 2 + 13.5 + 1 + 0) = ceiling(29.5) MaxDelayLane = 30 Calculate LMFCVar as follows: LMFCVar = (MaxDelay + 1) - (MinDelay - 1) = (30 + 1) - (26 - 1) = 31 - 25 LMFCVar = 6 PCLK cycles Calculate LMFCDel as follows: LMFCDel = (MinDelay - 1) % (PCLKsperMF) = ((26 - 1)) % 16 = 25 % 16 LMFCDel = 9 PCLK cycles Write LMFCDel to Register 0x304 for all devices in the system. Write LMFCVar to Register 0x306 for all devices in the system. Data Sheet AD9175 LMFC PCLK FRAME CLOCK DATA AT Tx FRAMER ILAS DATA ALIGNED LANE DATA AT Rx DEFRAMER OUTPUT Tx VAR DELAY ILAS Rx VAR DELAY DATA PCB FIXED DELAY LMFCRX TOTAL FIXED LATENCY = 30 PCLK CYCLES TOTAL VARIABLE LATENCY = 4 PCLK CYCLES 16795-026 LMFC DELAY = 26 FRAME CLOCK CYCLES Figure 68. LMFC Delay Calculation Example Link Delay Setup Example, Without Known Delay If the system delays are not known, the AD9175 can read back the link latency between LMFCRX for each link (with the LMFCDel setting subtracted out) and the SYSREF aligned LMFC. This information is then used to calculate LMFCVar and LMFCDel. Figure 70 shows how DYN_LINK_LATENCY_0 (Register 0x302) provides a readback showing the delay (in PCLK cycles) between LMFCRX minus the LMFC_DELAY_x (fixed delay) setting set in the SPI at that time and the transition from the ILAS to the first data sample. By repeatedly power cycling and taking this measurement, the minimum and maximum delays across power cycles can be determined and used to calculate LMFCVar and LMFCDel. In Figure 70, for Link A, Link B, and Link C, the system containing the AD9175 (including the transmitter) is power cycled and configured 20 times. The AD9175 is configured as described in the Sync Procedure section. Because the purpose of this exercise is to determine LMFCDel and LMFCVar, the LMFCDel value is programmed to 0 and the DYN_LINK_ LATENCY_0 value is read from Register 0x302. The variation in the link latency over the 20 runs is shown in Figure 70, described as follows: Link A gives readbacks of 6, 7, 0, and 1. The set of recorded delay values rolls over the edge of a multiframe at the boundary of K/PCLK factor = 8. Add the number of PCLK cycles per multiframe = 8 to the readback values of 0 and 1 because they rolled over the edge of the multiframe. Delay values range from 6 to 9. Link B gives delay values from 5 to 7. Link C gives delay values from 4 to 7. The example shown in Figure 70 is demonstrated in the following steps. This example is in Subclass 1 to achieve deterministic latency, and the example uses the case for F = 1. Therefore, the number of PCLK cycles per multiframe = 8. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Rev. B | Page 43 of 150 Calculate the minimum of all delay measurements across all power cycles, links, and devices as follows: MinDelay = min(all Delay values) = 4 Calculate the maximum of all delay measurements across all power cycles, links, and devices as follows: MaxDelay = max(all Delay values) = 9 Set LFMCVar to the maximum of 12 PCLK cycles. If latency is required to be minimized for a given application, calculate the total delay variation (with 2 PCLK cycles of guard band on each end) across all power cycles, links, and devices as follows: LMFCVar = (MaxDelay + 2) - (MinDelay - 2) = (9 + 2) - (4 - 2) = 11 - 2 = 9 PCLK cycles Calculate the minimum delay in PCLK cycles (with 2 PCLK cycles of guard band) across all power cycles, links, and devices as follows: LMFCDel = (MinDelay - 2) % (PCLKsperMF) = (4 - 2) % 8 = 2 % 8 = 2 PCLK cycles Write LMFCDel to Register 0x304 for all devices in the system. Write LMFCVar to Register 0x306 for all devices in the system. AD9175 Data Sheet SYSREF LMFCRX DATA 16795-027 ILAS ALIGNED DATA DYN_LINK_LATENCY_x Figure 69. DYN_LINK_LATENCY_x Illustration LMFC PCLK FRAME CLOCK DYN_LINK_LATENCY_x 0 1 2 ALIGNED DATA (LINK A) ALIGNED DATA (LINK B) ALIGNED DATA (LINK C) 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 ILAS 4 5 6 7 DATA ILAS DATA ILAS DATA LMFCRX DETERMINISTICALLY DELAYED DATA LMFC_DELAY = 6 (FRAME CLOCK CYCLES) DATA 16795-028 ILAS LMFC_VAR = 7 (PCLK CYCLES) Figure 70. Multilink Synchronization Settings, Derived Method Example TRANSPORT LAYER (QBD) LANE 0 OCTETS DAC A_I0[15:0] DELAY BUFFER 0 F2S_0 DAC A_Q0[15:0] LANE 3 OCTETS PCLK_0 SPI CONTROL LANE 4 OCTETS DAC B_I0[15:0] PCLK_0 TO PCLK_1 FIFO DELAY BUFFER 1 F2S_1 DAC B_Q0[15:0] LANE 7 OCTETS 16795-029 PCLK_1 SPI CONTROL Figure 71. Transport Layer Block Diagram Rev. B | Page 44 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 TRANSPORT LAYER Table 26. JESD204B Device Parameters The transport layer receives the descrambled JESD204B frames and converts them to DAC samples based on the programmed JESD204B parameters shown in Table 25. The device parameters are defined in Table 26. Parameter CF Table 25. JESD204B Transport Layer Parameters HD Parameter F K L M S CS Description Number of octets per frame per lane: 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8. Number of frames per multiframe: K = 32. Number of lanes per converter device (per link), as follows: 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8. Number of converters per device (per link), as follows: For real data modes, M is the number of real data converters (if total interpolation is 1x). For complex data modes, M is the number of complex data subchannels, I or Q. Number of samples per converter, per frame: 1, 2, 4 or 8. N N (or NP) Description Number of control words per device clock per link. Not supported, must be 0. Number of control bits per conversion sample. Not supported, must be 0. High density user data format. This parameter is always set to 1. Converter resolution. Total number of bits per sample. Certain combinations of these parameters are supported by the AD9175. See Table 28 and Table 29 for a list of supported singlelink and dual-link modes, respectively. Table 28 and Table 29 lists the JESD204B parameters for each of the modes. Table 27 lists JESD204B parameters that have fixed values. Table 27. JESD204B Parameters with Fixed Values Parameter K CF HD CS Value 32 0 1 0 Table 28. Single-Link JESD204B Operating Modes Parameter L (Lane Count) M (Converter Count) F (Octets per Frame per Lane) S (Samples per Converter per Frame) NP (Total Number of Bits per Sample) N (Converter Resolution) 0 1 2 4 1 16 16 1 2 4 4 1 16 16 2 3 6 4 1 16 16 3 2 2 2 1 16 16 Single-Link JESD204B Modes 5 6 7 8 9 13 1 2 1 4 4 4 2 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 8 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 12 12 16 16 16 16 12 12 16 16 16 11 4 4 4 2 1 16 16 14 4 2 2 2 16 11 15 8 2 1 2 16 11 16 8 2 2 4 16 11 17 8 2 3 8 12 11 23 4 2 3 4 12 11 Table 29. Dual-Link JESD204B Operating Modes Parameter L (Lane Count) M (Converter Count) F (Octets per Frame per Lane) S (Samples per Converter per Frame) NP (Total number of Bits per Sample) N (Converter Resolution) 0 1 2 4 1 16 16 1 2 4 4 1 16 16 2 3 6 4 1 16 16 3 2 2 2 1 16 16 Rev. B | Page 45 of 150 Dual-Link JESD204B Modes 4 5 6 7 8 4 1 2 1 4 4 2 4 4 2 2 3 3 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 16 12 12 16 16 16 12 12 16 16 9 4 2 2 2 16 16 13 4 2 1 1 16 11 14 4 2 2 2 16 11 23 4 2 3 4 12 11 AD9175 Data Sheet Configuration Parameters JESD204B TEST MODES The AD9175 modes refer to the link configuration parameters for L, K, M, N, NP, S, and F. Table 30 provides the description and addresses for these settings. PRBS Testing Table 30. Configuration Parameters JESD204B Setting L-1 F-1 Description Number of lanes minus 1. M-1 Number of ((octets per frame) per lane) minus 1. Number of frames per multiframe minus 1. Number of converters minus 1. N-1 Converter bit resolution minus 1. NP - 1 Bit packing per sample minus 1. S-1 Number of ((samples per converter) per frame) minus 1. High density format. Set to 1. K-1 HD DID BID LID0 JESDV Device ID. Match the device ID sent by the transmitter. Bank ID. Match the bank ID sent by the transmitter. Lane ID for Lane 0. Match the Lane ID sent by the transmitter on Logical Lane 0. JESD204x version. Match the version sent by the transmitter (0x0 = JESD204A, 0x1 = JESD204B). Address Register 0x453, Bits[4:0] Register 0x454, Bits[7:0] Register 0x455, Bits[4:0] Register 0x456, Bits[7:0] Register 0x457, Bits[4:0] Register 0x458, Bits[4:0] Register 0x459, Bits[4:0] Register 0x45A, Bit 7 Register 0x450, Bits[7:0] Register 0x451, Bits[7:0] Register 0x452, Bits[4:0] Register 0x459, Bits[7:5] The JESD204B receiver on the AD9175 includes a PRBS pattern checker on the back end of the PHY layer. The pattern checker supports PRBS7, PRBS15, and PRBS31 data patterns, as defined in the JESD204B specifications. The PRBS pattern can be sourced from an external JESD204B transmitter, such a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), or alternatively generated by the internal PRBS7 generator as described in the Internal PRBS7 Generator section. This functionality allows testing of the bit error rate (BER) on each physical lane of the AD9175 as well as the JESD204B PHY as a whole. Low BER during PRBS testing confirms proper clocking and clock synchronization, and confirms that the intercomnections (traces, connectors, and cabling) between the JESD204B transmitter and receiver is of sufficient quality. Although the PHY PRBS pattern checker does not require that the JESD204B link be fully established, the JESD204B mode on the AD9175 must be configured so that the physical lanes are properly clocked and are ready to receive PRBS data. The PRBS data must not be 8-bit/10-bit encoded. PRBS pattern verification can be performed on multiple lanes at once or on one lane at a time. The error count for each failing JESD204B lane is reported independently. The process for enabling the PRBS checker on the AD9175 is as follows: 1. 2. 3. The AD9175 truncates the output of the main digital datapath to the value of N bits for the selected mode, which is then sent to the DAC core. It is possible to send the value of NP number of bits worth of data with the lower NP - N LSBs padded as 0s, or to send the full NP number of bits data across the SERDES lanes. In either case, the lower NP - N LSBs are truncated prior to the DAC core. 4. 5. Data Flow Through the JESD204B Receiver The link configuration parameters determine how the serial bits on the JESD204B receiver interface are deframed and passed on to the DACs as data samples. 6. Deskewing and Enabling Logical Lanes After proper configuration, the logical lanes are automatically deskewed. All logical lanes are enabled or not based on the number of lanes for the mode setting chosen in Register 0x110, Bits[4:0]. The physical lanes are all powered up by default. To disable power to physical lanes that are not being used, set Bit x in Register 0x201 to 1 to disable Physical Lane x, and keep it at 0 to enable it. The logical lanes must be enabled and deskewed on a per link basis using the LINK_PAGE control (Register 0x300, Bit 2). Set Bit x in Register 0x46C to 1 to deskew Link Logical Lane x for the selected link page. 7. 8. Rev. B | Page 46 of 150 Start sending a PRBS7, PRBS15, or PRBS31 looped pattern, either from a JESD204B transmitter, or from the internal PRBS7 generator of the AD9175. Select the appropriate PRBS pattern to be received by writing to Register 0x316, Bits[3:2], as shown in Table 31. Enable the PHY test for all lanes being tested by writing to PHY_TEST_EN (Register 0x315). Each bit of Register 0x315 enables the PRBS test for the corresponding lane. For example, writing a 1 to Bit 0 enables the PRBS test for Physical Lane 0. Any running JESD204B link is interrupted at this point. Toggle PHY_TEST_RESET (Register 0x316, Bit 0) from 0 to 1 then back to 0 to reset the status registers to the default value. Set PHY_PRBS_TEST_THRESHOLD_xBITS (Register 0x319 to Register 0x317, Bits[23:0]) as desired. Write a 0 and then a 1 to PHY_TEST_START (Register 0x316, Bit 1). The rising edge of PHY_TEST_START starts the test. a. In some cases, it may be necessary to repeat Step 4 at this point. Toggle PHY_TEST_RESET (Register 0x316, Bit 0) from 0 to 1, then back to 0. Wait to accumulate the desired number of bits, or at least 500 ms. Stop the test by writing PHY_TEST_START (Register 0x316, Bit 1) = 0. Data Sheet 9. AD9175 Read the PRBS test results from the PRBS status registers: a. Each bit of PHY_PRBS_PASS (Register 0x31D) corresponds to one SERDES lane (0 = fail, 1 = pass). The default value following a reset is pass. To confirm that the reported results are not a false positive, force a fail condition on one or all of the lanes before running a lengthy BER test. Either temporarily disable some or all of the lanes for which the test was previously enabled and confirm that the test fails, or select a PRBS pattern of the incorrect type in Step 2 to observe failures on all lanes. Then, reconfigure the test appropriately and run the test to accumulate BER results. b. The number of PRBS errors seen on each failing lane can be read by writing the lane number to check (0 to 7) in PHY_SRC_ERR_CNT (Register 0x316, Bits[6:4]) and reading the PHY_PRBS_ERR_CNT_xBITS (Register 0x31A to Register 0x31C). The maximum error count is 224 - 1. If all bits of Register 0x31A to Register 0x31C are high, the maximum error count on the selected lane is exceeded. Table 31. PHY PRBS Pattern Selection PHY_PRBS_PAT_SEL Setting (Register 0x316, Bits[3:2]) 0b00 (default) 0b01 0b10 PRBS Pattern PRBS7 PRBS15 PRBS31 Internal PRBS7 Generator The AD9175 integrates one internal PRBS7 generator that can be used to test the JESD204B PHYs without an external PRBS data input from a JESD204B transmitter. Although this approach only confirms the portion of the PHY internal to the AD9175, it does confirm that both the PRBS checker and internal clock domains are running and are configured correctly. The internal PRBS test is ideally followed by a more thorough, external PHY PRBS test, in which case the pattern is sourced by a JESD204B transmitter device. The process for configuring the internal PRBS7 generator on the AD9175 is as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Set the EQ_BOOST_PHYx bits (Register 0x240, Bits[7:0] and Register 0x241, Bit[7:0]) to 0. Set SEL_IF_PARDATAINV_DES_RC_CH bits (Register 0x234, Bits[7:0]) to 0 to make sure lanes not inverted. Enable the loop back test for all lanes being tested by writing to EN_LBT_DES_RC_CH (Register 0x250). Each bit of Register 0x250 enables the loop back test for the corresponding lane. For example, writing a 1 to Bit 0 enables the test for Physical Lane 0. For halfrate, set EN_LBT_HALFRATE_DES_RC (Register 0x251, Bit 1) to 1. Otherwise, set this bit to 0. Toggle INIT_LBT_SYNC_DES_RC (Register 0x251, Bit 0) from 0 to 1 then back to 0. 6. Refer to the PRBS Testing section for information on how to configure the PRBS checker for a PRBS7 test. Transport Layer Testing The JESD204B receiver in the AD9175 supports the short transport layer (STPL) test as described in the JESD204B standard. Use this test to verify the data mapping between the JESD204B transmitter and receiver. To perform this test, this function must be implemented and enabled in the logic device. Before running the test on the receiver side, the link must be established and running without errors. The STPL test ensures that each sample from each converter is mapped appropriately according to the number of converters (M) and the number of samples per converter (S). As specified in the JESD204B standard, the converter manufacturer specifies the test samples that are transmitted. Each sample must have a unique value. For example, if M = 2 and S = 2, four unique samples are transmitted repeatedly until the test is stopped. The expected sample must be programmed into the device and the expected sample is compared to the received sample one sample at a time until all are tested. The process for performing this test on the AD9175 is described as follows: 1. Synchronize and establish a JESD204B link between the transmitter and the AD9175. 2. Enable the STPL test at the JESD204B transmitter. Depending on JESD204B mode, there may be up to six data streams per link, to feed up to three complex subchannels (M = 6), and each frame can contain up to eight samples (S = 8). 3. Configure the SHORT_TPL_REF_SP_MSB bits (Register 0x32E) and the SHORT_TPL_REF_SP_LSB bits (Register 0x32D) to match one of the samples within a single frame. For N = 12 modes, the integer value of the expected sample is multiplied by 16 (binary, 4-bit shift operation). 4. If testing a dual-link JESD204B, set SHORT_TPL_LINK_SEL (Register 0x32F, Bit 7) to select whether Link 0 (DAC0 datapath(s)) or Link 1 (DAC1 datapath(s)) is tested. 5. Set SHORT_TPL_CHAN_SEL (Register 0x32C, Bits[3:2]) to select the channel. 6. Set SHORT_TPL_IQ_PATH_SEL (Register 0x32F, Bit 6) to select the I or Q stream of the channel under test. 7. Set SHORT_TPL_SP_SEL (Register 0x32C, Bits[7:4]) to select which sample within each frame is expected to have the value indicated in Step 3. 8. Set SHORT_TPL_TEST_EN (Register 0x32C, Bit 0) to 1. 9. Set SHORT_TPL_TEST_RESET (Register 0x32C, Bit 1) to 1, then back to 0. 10. Wait for the desired time. The desired time is calculated as 1/(sample rate x BER). For example, given BER = 1 x 10-10 and a sample rate = 1 GSPS, the desired time = 10 sec. 11. Read the test result at SHORT_TPL_FAIL (Register 0x32F, Bit 0). Rev. B | Page 47 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet 12. Choose another sample for the same or another M to continue with the test, until all samples for both converters from one frame are verified. 2. Repeated CGS and ILAS Test As per Section 5.3.3.8.2 of the JESD204B specification, the AD9175 can check that a constant stream of /K28.5/ characters is being received, or that CGS followed by a constant stream of ILAS is being received. To run a repeated CGS test, send a constant stream of /K28.5/ characters to the AD9175 SERDES inputs. Next, set up the device and enable the links. Ensure that the /K28.5/ characters are being received by verifying that SYNCOUT is deasserted and that CGS has passed for all enabled link lanes by reading Register 0x470. To run the CGS followed by a repeated ILAS sequence test, follow the procedure to set up the links, but before performing the last write (enabling the links), enable the ILAS test mode by writing a 1 to Register 0x477, Bit 7. Then, enable the links. When the device recognizes four CGS characters on each lane, it deasserts the SYNCOUTx. At this point, the transmitter starts sending a repeated ILAS sequence. Read Register 0x473 to verify that the initial lane synchronization has passed for all enabled link lanes. 3. Check for Error Count Over Threshold To check for the error count over threshold, follow these steps: 1. 2. JESD204B ERROR MONITORING Disparity, Not in Table, and Unexpected Control (K) Character Errors As per Section 7.6 of the JESD204B specification, the AD9175 can detect disparity errors, not in table (NIT) errors, and unexpected control character errors, and can optionally issue a sync request and reinitialize the link when errors occur. Several other interpretations of the JESD204B specification are noted in this section. When three NIT errors are injected to one lane and QUAL_RDERR (Register 0x476, Bit 4) = 1, the readback values of the bad disparity error (BDE) count register is 1. Reporting of disparity errors that occur at the same character position of an NIT error is disabled. No such disabling is performed for the disparity errors in the characters after an NIT error. Therefore, it is expected behavior that an NIT error may result in a BDE error. 3. 1. Define the error counter threshold. The error counter threshold can be set to a user defined value in Register 0x47C, or left to the default value of 0xFF. When the error threshold is reached, an IRQ is generated, SYNCOUTx is asserted, or both, depending on the mask register settings. This one error threshold is used for all three types of errors (UEK, NIT, and BDE). Set the SYNC_ASSERT_MASK bits. The SYNCOUTx assertion behavior is set in Register 0x47D, Bits[2:0]. By default, when any error counter of any lane is equal to the threshold, it asserts SYNCOUTx (Register 0x47D, Bits[2:0] = 0b111). When setting the SYNC_ASSERT_MASK bits, LINK_PAGE (Register 0x300, Bit 2) must be set to 1. Read the error count reached indicator. Each error counter has a terminal count reached indicator, per lane. This indicator is set to 1 when the terminal count of an error counter for a particular lane is reached. These status bits are located in Register 0x490, Bits[2:0] to Register 0x497, Bits[2:0]. Bit 3 can be read back to indicate whether a particular lane is active. Error Counter and IRQ Control For error counter and IRQ control, follow these steps: 1. Checking Error Counts The error count can be checked for disparity errors, NIT errors, and unexpected control character errors. The error counts are on a per lane and per error type basis. Each error type and lane has a register dedicated to it. To check the error count, the following steps must be performed: the appropriate bit, as described in Table 61. These bits are enabled by default. The corresponding error counter reset bits are in Register 0x480, Bits[2:0] to Register 0x487, Bits[2:0]. Write a 1 to the corresponding bit to reset that error counter. Register 0x488, Bits[2:0] to Register 0x48F, Bits[2:0] have the terminal count hold indicator for each error counter. If this flag is enabled, when the terminal error count of 0xFF is reached, the counter ceases counting and holds that value until reset. Otherwise, it wraps to 0x00 and continues counting. Select the desired behavior and program the corresponding register bits per lane. 2. Choose and enable which errors to monitor by selecting them in Register 0x480, Bits[5:3] to Register 0x487, Bits[5:3]. Unexpected K (UEK) character, BDE, and NIT error monitoring can be selected for each lane by writing a 1 to Rev. B | Page 48 of 150 Enable the interrupts. Enable the JESD204B interrupts. The interrupts for the UEK, NIT, and BDE error counters are in Register 0x4B8, Bits[7:5]. There are other interrupts to monitor when bringing up the link, such as lane deskewing, initial lane sync, good check sum, frame sync, code group sync (Register 0x4B8, Bits[4:0], and configuration mismatch (Register 0x4B9, Bit 0). These bits are off by default but can be enabled by writing 0b1 to the corresponding bit. Read the JESD204B interrupt status. The interrupt status bits are in Register 0x4BA, Bits[7:0] and Register 0x4BB, Bit 0, with the status bit position corresponding to the enable bit position. Data Sheet 3. AD9175 It is recommended to enable all interrupts that are planned to be used prior to bringing up the JESD204B link. When the link is up, the interrupts can be reset and then used to monitor the link status. Monitoring Errors via SYNCOUTx 3. 4. 5. When one or more disparity, NIT, or unexpected control character errors occur, the error is reported on the SYNCOUTx pin as per Section 7.6 of the JESD204B specification. The JESD204B specification states that the SYNCOUTx signal is asserted for exactly two frame periods when an error occurs. For the AD9175, the width of the SYNCOUTx pulse can be programmed to 1/2, 1, or 2 PCLK cycles. The settings to achieve a SYNCOUTx pulse of two frame clock cycles are given in Table 32. Enable the sync assertion mask for each type of error by writing to SYNC_ASSERT_MASK (Register 0x47D, Bits[2:0]) according to Table 33. Program the desired error counter threshold into ERRORTHRES (Register 0x47C). For each error type enabled in the SYNC_ASSERT_MASK register, if the error counter on any lane reaches the programmed threshold, SYNCOUTx falls, issuing a sync request. All error counts are reset when a link reinitialization occurs. The IRQ does not reset and must be reset manually. Table 33. Sync Assertion Mask (SYNC_ASSERT_MASK) Addr. 0x47D Bit No. 2 Bit Name BDE 1 NIT 0 UEK Table 32. Setting SYNCOUTx Error Pulse Duration F 1 2 3 4 8 1 PCLK Factor (Frames/PCLK) 4 2 1.5 1 0.5 SYNC_ERR_DUR (Register 0x312, Bits[7:4]) Setting1 0 (default) 1 2 2 4 Unexpected Control Character, NIT, Disparity IRQs For UEK character, NIT, and disparity errors, error count over the threshold events are available as IRQ events. Enable these events by writing to Register 0x4B8, Bits[7:5]. The IRQ event status can be read at Register 0x4BA, Bits[7:5] after the IRQs are enabled. See the Error Counter and IRQ Control section for information on resetting the IRQ. See the Interrupt Request Operation section for more information on IRQs. Errors Requiring Reinitializing A link reinitialization automatically occurs when four invalid disparity characters or four NIT characters are received as per Section 7.1 of the JESD204B specification. When a link reinitialization occurs, the resync request is at least five frames and nine octets long. The user can optionally reinitialize the link when the error count for disparity errors, NIT errors, or UEK character errors reaches a programmable error threshold. The process to enable the reinitialization feature for certain error types is as follows: 2. CGS, Frame Sync, Checksum, and ILAS Monitoring Register 0x470 to Register 0x473 can be monitored to verify that each stage of the JESD204B link establishment has occurred. These register settings assert the SYNCOUTx signal for two frame clock cycle pulse widths. 1. Description Set to 1 to assert SYNCOUTx if the disparity error count reaches the threshold Set to 1 to assert SYNCOUTx if the NIT error count reaches the threshold Set to 1 to assert SYNCOUTx if the UEK character error count reaches the threshold Choose and enable which errors to monitor by selecting them in Register 0x480, Bits[5:3] to Register 0x487, Bits[5:3]. UEK, BDE, and NIT error monitoring can be selected for each lane by writing a 1 to the appropriate bit, as described in Table 33. These are enabled by default. Write a 0 to the corresponding bit to Register 0x480, Bits[2:0] to Register 0x487, Bits[2:0] to take counter out of reset. Bit x of CODE_GRP_SYNC (Register 0x470) is high if Link Lane x received at least four K28.5 characters and passed code group synchronization. Bit x of FRAME_SYNC (Register 0x471) is high if Link Lane x completed initial frame synchronization. Bit x of GOOD_CHECKSUM (Register 0x472) is high if the checksum sent over the lane matches the sum of the JESD204B parameters sent over the lane during ILAS for Link Lane x. The parameters can be added either by summing the individual fields in registers or summing the packed register. The calculated checksums are the lower eight bits of the sum of the following fields: DID, BID, LID, SCR, L - 1, F - 1, K - 1, M - 1, N - 1, SUBCLASSV, NP - 1, JESDV, S - 1, and HD. Bit x of INIT_LANE_SYNC (Register 0x473) is high if Link Lane x passed the initial lane alignment sequence. CGS, Frame Sync, Checksum, and ILAS IRQs Fail signals for CGS, frame sync, checksum, and ILAS are available as IRQ events. Enable them by writing to Register 0x4B8, Bits[3:0]. The IRQ event status can be read at Register 0x4BA, Bits[3:0] after the IRQs are enabled. Write a 1 to Register 0x4BA, Bit 0 to reset the CGS IRQ. Write a 1 to Register 0x4BA, Bit 1 to reset the frame sync IRQ. Write a 1 to Register 0x4BA, Bit 2 to reset the checksum IRQ. Write a 1 to Register 0x4BA, Bit 3 to reset the ILAS IRQ. See the Interrupt Request Operation section for more information. Rev. B | Page 49 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet Configuration Mismatch IRQ The AD9175 has a configuration mismatch flag that is available as an IRQ event. Use Register 0x4B9, Bit 0 to enable the mismatch flag (it is enabled by default), and then use Register 0x4BB, Bit 0 to read back its status and reset the IRQ signal. See the Interrupt Request Operation section for more information. The configuration mismatch event flag is high when the link configuration settings (in Register 0x450 to Register 0x45D) do not match the JESD204B settings received by the device (Register 0x400 to Register 0x40D). This function is different from the good checksum flags in Register 0x472. The good checksum flags ensure that the transmitted checksum matches a calculated checksum based on the transmitted settings. The configuration mismatch event ensures that the transmitted settings match the configured settings. Rev. B | Page 50 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 DIGITAL DATAPATH The AD9175 contains two stages of interpolation filters: one stage is located within each channel datapath and is set to a single value across all channels, and one stage is located within each main datapath. The total interpolation for a complete digital datapath can be determined by multiplying the channel interpolation factor by the main datapath interpolation factor. The relationship between the DAC sample rate and input data rate is shown in the following equation: fDATA fDAC fDAC/total interpolation Filter Performance The interpolation filters interpolate the incoming data samples so that changes in the incoming data are minimized, while suppressing any interpolation images. The usable bandwidth, as shown in Table 35, is defined as the frequency band over which the filters have a pass-band ripple of less than 0.001 dB and an image rejection of greater than 85 dB. Conceptual drawings that shows the relative bandwidth of each of the filters are shown in Figure 72 and Figure 73. The maximum pass-band amplitude of all filters is the same. In Figure 72 and Figure 73, the amplitudes are intentionally shown to be different to improve understanding, and in reality the amplitude across all filters is constant and uniform regardless of the interpolation rate selected by the user. 1x 2x 2x 4x 6x Total Interpolation = Channel Interpolation x Main Interpolation fDATA = fDAC/(Channel Interpolation x Main Interpolation) Each of the various cascaded half-band interpolation filters covers 80% of the total bandwidth (BW) occupied by the incoming data. Therefore, if using interpolation (total interpolation > 1), the available signal BW is 80% of the data rate. If the interpolation stages are bypassed (total interpolation = 1), the available signal BW is 50% of the data rate because complex data is not used. The signal bandwidth is calculated as follows: Available Signal Bandwidth 0.5 x fDATA 0.8 x fDATA (MAX DAC = (MAX DAC = (MAX DAC = (MAX DAC = (MAX DAC = 6GHz) 8GHz) 6GHz) 12GHz) 12GHz) -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000 Figure 72. Band Responses of Total Interpolation Rates for 1x, 2x, 4x, and 6x at Each Respective Maximum Achievable DAC Rate Signal BW = 0.8 x fDATA, if total interpolation > 1 Signal BW = 0.5 x fDATA, if total interpolation = 1 Table 34. Interpolation Factor Register Settings Interpolation Factor 1x 2x 3x 4x 6x 8x 12x Main Datapath, Register 0x111, Bits[7:4] 0x1 0x2 Not applicable 0x4 0x6 0x8 0xC Channel Datapath, Register 0x111, Bits[3:0] 0x1 0x2 0x3 0x4 0x6 0x8 Not applicable 8x 12x 16x 18x 24x 32x 36x 48x 64x FILTER RESPONSE The interpolation values are programmed as shown in the Table 34. 4000 FREQUENCY (MHz) 16795-030 TOTAL DATAPATH INTERPOLATION Total Interpolation 1x (Bypass) 2x, 4x, 6x, 8x, 12x, 16x, 18x, 24x, 32x, 36x, 48x, 64x -1000 -750 -500 -250 0 250 FREQUENCY (MHz) 500 750 1000 16795-031 Each digital datapath consists of multiple channel datapaths (channelizers) that sum into a single datapath (main datapath), which in turn connects to its respective DAC core by default (see Figure 1). The channelizers and the main datapaths are fully bypassable, depending on the JESD204B mode selected by the user. There are a variety of digital processing blocks available within the channelizers and the main datapaths, including interpolation filters, bypassable NCOs that allow either digital I/Q modulation of samples or standalone (DDS) operation, PA protection blocks (power detection and protection (PDP) block), and digital gain blocks to ramp or set the sample gain. Table 35. Interpolation Modes and Useable Bandwidth FILTER RESPONSE The AD9175 has two independent digital datapaths, each typically supplying data samples to the respective DACx core. However, there are modulator switch configurations that allow additional ways to route the samples to either DAC0, DAC1, or both DACs. See the Modulator Switch section for more details. Figure 73. Band Responses of Total Interpolation Rates for 8x, 12x, 16x, 18x, 24x, 32x, 36x, 48x, and 64x at a 12 GHz DAC Rate Rev. B | Page 51 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet CHANNEL DIGITAL DATAPATH 1x DIGITAL GAIN 2x 2x NCO 2x TO MAIN DATAPATH 3x JESD204B INTERFACE DIGITAL GAIN 2x 2x NCO 2x 3x DIGITAL GAIN 2x 2x NCO 2x 16795-033 3x Figure 74. Block Diagram of the Channel Digital Datapath per the Main DAC Output Whether one or all of the channelizers in each datapath are enabled is defined by the JESD204B mode selected by the user. Each channelizer consists of a digital gain stage, complex interpolation block, and a complex 48-bit modulus NCO. The channelizers and the summing node can be fully bypassed (1x interpolation selected). The interpolation rate selection is applied to all channelizers and cannot be independently controlled. However, the gain stage and complex NCO settings can all be controlled independently. The controls for these blocks are paged by the channel paging mask in the CHANNEL_PAGE bits (Register 0x008, Bits[5:0]), as described in Table 36. Each bit of the page mask corresponds to a channel datapath. The channelizers can be either paged individually to apply settings that are unique to a specific channel, or can be paged as a group to address multiple channelizers using a single set of SPI writes. Table 36. Channel Page Mask CHANNEL_PAGE (Register 0x008, Bits[5:0]) 0x01 (Bit 0) 0x02 (Bit 1) 0x04 (Bit 2) 0x08 (Bit 3) 0x10 (Bit 4) 0x20 (Bit 5) Channel Paged Channel 0 Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Channel 5 Digital Gain Each channelizer has an independent gain control that allows unique gain scaling for each complex data stream. The gain code for each channel is 12-bit resolution, located in Register 0x146 and Register 0x147, and can be calculated by the following formulas: 0 Gain (212 - 1)/211 - dB < dB Gain +6.018 dB Gain = Gain Code (1/2048) dB Gain = 20 log10 (Gain) Gain Code = 2048 Gain = 211 10(dB Gain/20) The gain code control (CHNL_GAIN) is paged with the channel page mask (CHANNEL_PAGE) in Register 0x008, Bits[5:0]. Because the output of all three channels is summed ahead of the main datapath, extra care must be used when setting the gain to avoid sample clipping if the combined amplitude exceeds full scale after being summed. For example, if all three channels are used and all three data streams contain samples that are >1/3 full scale, clipping may occur. In other words, at any specific point in time, the sum of the samples at the output of all enabled channels must be between -215 and +(215 - 1). Channel Datapath Updated Channel 0 of DAC0 Channel 1 of DAC0 Channel 2 of DAC0 Channel 0 of DAC1 Channel 1 of DAC1 Channel 2 of DAC1 Each of the digital blocks in the channels is described in more detail in the following sections. The digital gain feature is available in all JESD204B modes, except when 1x channel interpolation is used because the channel digital processing features are bypassed in that mode, as shown in Figure 75. Rev. B | Page 52 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 Table 39. Channel NCO Phase Offset Registers The channel interpolation options available are bypass (1x), 2x, 3x, 4x, 6x, and 8x. Each of the half-band filters used for interpolation has up to 80% bandwidths with 85 dB of stop band rejection. The channel half-band cascaded configuration is shown in Figure 75, with each of the useable bandwidths of the channel interpolation filters listed in Table 37. Address 0x138 0x139 HB0 2x HB1 2x HB2 2x TB0 3x 16795-034 Channel Interpolation Figure 75. Channel Interpolation Half-Band Filter Block Diagram Table 37. Channel Interpolation Useable Bandwidths and Rejection Half-Band Filter HB0 TB0 HB1 HB2 1 Bandwidth (xfIN_FILTER)1 (%) 80 54 40 27 Stop Band Rejection (dB) 85 85 85 85 fIN_FILTER is the frequency at the input of the half-band filter. Channel Digital Modulation Each channelizer includes a 48-bit dual-modulus NCO to allow I/Q modulation of each channel data to an independent carrier frequency, each with its own phase offset control. The 48-bit NCO can be configured into either integer or modulus (DDS) mode. In modulus mode, the A/B ratio added to the integer FTW of the NCO allows the frequency to be synthesized with near infinite precision. See the 48-Bit Integer/Modulus NCO section for more details. NCO mode is selected as shown in Table 38. These controls are paged per the channel page masks in the CHANNEL_PAGE bits (Register 0x008, Bits[5:0]). Value DDSC_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET[7:0] DDSC_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET[15:8] Description 8 LSBs of phase offset 8 MSBs of phase offset 48-Bit Integer/Modulus NCO The 48-bit integer/modulus NCO combines an NCO block, a phase shifter, and a complex modulator to modulate the signal onto a user defined carrier frequency, as shown in Figure 76. This configuration allows output signals to be shifted anywhere across the output spectrum up to fNCO/2 with very fine frequency resolution. The NCO produces a quadrature carrier to translate the input signal to a new center frequency. A quadrature carrier is a pair of sinusoidal waveforms of the same frequency, offset 90 from each other. The frequency of the quadrature carrier is set using the FTW. The quadrature carrier is mixed with the I and Q data and then summed into the I and Q datapaths, as shown in Figure 76. Each of the channel 48-bit NCOs can be configured to run in integer mode (that is, when only the FTW value defines the NCO output frequency). The value of the FTW in part depends on the clock speed at which the NCO block is running (fNCO,CLK). For any channel NCO, the clock rate is equal to the rate of the summing node (maximum of 1.575 GSPS) and can be calculated by using the following formulas: fNCO,CLK = fDATA Channel Interpolation or fNCO,CLK = fDAC/Main Interpolation = fSUMMING_NODE The FTWs for each individual NCO can be programmed separately and are calculated by using the following formulas: - fNCO,CLK/2 fCARRIER < + fNCO,CLK/2 DDSC_FTW = (fCARRIER/fNCO,CLK) x 248 Table 38. Channel Modulation Mode Selection Modulation Mode None 48-Bit Integer NCO 48-Bit Dual Modulus NCO Modulation Type Register 0x130, Register 0x130, Bit 6 Bit 2 0b0 0b0 0b1 0b0 0b1 0b1 The channel NCO blocks also contain sideband selection controls as well as options for how the FTW and phase offset controls are updated. The phase offset word control can be calculated as follows: -180 Degrees Offset +180 Degrees Offset = 180 (DDSC_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET/215) where: DDSC_FTW is a 48-bit, twos complement number. fCARRIER is the output frequency of the NCO. fNCO,CLK is the sampling clock frequency of the NCO. The frequency tuning word is set as shown in Table 40. Table 40. Channel NCO FTW Registers Address 0x132 0x133 0x134 0x135 0x136 0x137 where DDSC_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET is a 16-bit twos complement value programmed in the registers listed in Table 39. Rev. B | Page 53 of 150 Value DDSC_FTW[7:0] DDSC_FTW[15:8] DDSC_FTW[23:16] DDSC_FTW[31:24] DDSC_FTW[39:32] DDSC_FTW[47:40] Description 8 LSBs of FTW Next eight bits of FTW Next eight bits of FTW Next eight bits of FTW Next eight bits of FTW 8 MSBs of FTW AD9175 Data Sheet Unlike other NCO control registers, the FTW registers are not applied to the NCO block immediately upon writing the control register. Instead, the FTW registers are applied on the rising edge of DDSC_FTW_LOAD_REQ (Register 0x131, Bit 0). After an update request, DDSC_FTW_LOAD_ACK (Register 0x131, Bit 1) must indicate a status high to acknowledge that the FTW has been updated. The DDSC_SEL_SIDEBAND bit (Register 0x130, Bit 1 = 0b1) is a convenience bit that controls whether the lower- or uppersideband of the modulated data is used, which is equivalent to flipping the sign of the FTW. I DATA Programmable Modulus Example Consider the case in which fNCO,CLK = 1500 MHz and the desired value of fCARRIER is 150 MHz. This scenario synthesizes an output frequency that is not a power of two submultiple of the sample rate, namely fCARRIER = (1/10) fNCO,CLK, which is not possible with a typical accumulator-based DDS. The frequency ratio, fCARRIER/ fNCO,CLK, leads directly to M and N, which are determined by reducing the fraction (150,000,000/1,500,000,000) to its lowest terms, that is, COS(n + ) NCO OUT_I SIN(n + ) - where: X is the FTW, programmed in Register 0x132 to Register 0x137. A is programmed in Register 0x140 to Register 0x145. B is programmed in Register 0x13A to Register 0x13F. Because X, A, and B are 48-bit words, modulus mode allows the user to set the NCO output frequency (fCARRIER) with a precision of (fNCO,CLK)/2(2 x 48). INTERPOLATION DDSC_FTW[47:0] DDSC_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET [15:0] A X f CARRIER M B f NCO ,CLK N 2 48 OUT_Q + -1 DDSC_SEL_SIDEBAND 0 M/N = 150,000,000/1,500,000,000 = 1/10 1 Q DATA 16795-035 Therefore, M = 1 and N = 10. INTERPOLATION Figure 76. NCO Modulator Block Diagram Channel Modulus NCO Mode (Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS) Mode) Each 48-bit channel NCO can also be used in a dual modulus mode to create fractional frequencies beyond the 48-bit accuracy that integer mode provides, which may be of interest in applications where the NCO is running for prolonged periods of time without being reset, thus possibly resulting in a noticeable phase drift relative to other clocks in the system, even given the small initial frequency error of the 48-bit, integer NCO. The modulus mode is enabled by programming the DDSC_MODULUS_EN bit in the DDSC_DATAPATH_CFG register to 1 (Register 0x130, Bit 2 = 0b1). The frequency ratio for the programmable modulus DDS is very similar to that of the typical accumulator-based DDS. The only difference is that N is not required to be a power of two (as for integer NCOs) for the programmable modulus, but can be an arbitrary integer. In practice, hardware constraints place limits on the range of values for N. As a result, the modulus extends the use of the NCO to applications that require exact rational frequency synthesis. The underlying function of the programmable modulus technique is to alter the accumulator modulus. Implementation of the programmable modulus function within the AD9175 is such that the fraction, M/N, is expressible by the following equation. The form of the equation implies a compound frequency tuning word with X representing the integer part and A/B representing the fractional part. After calculation, X = 28,147,497,671,065, A = 3, and B = 5. Programming these values into the registers for X, A, and B (X is programmed in Register 0x132 to Register 0x137 for DDSC_FTWx, B is programmed in Register 0x13A to Register 0x13F for DDSC_ACC_MODULUSx, and A is programmed in Register 0x140 to Register 0x145 for DDSC_ ACC_DELTAx) causes the NCO to produce an output frequency of exactly 150 MHz given a 1500 MHz sampling clock. For more details, refer to the AN-953 Application Note. NCO Reset Resetting an NCO is useful when determining the start time and phase of a particular NCO. Each Channel NCO can be configured to reset in response to one of several events: a direct request via SPI (Register 0x131, Bit 0), a change to one of the FTW register values, or on the next SYSREF rising edge. The reset method is controlled by Register 0x131. See the detailed description for Register 0x131 for more information. Channel Summing Node The outputs of the channelizers are combined at the summing node junction before being routed to the respective main datapath. The summation of any number of channels being used must not exceed a value range of 215 to avoid clipping (binary overflow) of the 16-bit data samples that are summed into the main datapath. The maximum data rate for each channel when the channel interpolation is >1x is limited by the maximum speed of summing node junction, namely 1.575 GSPS. If the channel datapaths are bypassed (channel interpolation is 1x), the summing node block is also bypassed, as shown in Figure 74. Bypassing the channelizer(s) allows passing data to the main digital datapath at a higher data rate. See Table 13 for JESD204B modes and the corresponding maximum data rates. Rev. B | Page 54 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 MAIN DIGITAL DATAPATH 1x RAMP UP/DOWN GAIN FROM CHANNELIZER OUTPUT MUX PA PROTECTION 2x 2x TO ANALOG DAC CORE NCO 16795-036 2x 3x Figure 77. Block Diagram of the Main Digital Datapath per Main DAC Output Each main digital datapath consists of a power amplifier (PA) protection block, a set of complex interpolation filters, a 48-bit complex main datapath NCO, and a ramp-up/ramp-down gain stage. The main datapaths are bypassable (1x interpolation selected), which bypasses all the digital processing blocks included in the main datapath. The interpolation selection is set to the same value for all main datapaths and cannot be independently controlled. However, the PA protection block, complex NCO settings, and gain ramp can all be configured independently. The controls for these blocks are paged by the main DAC datapath paging mask, MAINDAC_PAGE (Register 0x008, Bits[7:6]), as listed in Table 41. Each bit of the page mask corresponds to a main DAC datapath. The datapaths can be either paged individually to apply settings that are unique to a specific main datapath, or can be paged as a group to address both datapaths using a single set of SPI writes. Downstream Protection (PA Protection) The AD9175 has several circuits designed to quickly reduce (or squelch) the amplitude of the samples that are to arrive at either DAC core, and thus protect PAs or other external system components located downstream from the AD9175 outputs. The DACx outputs can be either gradually ramped up or ramped down, or turned on or off in response to the following trigger signals, as shown in Figure 78: Table 41. Main DAC Datapath Page Mask MAINDAC_PAGE (Register 0x008, Bits[7:6]) 0x40 (Bit 6) 0x80 (Bit 7) DAC Paged DAC0 DAC1 DAC Datapath Updated DAC0 DAC1 PDP_PROTECT. This signal asserts when the calculated digital sample amplitude exceeds a programmable threshold. INTERFACE_PROTECT. This signal asserts when specific JESD204B errors occur. SPI_PROTECT. This signal asserts when the user writes the SPI control register directly. BSM_PROTECT. This signal triggers the blanking state machine (BSM) module, which flushes the datapath on the rising edge of the TXEN0 or TXEN1 signal, which may come from a SPI write or the external TXEN0 or TXEN1 pin. A number of flags are raised in response to the trigger events, that can also be routed to the IRQx I/O pins (IRQ0 and IRQ1), to possibly shut down other external downstream components or simply serve as indicators. Each digital block in the main datapath is described in more detail in the following sections. The DAC output on/off feature is similarly implemented through a feedforward trigger signal to the ramp-up/rampdown digital gain block at the end of the main datapath before the analog DAC core, which allows the DAC to be turned on or off gradually (or quickly). Rev. B | Page 55 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet CHANNEL SUMMER RAMP UP/DOWN GAIN + (LONG/SHORT) PDP_PROTECT PDP ERROR TRIGGER SOURCE INTERFACE_PROTECT JESD204B ERRORS SPI_PROTECT SPI TXEN0/TXEN1 PIN SPI_TXEN TXEN DAC CORE NCO M BSM BSM_PROTECT FLUSH DATAPATH IRQ0/IRQ1 PIN ENA_SPI_TXEN 16795-037 CHANNEL DATAPATHS BYPASSED Figure 78. Block Diagram of Downstream Protection Triggers DATAPATH DATA SAMPLES SHORT_PA_THRESHOLD I2 + Q2 SHORT AVERAGE FILTER (2.6ns, 1.0s) AT 12GHz LONG_PDP_PROTECT/ SHORT_PDP_PROTECT LONG AVERAGE FILTER 16795-038 (1.0s, 1.0ms) AT 12GHz LONG_PA_THRESHOLD Figure 79. PDP Block Diagram Power Detection and Protection (PDP) Block The PDP block calculates the anticipated average power at the DACx core output and prevents overrange signals from being output from the AD9175, to avoid a potentially destructive breakdown of power sensitive devices, such as PAs. The protection block provides a signal, PDP_PROTECT, that can be used ramp down the DAC output and/or be routed to an I/O pin to flag external components to shut down. The PDP block uses a separate path with a shorter latency than the datapath to ensure that PDP_PROTECT is triggered before the overrange signal reaches the analog DAC cores (with the exception when the total interpolation is 1). The sum of I2 and Q2 are calculated as a representation of the input signal power (to improve response time, only the top six MSBs of data samples are used). The calculated sample power values are accumulated through a moving average filter with an output that is the average of the input signal power across a certain number of samples. There are two types of average filters with different lengths: a short filter that detects high power pulses that may result in voltage breakdown, and a long filter that detects sustained high power signals that may last longer than the thermal constant of the PA or another device. When the output of the averaging filter is larger than the threshold, the internal signal, PDP_PROTECT, goes high, which can optionally be configured to trigger an IRQ flag and turn off the DAC output through the ramp-up/ramp-down. The PDP block function is illustrated in Figure 79. The long and short averaging times are configured by the LONG_ PA_AVG_TIME (Register 0x585, Bits[3:0]) and the SHORT_ PA_AVG_TIME (Register 0x58A, Bits[1:0]) controls. Use the following calculations to determine the average window size times: Rev. B | Page 56 of 150 Length of Long Average Window = 2LONG_PP_AVG_TIME + 9 Data Sheet AD9175 Length of Short Average Window = 2SHORT_PA_AVG_TIME Table 44. Main Modulation Mode Selection When the calculated average power exceeds a specified threshold, a trigger signal is issued. The registers to program the thresholds for the long and short average filters, along with their respective detected power calculation readbacks, are listed in Table 42. Table 42. PDP Threshold and Power Calculation Controls Register 0x583 0x584 0x586 0x587 0x588 0x589 0x58B 0x58C Bits [7:0] [4:0] [7:0] [4:0] [7:0] [4:0] [7:0] [4:0] Control LONG_PA_THRESHOLD[7:0] LONG_PA_THRESHOLD[12:8] LONG_PA_POWER[7:0] LONG_PA_POWER[12:8] SHORT_PA_THRESHOLD[7:0] SHORT_PA_THRESHOLD[12:8] SHORT_PA_POWER[7:0] SHORT_PA_POWER[12:8] Modulation Mode None 48-Bit Integer NCO 48-Bit Dual Modulus NCO Modulation Type Register 0x112, Register 0x112, Bit 3 Bit 2 0b0 0b0 0b1 0b0 0b1 0b1 The main NCO blocks also contain sideband selection controls as well as options for how the FTW and phase offset controls are updated. The phase offset word control can be calculated as follows: -180 Degrees Offset +180 Degrees Offset = 180 (DDSM_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET/215) where DDSM_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET is a 16-bit twos complement value programmed in the registers listed in Table 45. Table 45. Main Datapath NCO Phase Offset Registers The interpolation options available within the main datapath are bypass (1), 2, 4, 6, 8 and 12. Each of the half-band filters used for interpolation have up to 80% bandwidths with 85 dB of stop band rejection. The channel half-band cascaded configuration is shown in Figure 80, with each of the useable bandwidths of the interpolation filters listed in Table 43. Address 0x11C 0x11D HB3 2x HB4 2x TB1 3x HB5 2x 16795-039 Main Datapath Interpolation Figure 80. Main Datapath Interpolation Half-Band Filter Block Diagram Table 43. Main Datapath Interpolation Useable Bandwidths and Rejection Half-Band Filter HB3 HB4 TB1 HB5 Bandwidth (xfIN_FILTER) 80% 40% 27% 20% Stop Band Rejection (dB) 85 85 85 85 NCO mode is selected as shown in Table 44. These controls are paged per the main DAC page masks, MAINDAC_PAGE (Register 0x008, Bits[7:6]). Description 8 LSBs of phase offset 8 MSBs of phase offset 48-Bit Integer/Modulus NCO The main datapath NCOs use a similar architecture to the channelizer NCOs, as shown in Figure 76. Because the main datapath NCOs are clocked at the same rate as fDAC, this configuration allows output signals to be placed anywhere in the output spectrum up to fDAC/2 with very fine frequency resolution. The NCO produces a quadrature carrier to translate the input signal to a new carrier frequency, similar to the channelizer NCOs. Refer to the corresponding channelizer NCO section for more details. The FTW for the main datapath NCOs is calculated in the same manner as the FTW for the channelizer NCOs. An important distinction is that the clock rate of the main datapath NCOs (fNCO,CLK) is equal to the DAC sample rate (fDAC, 12.6 GSPS maximum). Calculate fNCO,CLK using the following formula: fNCO,CLK = fDAC = fDATA x Channel Interpolation Main Interpolation Main Datapath Digital Modulation The main datapath 48-bit NCOs architecture is largely identical to the channelizer NCOs that were described in earlier sections. Their operation is similar as well. However, unlike the channelizer NCOs, the main datapath NCOs operate at a higher clock rate, the same rate as the analog DAC cores (fDAC), which allows the NCOs to generate frequencies across a wider range. See the 48-Bit Integer/Modulus NCO section for more details. Value DDSM_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET[7:0] DDSM_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET [15:8] The FTWs for each individual NCO can be programmed separately and are calculated using the following formulas: -fNCO,CLK /2 fCARRIER < + fNCO,CLK /2 DDSM_FTW = (fCARRIER /fNCO,CLK) x 248 where: fCARRIER is the output frequency of the NCO. fNCO,CLK is the sampling clock frequency of the NCO. DDSC_FTW is a 48-bit, twos complement number. The frequency tuning word is set as shown in Table 46. Rev. B | Page 57 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet For more details and examples, see the Channel Modulus NCO Mode (Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS) Mode) section. The main datapath NCOs operate at a higher clock rate (fNCO, CLK) than the channel NCOs, and are addressed from a different set of SPI registers. Table 46. Main Datapath NCO FTW Registers Address 0x114 0x115 0x116 0x117 0x118 0x119 Value DDSM_FTW[7:0] DDSM_FTW[15:8] DDSM_FTW[23:16] DDSM_FTW[31:24] DDSM_FTW[39:32] DDSM_FTW[47:40] Description 8 LSBs of FTW Next 8 bits of FTW Next 8 bits of FTW Next 8 bits of FTW Next 8 bits of FTW 8 MSBs of FTW NCO Reset Resetting the main datapath NCOs can be useful when determining the start time and phase of an NCO. Each NCO can be configured to reset in response to one of several events: a direct request via SPI (Register 0x113, Bit 0), a change to one of the FTW register values, or on the next SYSREF rising edge. The reset method is controlled by Register 0x113. See the detailed description of Register 0x113 in Table 61 for more information. Unlike other NCO control registers, the FTW registers are not applied to the NCO block immediately on writing the control register. Instead, the FTW registers are applied (reset) on the rising edge of DDSM_FTW_LOAD_REQ (Register 0x113, Bit 0). After an update request, DDSM_FTW_LOAD_ACK (Register 0x113, Bit 1) must indicate a high status to acknowledge that the FTW is updated. Calibration NCO The DDSC_SEL_SIDEBAND bit Register 0x112, Bit 1 = 0b1) is a convenience bit that controls whether the lower or upper sideband of the modulated data is used, which is equivalent to flipping the sign of the FTW. I DATA INTERPOLATION COS(n + ) DDSM_FTW[47:0] DDSM_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET [15:0] NCO OUT_I SIN(n + ) - OUT_Q + -1 Q DATA 0 1 16795-040 DDSM_SEL_SIDEBAND INTERPOLATION Figure 81. NCO Modulator Block Diagram, Main Datapath Modulus NCO Mode (DDS) Each of the main datapath 48-bit NCOs can also be used in a dual modulus mode to create fractional frequencies beyond the 48-bit accuracy. The modulus mode is enabled by programming the DDSM_MODULUS_EN bit in the DDSM_DATAPATH_ CFG register to 1 (Register 0x112, Bit 2 = 0b1). In addition to the 48-bit NCO and the 31, 32-bit NCOs, there is a 32-bit calibration NCO, which is also part of the main datapath NCO block, shown in Figure 81. This NCO is separate from the 48-bit NCO, allowing a convenient method for generating a calibration tone without the need to modify the configuration of the main datapath. Similar to all other NCOs, this NCO can be used in NCO only mode, or used to translate incoming data to a new carrier frequency. Register 0x1E6, Bit 0 controls whether the 32-bit calibration NCO is connected to the main datapath, or whether the normal 48-bit main NCO is connected instead. To use the 32-bit calibration NCO, first enable the calibration NCO accumulator by setting Register 0x1E6, Bit 2 = 1. Then, program the calibration NCO FTW in Register 0x1E2 to Register 0x1E5 and update the FTW to take effect by toggling Register 0x113, Bit 0 from 0 to 1. Select the calibration NCO to be used instead of the main NCO by setting Register 0x1E6, Bit 0 = 1. Similar to other NCOs, the calibration NCO can be configured to operate in NCO only mode, which is enabled by setting Register 0x1E6, Bit 1 = 1. Set the amplitude of the tone can be set in Registers 0x148 and Register 0x149. Refer to the NCO Only Mode section for more details. The main datapath modulus NCOs are of a similar architecture to the channel modulus NCOs, and the X (FTW), A, and B values are calculated in a similar manner: A X f CARRIER M B f NCO ,CLK N 2 48 where: X is the FTW, programmed in Register 0x114 to Register 0x119. A is programmed in Register 0x12A to Register 0x12F. B is programmed in Register 0x124 to Register 0x129. Rev. B | Page 58 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 To use any of the NCOs in NCO only mode, the user can elect to configure the AD9175 to operate in JESD204B Mode 0, Mode 1, or Mode 2, depending on the desired number of channel NCOs. Any other JESD204B mode can be selected instead, as long as the NCO is not bypassed (interpolation = 1). To enable the NCOs that connect to DAC1, a dual-link JESD204B mode can be configured. It is not necessary to establish the JESD204B link with an external source, such as an FPGA, and instead only a few SPI register writes are needed to enable the necessary JESD204B mode, to set up the clock domains corresponding to each NCO. NCO ONLY MODE The AD9175 NCOs can operate in standalone mode, where the JESD204B link is disconnected (or disabled) and one or more NCO tones are output from DAC0 and/or DAC1. The correct JESD204B mode must still be selected to configure the corresponding channelizer and/or main datapath clock domains. In NCO only mode, a single-tone sine wave is generated by each NCO by modulating the NCO output with dc samples that are generated internally. The amplitude of the dc samples directly corresponds to the amplitude of the NCO tone output by the DAC core. The amplitude of each channel NCO can be controlled independently by paging the correct channel registers (Register 0x148 and Register 0x149). Note however, that the main NCO amplitude is controlled by paging Channel 0 for NCO0 and Channel 1 for NCO1 (the dc word is shared between Channel NCOx and the main NCOx channel). In general, NCO only mode is a useful to bring up a transmitter radio signal chain without requiring a digital data source initially, or in applications where a sine wave output is all that is required (also known as DDS mode), such as in local oscillator (LO) generation or radar applications. There is an additional optional calibration NCO block that can be used as part of the initial system calibration without otherwise making changes to the configuration of the digital datapath. The data source of the digital datapaths in NCO only mode is the dc data word, meaning that whether the JESD204B link is initially brought up or not, the data from the link is not passed to the datapaths. However, the input to the datapaths is easily switched between the dc data input and SERDES block input, by either Register 0x130 or Register 0x1E6, depending on the datapath. The connection can be made on-the-fly, assuming that a JESD204B link is previously configured and proper data samples are supplied. During the transition, sensitive external components can be protected using the PA protection block as described previously. MODULATOR SWITCH For added flexibility, the final NCO block (NCO0 and NCO1, to correspond to the DAC core they feed by default, in Configuration 0) includes a modulator switch that allows the user to route the desired I and/or Q sample to one or all DAC cores. NCOx are located near the output of their respective main digital datapaths. The switch has four configurations, as shown in Figure 83 through Figure 86. DDSM_EN_CAL_ACC REG 0x1E6, BIT 2 CHANNEL GAIN N CHANNEL GAIN DDSM_EN_CAL_FREQ_TUNING REG 0x1E6, BIT 0 NCO DDSC_EN_DC_INPUT REG 0x130, BIT 0 N DC AMPLITUDE LEVEL (REG 0x148 TO REG 0x149) + PA PROTECT M DAC CORE NCO DDSM_EN_CAL_DC_INPUT REG 0x1E6, BIT 1 RAMP UP/DOWN GAIN NCO DDSC_EN_DC_INPUT REG 0x130, BIT 0 16795-148 N MAIN 48-BIT NCO REG 0x114 TO REG 0x119 NCO DDSC_EN_DC_INPUT REG 0x130, BIT 0 CHANNEL GAIN CALIBRATION 32-BIT NCO REG 0x1E2 TO REG 0x1E5 Figure 82. DC Amplitude Injection for NCO Only Mode Block Diagram DAC0 I DATA DAC0 Q DATA DAC0 NCO REAL DATA TO DAC0 CORE NCO DAC0 MOD SWITCH CONFIGURATION DAC1 I DATA DAC1 Q DATA DAC1 NCO REAL DATA TO DAC1 CORE NCO Figure 83. Configuration 0--DAC0 = I0, DAC1 = I1 Rev. B | Page 59 of 150 16795-041 DAC1 MOD SWITCH CONFIGURATION AD9175 Data Sheet DAC0 I DATA NCO DAC0 Q DATA SUM OF I NCO OUT DATA TO DAC0 CORE /2 DAC0 MOD SWITCH CONFIGURATION DAC1 MOD SWITCH CONFIGURATION /2 SUM OF Q NCO OUT DATA TO DAC1 CORE 16795-042 DAC1 I DATA NCO DAC1 Q DATA Figure 84. Configuration 1, CMPLX_MOD_DIV2_DISABLE = 0--DAC0 = I0 + I1, DAC1 = Q0 + Q1 DAC0 I DATA NCO DAC0 Q DATA DAC0 I DATA TO DAC0 CORE DAC0 MOD SWITCH CONFIGURATION DAC0 Q DATA TO DAC1 CORE DAC1 I DATA NCO DAC1 Q DATA 16795-043 DAC1 MOD SWITCH CONFIGURATION Figure 85. Configuration 2--DAC0 = I0, DAC1 = Q0 DAC0 I DATA DAC0 Q DATA /2 NCO SUM OF NCOs REAL DATA TO DAC0 CORE DAC0 MOD SWITCH CONFIGURATION DAC1 MOD SWITCH CONFIGURATION DAC1 I DATA NO DATA TO DAC1 CORE 16795-044 DAC1 Q DATA ZERO DATA NCO Figure 86. Configuration 3, CMPLX_MOD_DIV2_DISABLE = 0--DAC0 = I0 + I1, DAC1 = 0 Some configurations bypass the NCO altogether and route the complex I and Q samples from each datapath to the DAC core(s), whereas other modes route the output of the NCOs instead. Of particular interest may be Configuration 2, shown in Figure 85, where I samples are sent to DAC0 and Q samples are sent to DAC1, to operate the AD9175 as a traditional IF DAC. Configuration 3 routing also depends on whether NCO1 and/or DAC1 is enabled. The configurations are set via Register 0x112, Bits[5:4] and are paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE register control. Rev. B | Page 60 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 Complex Modulator Switch Configurations The switch configurations described previously only support complex samples with the NCO bypassed. To support complex samples where the NCO is used, Configuration 3 can be additionally reconfigured to operate on complex samples at the output of the NCO(s), controlled by the EN_CMPLX_MOD bit (Register 0x112, Bit 6). The specific configuration also depends on whether NCO1 is enabled, as shown in Figure 87 and Figure 88. To set up Configuration 3A, set the EN_CMPLX_MOD bit to 1 and set the switch to Configuration 3, with both NCO0 and NCO1 enabled. The quadrature output of the NCO from each main datapath is also routed to DAC1 (no longer sends zero data out of DAC1 as in the default Configuration 3, shown in Figure 86). If NCO1 is disabled and EN_CMPLX_MOD = 1, the real output of NCO0 is sent to DAC0 and the quadrature output of the NCO0 is set to DAC 1. This setup is similar to Configuration 2, but with the samples picked up at the output of NCO0 (see Figure 87 and Figure 88). The divide by 2 block at the input of the mux switch can be disabled using the CMPLX_MOD_DIV2_DISABLE bit in Register 0x0FF. Otherwise, the output at DAC0 and DAC1 is 6 dB lower than anticipated because the divide by 2 block is enabled by default. The complete list of SPI writes required to enable each configuration is shown in Table 47. DAC0 I DATA NCO DAC0 Q DATA SUM OF I NCO OUT DATA TO DAC0 CORE /2 DAC0 MOD SWITCH MODE DAC1 MOD SWITCH MODE /2 SUM OF Q NCO OUT DATA TO DAC1 CORE 16795-442 DAC1 I DATA NCO DAC1 Q DATA Figure 87. Configuration 3A, EN_CMPLX_MOD = 1, CMPLX_MOD_DIV2_DISABLE = 0, both Main NCOs Enabled--DAC0 = I0_NCO + I1_NCO, DAC1 = Q0_NCO + Q1_NCO DAC0 I DATA DAC0 Q DATA NCO DAC0 I NCO OUT DATA TO DAC0 CORE DAC0 MOD SWITCH MODE DAC0 Q NCO OUT DATA TO DAC1 CORE DAC1 I DATA DAC1 Q DATA NCO 16795-443 DAC1 MOD SWITCH MODE Figure 88. Configuration 3B, EN_CMPLX_MOD = 1, CMPLX_MOD_DIV2_DISABLE = 1, DAC 1 Main NCO Disabled--DAC0 = I0_NCO, DAC1 = Q0_NCO Table 47. Required SPI Writes for Each Modulator Switch Configuration Configuration Configuration 0 Configuration 1 Configuration 2 Configuration 3 Complex Configuration 3A Complex Configuration 3B Register 0x112, Bit 6 (EN_COMPLEX_MOD) 0 0 0 0 1 1 Register 0x112, Bits[5:4] (DDSM_ MODE) 0 1 2 3 3 3 Rev. B | Page 61 of 150 Register 0x112, Bit 3 (Paged) NCO0 NCO1 Enable Enable 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 Register 0x0FF, Bit 1 (CMPLX_MOD_ DIV2_DISABLE) 0 0 0 0 0 1 AD9175 Data Sheet Ramp-Up/Ramp-Down Gain Block A ramp-up/ramp-down gain block is located at the output of each main datapath and before the samples are routed to the analog DAC core(s) for decoding. This block is an extension of the PDP block, and together these blocks protect downstream components from large signal peaks or sustained average power that exceeds a user defined threshold. Various trigger methods can be configured in the PA protection block to trigger a gain ramp-down to mute the data being transmitted out of the AD9175, as shown in Figure 78. The ramp-up and ramp-down steps can be configured via the SPI in Register 0x580, Bits[2:0]. The equation for the ramp-up and ramp-down occurs in 32 steps over 2(CODE + 8) DAC clock periods. This control can be configured individually for each of the DAC ramp blocks via the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. After the data is ramped down due to a trigger event, it can be ramped back up in two different ways, assuming the trigger event (error) was cleared. If the SPI protection control bit triggered the interrupt for a ramp-down, the data can be ramped-up by toggling Register 0x582, Bit 7 from 0 to 1, and then back to 0. Alternatively, an option exists to mute the digital data during a digital clock rotation if the ROTATE_SOFT_OFF_EN control in Register 0x581, Bit 2 is set to 1. When this bit is set, a synchronization logic rotation triggers the ramp-up/ramp-down block to ramp the output down, rotates the digital clocks, and then ramps the output back up. These actions occur only if Bit 1 of the ROTATION_MODE control in Register 0x03B is set to 1 to enable a datapath clock rotation when the synchronization logic rotates. Rev. B | Page 62 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 INTERRUPT REQUEST OPERATION The AD9175 provides an interrupt request output signal (IRQ) on Pin D9 (IRQ0) and Pin E9 (IRQ1) that can be used to notify an external host processor of significant device events. The IRQ output can be switched between the IRQ0 pin or the IRQ1 pin by setting the corresponding bit for the IRQ signal in Register 0x028, Register 0x029, Register 0x02A, and Register 0x02B. Upon assertion of the interrupt, query the device to determine the precise event that occurred. The IRQx pins are open-drain, active low outputs. Pull the IRQx pins high, external to the device. These pins can be tied to the interrupt pins of other devices with open-drain outputs to wire. OR these pins together. Table 48. IRQ Register Block Details Register Block 0x020 to 0x27 Event Reported Per chip 0x4B8 to 0x4BB; 0x470 to 0x473 Per link and lane EVENT_STATUS INTERRUPT_SOURCE if IRQ is enabled; if not, it is an event INTERRUPT_SOURCE if IRQ is enabled; if not, 0 INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE Interrupt request management starts by selecting the set of event flags that require host intervention or monitoring. Enable the events that require host action so that the host is notified when they occur. For events requiring host intervention upon IRQ activation, run the following routine to clear an interrupt request: Figure 89 shows a simplified block diagram of how the IRQx blocks works. If IRQ_EN is low, the INTERRUPT_SOURCE signal is set to 0. If IRQ_EN is high, any rising edge of EVENT causes the INTERRUPT_SOURCE signal to be set high. If any INTERRUPT_SOURCE signal is high, the IRQx pin is pulled low. INTERRUPT_SOURCE can be reset to 0 by either an IRQ_RESET signal or a DEVICE_RESET signal. 1. 2. 3. 4. Depending on the STATUS_MODE signal, EVENT_STATUS reads back an event signal or an INTERRUPT_SOURCE signal. The AD9175 has several IRQ register blocks that can monitor up to 86 events, depending on the device configuration. Certain details vary by IRQ register block, as described in Table 48. Table 49 shows the source registers of the IRQ_EN, IRQ_RESET, and STATUS_MODE signals in Figure 89, as well as the address where EVENT_STATUS is read back. Read the status of the event flag bits that are being monitored. Disable the interrupt by writing 0 to IRQ_EN. Read the event source. Perform any actions that may be required to clear the cause of the event. In many cases, no specific actions may be required. Verify that the event source is functioning as expected. Clear the interrupt by writing 1 to IRQ_RESET. Enable the interrupt by writing 1 to IRQ_EN. 5. 6. 7. 0 EVENT_STATUS 1 STATUS_MODE IRQ IRQ_EN EVENT 1 INTERRUPT_SOURCE 0 IRQ_EN OTHER INTERRUPT SOURCES IRQ_RESET 16795-045 DEVICE_RESET Figure 89. Simplified Schematic of IRQx Circuitry Table 49. IRQ Register Block Address of IRQ Signal Details Register Block 0x020 to 0x023 0x4B8 to 0x4BB 0x470 to 0x473 1 IRQ_EN 0x020 to 0x023; R/W per chip Address of IRQ Signals1 IRQ_RESET STATUS_MODE 0x024 to 0x027; per chip STATUS_MODE= IRQ_EN EVENT_STATUS 0x024 to 0x027; R per chip 0x4B8, 0x4B9; W per error type 0x4BA, 0x4BB; W per error type Not applicable, STATUS_MODE = 1 0x4BA, 0x4BB; W per chip 0x470 to 0x473; W per error type 0x470 to 0x473; W per link Not applicable, STATUS_MODE = 1 0x470 to 0x473; W per link R is read, W is write, and R/W is read/write. Rev. B | Page 63 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet ANALOG INTERFACE The AD9175 uses a low jitter, differential clock receiver that is capable of interfacing directly to a differential or single-ended clock source. Because the input is self biased, with a nominal impedance of 100 , it is recommended that the clock source be ac-coupled to the CLKIN input pins. Phase noise performance can be improved with higher clock input levels (larger swing, resulting in higher effective slew rate), up to the recommended maximum limits. Because the DACCLK is the sampling clock for data within the analog cores (DACx), the quality of the clock signal at the AD9175 clock input pins is paramount and directly impacts the analog ac performance of the DAC. Select a clock source with phase noise and spur characteristics that meet the target application requirements. Generally, the use of a PLL/VCO or other clock multipliers, internal or external to the DAC, also multiplies the resulting phase noise (jitter). The best phase noise performance is typically achieved using an external clock running at the desired DAC clock rate, with the PLL/VCO bypassed. The typical phase noise performance when the AD9175 is directly clocked and the input clock duty cycle correction is on (enabled by default) is shown in Figure 90, compared with the phase noise due to the on-chip PLL/VCO. 0 PLL OFF (DIRECT CLOCK) PLL ON (PFD = 491.52MHz) -20 -40 -60 -80 -100 -120 -140 -160 -180 10 100 1k 10k 100k 1M FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz) 10M 100M 16795-216 The AD9175 DAC sample clock or device clock (DACCLK) can be received directly through CLKIN (Pin H12 and Pin J12) or generated using an integer PLL/VCO, integrated on-chip, with the reference clock provided through the same CLKIN differential input pins. The DACCLK serves as a reference for all the clock domains within the AD9175. In cases where low phase noise is not a critical requirement, the PLL/VCO provides a convenient way to operate the AD9175 at DAC clock rates as high as 12.4 GHz without the need for complex, multigigahertz clocking solutions, The PLL reference frequency at CLKIN can be typically orders of magnitude lower than the operating DACCLK rate. The PLL then generates a control voltage for a downstream VCO, which in effect multiplies the reference clock up to the desired DACCLK frequency. PHASE NOISE (dBc) DAC INPUT CLOCK CONFIGURATIONS Figure 90. Phase Noise vs. Frequency Offset; Direct Clock and PLL Phase Noise, 12 GHz DAC Sample Rate, 1.65 GHz Output Frequency CLK+ PLL/VCO + 50 170k 50 170k CLOCK/ PLL MUX TO DAC0 DCC1 TO DAC1 CLOCK/ PLL MUX - 16795-050 CLK- DCC0 OPTIMIZED INPUT BIAS Figure 91. Clock Receiver Input Simplified Equivalent Circuit Rev. B | Page 64 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 DAC On-Chip PLL frequency, reference clock phase noise, and DAC output phase noise requirements. For example, to lower DACCLK jitter when using the PLL, a higher PFD frequency minimizes the contribution of in band noise from the PLL. Set the PLL filter bandwidth such that the in band noise of the PLL intersects with the openloop noise of the VCO to minimize the contributions of both blocks to the overall noise. The AD9175 includes an integer PLL/VCO block that allows generating a DAC clock (fDAC) from an external reference frequency (fREF) between 25 MHz and 3080 MHz, applied to the CLKIN pins (see Figure 92). When using the on-chip PLL, select the predivider (M) via Register 0x793, Bits[1:0] to internally divide the reference frequency to be within the range of 25 MHz to 770 MHz of the phase frequency detector (PFD) circuitry block input. Enable the DAC PLL synthesizer by setting Register 0x095, Bit 0 to 0. The best jitter performance is typically achieved when using an external, high performance clock source. The DAC PLL uses an integer type synthesizer to generate the DACCLK for both DAC0 and DAC1, implying that the generated DACCLK must be an integer multiple of the input reference clock. The relationship between DAC clock and the reference clock is as follows: The internal VCO operates over a frequency range of 8.74 GHz to 12.4 GHz, with additional divider settings if a lower DACCLK is required by the application. The DAC clock rate is user configurable to be the VCO frequency (8.74 GHz to 12.4 GHz), the VCO frequency divided by 2 (4.37 GHz to 6.2 GHz), or the VCO frequency divided by 3 (2.92 GHz to 4.1 GHz) by setting Register 0x094, Bits[1:0]. See the Start-Up Sequence section for instructions on how to program the PLL. fDAC = (8 x N x fREF)/M/(Register 0x094, Bits[1:0] + 1) where: fDAC is the desired DAC clock rate. N is the VCO feedback divider ratio, ranging from 2 to 50. fREF is the reference clock. M is the reference clock divider ratio. The valid values for reference clock divider (predivider) are 1, 2, 3, or 4 by setting Register 0x793, Bits[1:0]. To generate the required VCO control voltage from the charge pump (CP) output, the AD9175 DAC PLL requires an external loop filter. The recommended filter is a passive low-pass filter of a topology similar to the one shown in Figure 92. Generally, the pass band width of the filter (bandwidth) trades off loop response time during a frequency change with loop stability after the initial frequency lock occurs. For proper filter layout and component selection, which results in optimal performance for most applications, refer to the documentation of the AD9175FMC-EBZ evaluation board. The user may however customize the filter to fit a specific application, according to the PFD The VCO automatic calibration is triggered by the falling edge of Register 0x792, Bit 1 transitioning from a logic high to logic low. A lock detector bit (Register 0x7B5, Bit 0) is provided to indicate that the DAC PLL achieved lock. If Register 0x7B5, Bit 0 = 1, the PLL has locked. OFF-CHIP FILTER FILT_VCM C1 R1 C3 PCB CHARGE PUMP PFD C2 FILT_COARSE FILT_FINE REG 0x799, BITS[5:0] N = 2 TO 50 REG 0x793, BITS[1:0] M = 1, 2, 3, 4 /M /N VCO /8 REG 0x094, BITS[1:0] REG 0x799, BITS[7:6] L = 1, 2, 3, 4 CLK RCVR /2 /L CLKIN- DAC REG 0x095, BIT 0 DACCLK CLK DRIVER CLKOUT+ CLKOUT+ Figure 92. DAC PLL and Clock Path Block Diagram Rev. B | Page 65 of 150 PCB 16795-051 CLKIN+ /3 AD9175 Data Sheet CLOCK OUTPUT DRIVER The AD9175 is capable of generating a high quality, divided down version of the DACCLK, which can be used to clock critical system components, such as a companion ADC. The integer clock divider supports divide ratios of 1, 2, 3, and 4 and can be programmed by Register 0x799, Bits[7:6] to set the desired output frequency. The 3 dB bandwidth of the clock driver is between 727.5 MHz and 3 GHz, although frequencies outside this range can be generated with some penalty to both power and spurious performance at the clock output. The clock driver does not have an impact on the performance of the DACx analog outputs. DAC output can be modeled as a pair of dc current sources that continuously provide dc, set to IOUTFS/2, summed with a parallel ac source set by the incoming data samples, namely DACCODE, that are sampled to the analog output at the rate of DACCLK. Together, the three current sources model the output switch network internal to each analog output, which define the instantaneous current out of the positive and negative branches of each differential output (IP and IN, respectively). Assuming that parasitic capacitances and inductances are negligible (which may not always be the case, especially at output frequencies above ~2 GHz), the output current presented to the load can be calculated as follows: IP = (DACCODE + 2N - 1) x ILSB ANALOG OUTPUTS The AD9175 provides two fully independent DAC cores, DAC0 and DAC1, each with a differential output. Figure 93 shows an equivalent output circuit for a single DAC core. Each output is internally terminated with a 100 resistor (RINT) that eliminates the need to resistively terminate the DAC output externally on the PCB. To properly dc bias the output stage, two RF chokes, one for each output branch, are required to provide a dc current path for the standing current of each DACx output. The inductance value of the choke depends on the desired output frequency range. In general, a larger choke provides a lower cutoff output frequency. Due to parasitic capacitances and inductances at the output, a constant 100 termination impedance cannot be easily maintained across the full operating frequency range of the AD9175, which can be anywhere between dc and >6 GHz, depending on the application. The output impedance of each DAC can be determined through measurement. Generally, when matching the DAC output to a typical single-ended 50 load, a 2:1 balun is recommended when operating below ~2 GHz. A 1:1 balun is recommended when operating above ~2 GHz, which also extends the 3 dB roll-off of the output beyond 4 GHz with proper PCB layout techniques. DAC Full-Scale Power IOUTFS is the full-scale current output at the positive and negative branch of the DACx output, denoted as IP and IN in Figure 93 to Figure 95. The default full-scale current is set to 19.531 mA, although it can be adjusted from 15.625 mA to 25.977 mA by programming the appropriate value in Register 0x05A. IOUTFS = 15.625 mA + FSC_CTRL x (25/256) (mA) As shown in Figure 93 to Figure 95, the amount of power delivered to an external load depends on multiple factors, such as the IOUTFS setting, the internal impedance of the DAC, and the external loading and parasitic inductances and capacitances that the PCB and other components present at the output. The true power that can be delivered to a load is determined by measurements. Alternatively, the DAC output power can be estimated from the DAC equivalent model, by making certain assumptions about the parasitic loading presented by a particular PCB design. The IN = ((2N - 1 - 1) - DACCODE) x ILSB and, ILOAD = (IP - IN) x RINT/(RINT + RLOAD) where, ILSB = IOUTFS/2N DACCODE is a sample value between -2N - 1 and 2N - 1 - 1 (as a signed decimal representation of twos complement data). For a single-tone output (pure sinewave), the rms power delivered to the load can be calculated as follows: ILOAD(RMS) = ILOAD_MAX/2 where ILOAD_MAX is the maximum load current delivered at the maximum DACCODE, as calculated previously, and, PLOAD (W) = (ILOAD(RMS))2 x RLOAD PLOAD (dBm) = 10 x log(PLOAD(W x 1000)) MSB Shuffle Depending on the analog signal level, some or all of the MSB current sources from the DAC may be static (unused). Particularly at lower signal levels, when most MSBs are static, any mismatch errors specific to the few MSBs that are dynamic may appear as a degradation to spurious performance at the analog outputs. On average, spurious performance is improved when the active MSBs are continuously remapped ( or shuffled) and randomly selected from the total number of available MSBs before sampling at the DACx analog outputs. MSB shuffle is a form of error averaging. Because the cumulative errors are pseudorandom, the improved SFDR comes at the expense of higher NSD. Shuffling is only feasible when there are spare MSBs available that are otherwise static, so that they can be randomly switched in. Therefore, the benefit from shuffling is diminished as the number of dynamic MSBs is increased, such as for signals that experience frequent peaks near the full-scale current of the DAC. With a sinusoidal output at full-scale, for example, the benefit from MSB shuffling is largely nonexistent when compared to performance with traditional (thermometer) encoding. Rev. B | Page 66 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 Elevating the common-mode voltage to between 100 mV and 300 mV leads to performance degradation. Increasing the common-mode voltage beyond 300 mV may lead to longterm, irreversible damage of the analog outputs. As previously mentioned, MSB shuffling is a form of error averaging. A particular AD9175 device, with its own autocalibration factors and unique production process variations, may show improved spurious performance at some signal levels with MSB shuffle disabled. However, when a statically meaningful set of devices is considered, the overall spurious performance is shown to improve, on average. Ideally, the common-mode voltage at the analog outputs is kept near 0 V or GND, while the load impedance seen by the analog outputs is matched to their internal impedance. Replacing the RF chokes used in ac-coupled operation with 50 resistors to GND is not recommended because this results in an excessive common-mode voltage, near 250 mV. Instead, tie the 50 resistors to a -0.6 V reference supply, thus maintaining proper dc bias at the analog output devices internal to each DAC output. MSB shuffle can be enabled via the MSB_SHUFFLE_EN bit (Bit 4 of Register 0x151). DC-Coupled Operation In certain applications, it is desirable to dc couple the analog outputs to an external device, such as a modulator or a differential amplifier. The AD9175 analog outputs can be dc-coupled without performance degradation, as long as the common-mode voltage (the dc voltage common to both the positive and negative branches of a particular analog output) is kept below 100 mV. For ac-coupled operation, the outputs are typically dc shorted to GND or 0 V through RF chokes or particular balun configurations. It is possible to resistively match the 0 V common-mode output voltage of the AD9175 to a nonzero common-mode input voltage of a downstream device, such as the 0.5 V input common mode typical to some modulators. This matching inevitably leads to a loss in the maximum power that can be delivered to the downstream device, because some of the power is dissipated in the resistive matching network. DAC RF CHOKE IP DACx+ 50 IAC 50 AC IOUTFS/2 2:1 OR 1:1 DACx- IN DC IOUTFS/2 BALUN 50 LOAD RF CHOKE 16795-052 DC IOUTFS/2 IOUTFS = 15.625mA TO 25.977mA Figure 93. Equivalent DAC Output Circuit and Recommended DAC Output Network DAC RF CHOKE IP DC PATH DACx+ 50 IAC 50 AC IOUTFS/2 2:1 OR 1:1 DACx- DC PATH IN DC IOUTFS/2 BALUN 50 LOAD RF CHOKE 16795-053 DC IOUTFS/2 IOUTFS = 15.625mA TO 25.977mA Figure 94. DACx Output, DC Path (AC-Coupled Operation) DAC AC IOUTFS /2 IP 50 AC PATH 50 DC IOUTFS/2 RF CHOKE AC ILOAD DACx+ AC PATH DACx- AC ILOAD IN BALUN 2:1 OR 1:1 RF CHOKE IOUTFS = 15.625mA TO 25.977mA Figure 95. DACx Output, AC Path (AC-Coupled Operation) Rev. B | Page 67 of 150 50 LOAD 16795-054 DC IOUTFS/2 AD9175 Data Sheet APPLICATIONS INFORMATION HARDWARE CONSIDERATIONS Power Supply Recommendations All the AD9175 supply domains must remain as noise free as possible for the best operation. Power supply noise has a frequency component that affects performance, and is specified in V rms. An LC filter on the output of the power supply is recommended to attenuate the noise, and must be placed as close to the AD9175 as possible. The AVDD1.0 supply, which supplies the clock receiver and DAC analog core circuitry, and the AVDD1.8 supply, which powers the DAC output and DAC PLL blocks, are the most noise sensitive supplies on the device. It is highly recommended that AVDD1.0 and AVDD1.8 be supplied separately with ultralow noise regulators, such as the ADP1763 and ADM7154 or better to achieve the best phase noise performance possible. Noisier regulators impose phase noise onto the DAC output. The DVDD1.0 supply provides power to the digital datapath blocks and the SVDD1.0 supply powers the SERDES circuitry on the chip. The DVDD1.8 supply powers circuitry blocks related to the SPI, SYNCOUTx transmitter, SYSREF receiver, IRQx, RESET, and TXENx circuitry. Take note of the maximum power consumption numbers shown in Table 4 to ensure the power supply design can tolerate temperature and IC process variation extremes. The amount of current drawn is dependent on the chosen use cases, and specifications are provided for several use cases to illustrate examples and contributions from individual blocks, and to assist in calculating the maximum required current per supply. Another consideration for the power supply design is peak current handling capability. The AD9175 draws more current in the main digital supply when synthesizing a signal with significant amplitude variations, such as a modulated signal, as compared to when in idle mode or synthesizing a dc signal. Therefore, the power supply must be able to supply current quickly to accommodate burst signals such as GSM, TDMA, or other signals that have an on or off time domain response. Because the amount of current variation depends on the signals used, it is best to perform lab testing first to establish ranges. A typical difference can be several hundred milliamperes. Power and Ground Planes Solid ground planes are recommended to avoid ground loops and to provide a solid, uninterrupted ground reference for the high speed transmission lines that require controlled impedances. It is recommended that power planes be stacked between ground layers for high frequency filtering. Doing so adds extra filtering and isolation between power supply domains in addition to the decoupling capacitors. Do not use segmented power planes as a reference for controlled impedances unless the entire length of the controlled impedance trace traverses across only a single segmented plane. These and additional guidelines for the topology of high speed transmission lines are described in the JESD204B Serial Interface Inputs (SERDIN0 to SERDIN7) section. For some applications, where highest performance and higher output frequencies are required, the choice of PCB materials significantly impacts results. For example, materials such as polyimide or materials from the Rogers Corporation can be used, for example, to improve tolerance to high temperatures and improve performance. Rogers 4350 material is used for the top three layers in some of the evaluation board designs: between the top signal layer and the ground layer below it. JESD204B Serial Interface Inputs (SERDIN0 to SERDIN7) When considering the layout of the JESD204B serial interface transmission lines, there are many factors to consider to maintain optimal link performance. Among these factors are insertion loss, return loss, signal skew, and the topology of the differential traces. Insertion Loss The JESD204B specification limits the amount of insertion loss allowed in the transmission channel (see Figure 58). The AD9175 equalization circuitry allows significantly more loss in the channel than is required by the JESD204B specification. It is still important that the designer of the PCB minimize the amount of insertion loss by adhering to the following guidelines: Keep the differential traces short by placing the AD9175 as close to the transmitting logic device as possible and routing the trace as directly as possible between the devices. Route the differential pairs on a single plane using a solid ground plane as a reference. It is recommended to route the SERDES lanes on the same layer as the AD9175 to avoid vias being used in the SERDES lanes. Use a PCB material with a low dielectric constant (<4) to minimize loss, if possible. When choosing between the stripline and microstrip techniques, keep in mind the following considerations: stripline has less loss (see Figure 59 and Figure 60) and emits less EMI, but requires the use of vias that can add complexity to the task of controlling the impedance. The microstrip technique is easier to implement (if the component placement and density allow routing on the top layer) and eases the task of controlling the impedance. Rev. B | Page 68 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 Minimize the number of vias. If possible, use blind vias to eliminate via stub effects and use microvias to minimize via inductance. If using standard vias, use the maximum via length to minimize the stub size. For example, on an 8-layer board, use Layer 7 for the stripline pair (see Figure 96). For each via pair, place a pair of ground vias adjacent to them to minimize the impedance discontinuity (see Figure 96). LAYER 1 ADD GROUND VIAS y STANDARD VIA y DIFF+ LAYER 5 LAYER 6 GND LAYER 7 LAYER 8 y DIFF- LAYER 3 LAYER 4 GND MINIMIZE STUB EFFECT 16795-046 LAYER 2 Figure 96. Minimizing Stub Effect and Adding Ground Vias for Differential Stripline Traces Return Loss Topology Structure the differential SERDINx pairs to achieve 50 to ground for each half of the pair. Stripline vs. microstrip tradeoffs are described in the Insertion Loss section. In either case, it is important to keep these transmission lines separated from potential noise sources, such as high speed digital signals and noisy supplies. If using stripline differential traces, route them using a coplanar method, with both traces on the same layer. Although this method does not offer more noise immunity than the broadside routing method (traces routed on adjacent layers), it is easier to route and manufacture so that the impedance continuity is maintained. Broadside vs. coplanar differential transmitter (Tx) lines are shown in Figure 97. Tx DIFF A Tx DIFF B The JESD204B specification limits the amount of return loss allowed in a converter device and a logic device but does not specify return loss for the channel. However, make every effort to maintain a continuous impedance on the transmission line between the transmitting logic device and the AD9175. Minimizing the use of vias, or eliminating them entirely, reduces one of the primary sources for impedance mismatches on a transmission line (see the Insertion Loss section). Maintain a solid reference beneath (for microstrip) or above and below (for stripline) the differential traces to ensure continuity in the impedance of the transmission line. If the stripline technique is used, follow the guidelines listed in the Insertion Loss section to minimize impedance mismatches and stub effects. Another primary source for impedance mismatch is at either end of the transmission line, where care must be taken to match the impedance of the termination to that of the transmission line. The AD9175 handles this matching internally with a calibrated termination scheme for the receiving end of the line. See the Interface Power-Up and Input Termination section for details on this circuit and the calibration routine. Tx ACTIVE BROADSIDE DIFFERENTIAL Tx LINES Tx DIFF A Tx DIFF B Tx ACTIVE COPLANAR DIFFERENTIAL Tx LINES Figure 97. Broadside vs. Coplanar Differential Stripline Routing Techniques When considering the trace width vs. copper weight and thickness, the speed of the interface must be considered. At multigigabit speeds, the skin effect of the conducting material confines the current flow to the surface. Maximize the surface area of the conductor by making the trace width wider to reduce the losses. Additionally, loosely couple differential traces to accommodate the wider trace widths. This coupling helps reduce the crosstalk and minimize the impedance mismatch when the traces must separate to accommodate components, vias, connectors, or other routing obstacles. Tightly coupled vs. loosely coupled differential traces are shown in Figure 98. Tx DIFF A Tx DIFF B TIGHTLY COUPLED DIFFERENTIAL Tx LINES Signal Skew Tx DIFF A Tx DIFF B LOOSELY COUPLED DIFFERENTIAL Tx LINES Figure 98. Tightly Coupled vs. Loosely Coupled Differential Traces There are many sources for signal skew, but the two sources to consider when laying out a PCB are interconnect skew within a single JESD204B link and skew between multiple JESD204B links. In each case, keeping the channel lengths matched to within 10 mm (calculated by 12.5 mm x (12.5 Gbps/15.4 Gbps)) is adequate for operating the JESD204B link at speeds of up to 15.4 Gbps. This amount of channel length match is equivalent to about 85% UI on the AD9175-FMC-EBZ evaluation board. Managing the interconnect skew within a single link is straightforward. Managing multiple links across multiple 16795-047 devices is more complex. However, follow the 10 mm guideline for length matching. The AD9175 can handle more skew than the 85% UI due to the 6 PCLK buffer in the JESD204B receiver, but matching the channel lengths as close as possible is still recommended. AC Coupling Capacitors The AD9175 requires that the JESD204B input signals be ac-coupled to the source. These capacitors must be 100 nF and placed as close as possible to the transmitting logic device. To minimize the impedance mismatch at the pads, select the package size of the capacitor so that the pad size on the PCB matches the trace width as closely as possible. Rev. B | Page 69 of 150 16795-048 If using the top layer of the PCB is problematic or the advantages of stripline are desirable, follow these recommendations: AD9175 Data Sheet SYNCOUT, SYSREF, and CLK Signals SYNCOUTx signal from other noisy signals because noise on the SYNCOUTx may be interpreted as a request for /K/ characters. It is important to keep similar trace lengths for the CLK and SYSREF signals from the clock source to each of the devices on either end of the JESD204B links (see Figure 99). If using a clock chip that can tightly control the phase of CLK and SYSREF, the trace length matching requirements are greatly reduced. The SYSREF signal on the AD9175 is a low speed, LVDS, differential signal. The SYNCOUTx signals are LVDS or CMOS selectable. When LVDS mode is selected, use controlled impedance traces routed as 100 differential impedance and 50 to ground when routing these signals. As with the SERDIN0 to SERDIN7 data pairs, it is important to keep these signals separated from potential noise sources, such as high speed digital signals and noisy supplies. Separate the LANE 0 LANE 1 Tx DEVICE Rx DEVICE LANE N - 1 LANE N DEVICE CLOCK SYSREF CLOCK SOURCE (AD9516-1, ADCLK925) SYSREF TRACE LENGTH DEVICE CLOCK TRACE LENGTH DEVICE CLOCK SYSREF TRACE LENGTH DEVICE CLOCK TRACE LENGTH Figure 99. SYSREF Signal and Device Clock Trace Length Rev. B | Page 70 of 150 16795-049 SYSREF Data Sheet AD9175 START-UP SEQUENCE Several steps are required to program the AD9175 to the proper operating state after the device is powered up. This sequence is divided into several steps, and is listed in Table 50 to Table 59, along with an explanation of the purpose of each step. Private registers are reserved but must be written for proper operation. Blank cells or cells with a variable or bit field name (in all capital letters) in Table 50 to Table 59 indicate that the value depends on the result as described in the Description column. Table 50. Power-Up and Required Register Writes R/W W W W W W W Register 0x000 0x000 0x091 0x206 0x705 0x090 Bits [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] Value 0x81 0x3C 0x00 0x01 0x01 0x00 Description Soft reset. Release reset and set to 4-wire SPI (optional; leave at the default of the 3-wire SPI). Power up clock receiver. Take PHYs out of reset. Enable boot loader. Power on DACs and bias circuitry. Table 51. DAC PLL Configuration R/W W Register 0x095 Bits [7:0] Value 0x00 or 0x01 W 0x790 [7:0] 0xFF or 0x00 W 0x791 [7:0] 0x1F or 0x00 W W W 0x796 0x7A0 0x794 [7:0] [7:0] [5:0] 0xE5 0xBC DACPLL_CP W W W W 0x797 0x797 0x798 0x7A2 Pause 0x799 [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] 0x10 0x20 0x10 0x7F [7:6] ADC_CLK_DIVIDER [5:0] N_DIVIDER [7:2] [1:0] 0x06 M_DIVIDER_1 W W 0x793 Description Bypass PLL. Set to 0x00 to use internal DAC PLL. If the user plans to supply the DAC clock directly, set this register to 0x01 and execute the following two register writes; then, skip the remaining writes in this table. Write this register to 0xFF if bypassing the PLL (Register 0x095 = 0x01). If using the PLL, write this register to 0x00. Write this register to 0xFF if bypassing the PLL (Register 0x095 = 0x01) and then skip the remaining register writes in this table and continue to Table 52. If using the PLL, write this register to 0x00 as well as the remainder of the register writes in this table. DAC PLL required write. DAC PLL required write. Set DAC PLL charge pump current. The recommended setting is 0x08, but can range from 0x04 to 0x10 for different phase noise performance targets. DAC PLL required write. DAC PLL required write. DAC PLL required write. DAC PLL required write. Wait 100 ms. DAC PLL divider settings. ADC driver/clock output divide ratio. 0b00 = /1. 0b01 = /2. 0b10 = /3. 0b11 = /4. Programmable N divider. N_DIVIDER = (fDAC M_DIVIDER)/(8 reference clock). DAC PLL divider settings. Keep default value for these bits. Programmable predivider M_DIVIDER_1 (in n - 1 notation). The relevant calculation is as follows: PFD Frequency = reference clock/M_DIVIDER 0b00 = /1. 0b01 = /2. 0b10 = /3. 0b11 = /4. Rev. B | Page 71 of 150 AD9175 R/W W W W R Data Sheet Register 0x094 0x792 0x792 Pause 0x7B5 Bits [7:2] 1 Value 0x00 PLL_VCO_DIV3_EN 0 PLL_VCO_DIV2_EN [7:0] [7:0] 0x02 0x00 0 0b1 Description Keep default value for these bits. Enable PLL output clock to be divided by 3. If this bit is set to 1, DAC clock = PLL VCO frequency/3. Enable PLL output clock to be divided by 2. Either this bit or Bit 1 in this register can be set to 1, but both bits cannot be set at the same time (there is no divide by 6 option). 0b0: DAC clock = PLL VCO frequency. 0b1: DAC clock = PLL VCO frequency/2. Reset VCO. Wait 100 ms for PLL to lock. Ensure PLL is locked by reading back a value of 1 for bit 0 of this register. Table 52. Delay Lock Loop (DLL) Configuration R/W W W W W W W W R Register 0x0C0 0x0DB 0x0DB 0x0DB 0x0C1 0x0C1 0x0C7 0x0C3 Bits [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] 0 Value 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x68 or 0x48 0x69 or 0x49 0x01 0b1 Description Power-up delay line. Update DLL settings to circuitry. Set DLL search mode. If fDAC is < 4.5 GHz, set this register to 0x48. Otherwise, set this register to 0x68. Set DLL search mode. If fDAC is < 4.5 GHz, set this register to 0x49. Otherwise, set this register to 0x69. Enable DLL read status. Ensure DLL is locked by reading back a value of 1 for Bit 0 of this register. Table 53. Calibration R/W W W W W W Register 0x050 0x061 0x051 0x051 0x081 Bits [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] Value 0x2A 0x68 0x82 0x83 0x03 Description Optimized calibration setting register write. Required calibration control register write. Optimized calibration setting register write. Required calibration control register write. Required calibration control register write. Table 54. JESD204B Mode Setup R/W W W Register 0x100 0x110 Bits [7:0] [5:0] Value 0x00 JESD_MODE W 0x111 [7:4] DP_INTERP_MODE [3:0] CH_INTERP_MODE 6 SYSREF_INPUTMODE 0 SYSREF_PD W W 0x084 0x312 [7:4] Description Power up digital datapath clocks when internal clocks are stable. Bit 5 of the JESD_MODE bit field determines whether the device is operating in single link or dual link modes. 0 = single-link mode; 1 = dual-link mode. Bits[4:0] determine the SERDES JESD204B mode of operation chosen from the appropriate single-link or dual-link modes in Table 15 or Table 16. Main datapath interpolation mode. The valid interpolation options for this control is based on the JESD_MODE selected in Register 0x110. Bit 7 of Register 0x110 equals 1 if the JESD_MODE, DP_INTERP_MODE, and CH_INTERP_MODE settings are not a valid combination. Channel datapath interpolation mode. The valid interpolation options for this control is based on the JESD_MODE selected in Register 0x110. Bit 7 of Register 0x110 equals 1 if the JESD_MODE, DP_INTERP_MODE, and CH_INTERP_MODE settings are not a valid combination. SYSREF signal input mode selection. 0b0 = ac-coupled. 0b1 = dc-coupled. If using Subclass 0, this bit can be set to 1 to power down the SYSREF receiver. If using Subclass 1, keep at the default of 0. Set SYNCOUTx error duration, depending on the selected mode. Rev. B | Page 72 of 150 Data Sheet R/W W Register 0x300 W W 0x475 0x453 W 0x458 W W 0x475 0x300 W W 0x475 0x453 W 0x458 W 0x475 AD9175 Bits 3 Value LINK_MODE 2 0b0 [1:0] LINK_EN [7:0] 7 0x09 SCR [4:0] [7:5] [4:0] [7:0] L-1 SUBCLASSV NP_1 0x01 3 LINK_MODE 2 0b1 [1:0] [7:0] 7 0b00 0x09 SCR [4:0] [7:5] [4:0] [7:0] L_1 SUBCLASSV NP_1 0x01 Description Corresponds to the mode selection made in Register 0x110. 0b0 = single-link mode. 0b1 = dual-link mode. Select Link 0 for setup. This bit selects the link QBD being paged. 0b0 = Link 0 (QBD0). 0b1 = Link 1 (QBD1). Enables the links. 0b01 = single-link mode. 0b11 = dual link mode. Soft reset the JESD204B quad-byte deframer. Set scrambling option for SERDES data. 0 = disable scrambling. 1 = enable scrambling. Write the L value (in n - 1 notation) for the selected JESD_MODE. For Subclass 0, set this bit to 0. For Subclass 1, set this bit to 1. Write the NP value (in n - 1 notation) for the selected JESD_MODE. Bring the JESD204B quad-byte deframer out of reset. If running in dual link mode, repeat writes for Link 1 as follows. If running in single-link mode, skip the remaining steps in this table. Corresponds to the mode selection made in Register 0x110. 0b0 = single-link mode. 0b1 = dual link mode. Select Link 1 for setup. This bit selects which link QBD is being paged. 0b0 = Link 0 (QBD0). 0b1 = Link 1 (QBD1). Keep links disabled until end of routine. Soft reset the JESD204B quad-byte deframer. Set scrambling option for SERDES data. 0 = disable scrambling. 1 = enable scrambling. Write the L value (in n - 1 notation) for the selected JESD_MODE. For Subclass 0, set this bit to 0. For Subclass 1, set this bit to 1. Write the NP value (in n - 1 notation) for the selected JESD_MODE. Bring the JESD204B quad-byte deframer out of reset. Rev. B | Page 73 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet Table 55 lists optional registers to configure the channel datapaths if they are being configured for a specific application. If the channel datapaths are bypassed (CH_INTERP_MODE = 1 for 1 channel interpolation), Table 55 can be skipped in the start-up sequence. Table 55. Channel Datapath Setup: Digital Gain and Channel NCOs R/W W Register 0x008 Bits [5:0] W 0x146 [7:0] W W 0x147 0x130 [7:0] 6 Value 2 1 0 W W W W W W W 0x132 0x133 0x134 0x135 0x136 0x137 0x138 [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] W 0x139 [7:0] W W W W W W W W W W W W W 0x13A 0x13B 0x13C 0x13D 0x13E 0x13F 0x140 0x141 0x142 0x143 0x144 0x145 0x131 [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] 0 0b1 Description CHANNEL_PAGE. Select the channels to be programmed at the same time (or repeat this block for each channel to independently program values). Bit x of this control corresponds to the Channel x datapath. CHNL_GAIN[7:0]. Write LSBs of channel digital gain. Configure digital gain for selected channels in Paging Register 0x008. Calculation: CHNL_GAIN = 211 x 10(dB Gain/20) where dB Gain is the gain value in dB for the channel gain desired. CHNL_GAIN[11:8]. Write MSBs of channel digital gain. Calculations shown in Register 0x146. Enable NCO for selected channels in paging Register 0x008. 0b0 = disable NCO. 0b1 = enable NCO. Enable NCO modulus for selected channels in paging Register 0x008. 0b0 = disable NCO modulus. 0b1 = enable NCO modulus. Select sideband from modulation result. 0b0 = upper sideband. 0b1 = lower sideband (spectral flip). If dc test mode or NCO test mode is desired, set this bit to 1 to enable the test tone generation. Otherwise, set this bit to the default value of 0. Integer NCO mode calculation: DDSC_FTW = (fCARRIER/fNCO) 248, where fNCO = fDATA/CH_INTERP_MODE. Write DDSC_FTW[7:0]. Write DDSC_FTW[15:8]. Write DDSC_FTW[23:16]. Write DDSC_FTW[31:24]. Write DDSC_FTW[39:32]. Write DDSC_FTW[47:40]. Write DDSC_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET[7:0]. Calculation: DDSC_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET = (Degrees Offset/180) 215. Write DDSC_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET[15:8]. If using NCO modulus mode, also program modulus parameters. If not, skip this section. For modulus NCO mode: (fCARRIER/fNCO) = (X + (A/B))/248 where DDSC_ACC_DELTA = A, DDSC_ACC_MODULUS = B, and DDSC_FTW = X. Write DDSC_ACC_MODULUS[7:0]. Write DDSC_ACC_MODULUS[15:8]. Write DDSC_ACC_MODULUS[23:16]. Write DDSC_ACC_MODULUS[31:24]. Write DDSC_ACC_MODULUS[39:32]. Write DDSC_ACC_MODULUS[47:40]. Write DDSC_ACC_DELTA[7:0]. Write DDSC_ACC_DELTA[15:8]. Write DDSC_ACC_DELTA[23:16]. Write DDSC_ACC_DELTA[31:24]. Write DDSC_ACC_DELTA[39:32]. Write DDSC_ACC_DELTA[47:40]. Update all NCO phase and FTW words. Rev. B | Page 74 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 Table 56 lists optional registers to configure the main DAC datapaths if they are being configured for a specific application. If the main DAC datapaths are bypassed (DP_INTERP_MODE = 1 for 1 channel interpolation), Table 56 can be skipped in the start-up sequence. Table 56. Main DAC Datapath Setup: PA Protect and Main NCOs R/W W Register 0x008 Bits [7:6] W 0x112 3 Value 2 1 0 W W W W W W W W 0x114 0x115 0x116 0x117 0x118 0x119 0x11C 0x11D [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] W W W W W W W W W W W W W 0x124 0x125 0x126 0x127 0x128 0x129 0x12A 0x12B 0x12C 0x12D 0x12E 0x12F 0x113 [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] 0 0b1 Description MAINDAC_PAGE. Select the main DAC datapath to be programmed at the same time (or repeat this block for each DAC datapath to independently program values). Bit x of this control corresponds to the DAC x datapath. Enable NCO for selected channels in paging Register 0x008. 0b0 = disable NCO. 0b1 = enable NCO. Enable NCO modulus for selected channels in paging Register 0x008. 0b0 = disable NCO modulus. 0b1 = enable NCO modulus. Select sideband from modulation result. 0b0 = upper sideband. 0b1 = lower sideband (spectral flip). Set this bit to 0. Integer NCO mode calculation: DDSM_FTW = (fCARRIER/fDAC) 248. Write DDSM_FTW[7:0]. Write DDSM_FTW[15:8]. Write DDSM_FTW[23:16]. Write DDSM_FTW[31:24]. Write DDSM_FTW[39:32]. Write DDSM_FTW[47:40]. Write DDSM_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET[7:0]. Calculation: DDSM_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET = (degrees offset/180) x 215. Write DDSM_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET[15:8]. If using NCO modulus mode, also program modulus parameters. If not, skip this section. For modulus NCO mode: (fCARRIER/fDAC) = (X + (A/B))/248, where DDSM_ACC_DELTA = A, DDSM_ACC_MODULUS = B, and DDSM_FTW = X. Write DDSM_ACC_MODULUS[7:0]. Write DDSM_ACC_MODULUS[15:8]. Write DDSM_ACC_MODULUS[23:16]. Write DDSM_ACC_MODULUS[31:24]. Write DDSM_ACC_MODULUS[39:32]. Write DDSM_ACC_MODULUS[47:40]. Write DDSM_ACC_DELTA[7:0]. Write DDSM_ACC_DELTA[15:8]. Write DDSM_ACC_DELTA[23:16]. Write DDSM_ACC_DELTA[31:24]. Write DDSM_ACC_DELTA[39:32]. Write DDSM_ACC_DELTA[47:40]. Update all NCO phase and FTW words. Rev. B | Page 75 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet Table 57. JESD204B SERDES Required Interface Setup R/W W Register 0x240 Bits [7:0] W 0x241 [7:0] W 0x242 [7:0] W 0x243 [7:0] W W W W W W W W W W 0x244 0x245 0x246 0x247 0x248 0x249 0x24A 0x24B 0x201 0x203 [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] 1 Value 0xAA or 0xFF 0xAA or 0xFF 0x55 or 0xFF 0x55 or 0xFF 0x1F 0x1F 0x1F 0x1F 0x1F 0x1F 0x1F 0x1F 0b0 Description EQ settings determined by amount of insertion loss according to Table 22. For insertion loss 11 dB, set to 0xAA; otherwise, set to 0xFF. EQ settings determined by amount of insertion loss according to Table 22. For insertion loss 11 dB, set to 0xAA; otherwise, set to 0xFF. EQ settings determined by amount of insertion loss according to Table 22. For insertion loss 11 dB, set to 0x55; otherwise, set to 0xFF. EQ settings determined by amount of insertion loss according to Table 22. For insertion loss 11 dB, set to 0x55; otherwise, set to 0xFF. EQ settings. EQ settings. EQ settings. EQ settings. EQ settings. EQ settings. EQ settings. EQ settings. Power down unused PHYs. Bit x corresponds to SERDINx pin power-down. If in single-link mode, set to 0x01. If in dual-link mode and using both SYNCOUTx signals, set to 0x00. Power up SYNCOUT0 driver by setting this bit to 0. Power up SYNCOUT1 driver by setting this bit to 0 if using dual link and both SYNCOUTx signals. Set SYNCOUT0 to be LVDS output. For CMOS output on SYNCOUT0+, set Bit 0 to 0. 0 W 0x253 [7:0] 0x01 W 0x254 [7:0] 0x01 W W W W W W W W W 0x210 0x216 0x212 0x212 0x210 0x216 0x213 0x213 0x200 Pause 0x210 0x216 0x213 0x213 0x210 0x216 0x213 0x213 0x210 0x216 0x213 0x213 0x280 0x280 0x281 [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] 0x16 0x05 0xFF 0x00 0x87 0x11 0x01 0x00 0x00 [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] 0 0x86 0x40 0x01 0x00 0x86 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x87 0x01 0x01 0x00 0x05 0x01 0b1 W W W W W W W W W W W W W W R Set SYNCOUT1 to be LVDS output. For CMOS output on SYNCOUT1+, set Bit 0 to 0. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. Power up the SERDES circuitry blocks. Wait 100 ms. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. SERDES required register write. Start up SERDES PLL circuitry blocks and initiate SERDES PLL calibration. Ensure Bit 0 of this register reads back 1 to indicate the SERDSES PLL is locked. Rev. B | Page 76 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 Crossbar mapping writes the SERDINx input pin that is the source for each given logical lane in these registers. A value of x corresponds to mapping data from the SERDINx pin to the logical lane of the control bit field. The values in Table 58 vary with different PCB layout routing. Table 58. Transport Layer Setup, Synchronization, and Enable Links R/W W Register 0x308 Bits [7:0] W W W W W W 0x309 0x30A 0x30B 0x306 0x307 0x304 [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] W 0x305 [7:0] W 0x03B [7:0] 0xF1 W 0x03A SYSREF 0x300 [7:0] 0x02 3 LINK_MODE 2 0b0 [1:0] LINK_EN W Value 0x0C 0x0C Description Crossbar setup. Program the physical lane value that is providing data (the source) for each of the logical lanes. [5:3] = Logical Lane 1 source, [2:0] = Logical Lane 0 source. [5:3] = Logical Lane 3 source, [2:0] = Logical Lane 2 source. [5:3] = Logical Lane 5 source, [2:0] = Logical Lane 4 source. [5:3] = Logical Lane 7 source, [2:0] = Logical Lane 6 source. If operating in Subclass 0, this register write is not needed. If operating in Subclass 0, this register write is not needed. If operating in Subclass 0, this register write is not needed. For Subclass 1, these values must be determined by following one of the deterministic latency methods (with or without known delays), as mentioned in the Link Delay section. If operating in Subclass 0, this register write is not needed. For Subclass 1, these values must be determined by following one of the deterministic latency methods (with or without known delays), as mentioned in the Link Delay section. Enable the sync logic, and set the rotation mode to reset the synchronization logic upon a sync reset trigger. Set up sync for one-shot sync mode. If operating in Subclass 1, send SYSREF pulse edges to the device for synchronization alignment. Corresponds to the mode selection made in Register 0x110. 0b0 = single-link mode. 0b1 = dual-link mode. Select Link 0 for setup. This bit selects which link QBD is being paged. 0b0 = Link 0 (QBD0). 0b1 = Link 1 (QBD1). Enables the links. 0b01 = single-link mode. 0b11 = dual-link mode. Table 59. Cleanup Registers R/W W W W W Register 0x085 0x1DE 0x008 0x596 Bits [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] Value 0x13 0x00 0xC0 0x0C Description Set to the default register value. Disable analog SPI. To debug and continue readback capability, write 0x03. Page all main DACs for TXEN control update. SPI turn on TXENx feature. Rev. B | Page 77 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet REGISTER SUMMARY Table 60. Register Summary Reg. 0x000 0x001 0x003 0x004 0x005 0x006 0x008 0x00A 0x010 0x011 0x012 0x013 0x020 Name SPI_ INTFCONFA SPI_ INTFCONFB SPI_ CHIPTYPE SPI_ PRODIDL SPI_ PRODIDH SPI_ CHIPGRADE SPI_ PAGEINDX SPI_ SCRATCHPAD CHIP_ ID_L CHIP_ ID_M1 CHIP_ ID_M2 CHIP_ ID_H IRQ_ ENABLE Bit 7 SOFTRESET_M Bit 6 LSBFIRST_M SINGLEINS CSSTALL Bit 5 ADDRINC_ M RESERVED RESERVED 0x023 IRQ_ ENABLE2 0x024 IRQ_ STATUS 0x025 IRQ_ STATUS0 RESERVED 0x026 IRQ_ STATUS1 RESERVED 0x027 IRQ_ STATUS2 0x028 IRQ_ OUTPUT_ MUX IRQ_ OUTPUT_ MUX0 RESERVED EN_ DLL_ LOST RESERVED RESERVED IRQ_ DLL_ LOST RESERVED EN_ DLL_ LOCK IRQ_ SYSREF_ JITTER IRQ_ DLL_ LOCK MUX_ SYSREF_ JITTER RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED Bit 0 SOFTRESET RW R/W 0x00 R/W CHIP_TYPE 0x04 R PROD_ID[7:0] 0x75 R PROD_ID[15:8] 0x91 R 0x04 R 0xFF R/W SCRATCHPAD 0x00 R/W CHIP_ID[7:0] 0x00 R CHIP_ID[15:8] 0x00 R CHIP_ID[23:16] 0x00 R CHIP_ID[31:24] 0x00 R EN_ PRBSI 0x00 R/W RESERVED EN_ PAERR0 0x00 R/W RESERVED EN_ PAERR1 0x00 R/W EN_ PLL_ LOCK IRQ_ PRBSI 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W RESERVED IRQ_ PAERR0 0x00 R/W RESERVED IRQ_ PAERR1 0x00 R/W IRQ_ PLL_ LOCK MUX_ PRBSI 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W RESERVED MUX_ PAERR0 0x00 R/W RESERVED MUX_ PAERR1 0x00 R/W MUX_ PLL_ LOCK 0x00 R/W DEV_REVISION EN_ SYSREF_ JITTER IRQ_ ENABLE1 IRQ_ OUTPUT_ MUX2 Bit 1 LSBFIRST CHANNEL_PAGE 0x022 0x02B Reset 0x00 MAINDAC_PAGE RESERVED IRQ_ OUTPUT_ MUX1 Bit 2 ADDRINC PROD_GRADE IRQ_ ENABLE0 0x02A Bit 3 SDOACTIVE RESERVED 0x021 0x029 Bit 4 SDOACTIVE_ M MUX_ DLL_ LOST EN_ DATA_ READY EN_ DAC0_ CAL_ DONE EN_ DAC1_ CAL_ DONE EN_LANE_ FIFO EN_ PRBSQ RESERVED IRQ_ DATA_ READY IRQ_ DAC0_ CAL_ DONE IRQ_ DAC1_ CAL_ DONE EN_ PLL_ LOST IRQ_ PRBSQ IRQ_LANE_ FIFO RESERVED MUX_ DATA_ READY MUX_ DAC0_ CAL_ DONE MUX_ DAC1_ CAL_ DONE MUX_ DLL_ LOCK Rev. B | Page 78 of 150 MUX_LANE_ FIFO RESERVED IRQ_ PLL_ LOST MUX_ PRBSQ MUX_ PLL_ LOST Data Sheet Reg. 0x02C Name IRQ_ STATUS_ALL 0x036 SYSREF_ COUNT SYSREF_ ERR_WINDOW SYSREF_ MODE 0x039 0x03A 0x03B ROTATION_ MODE 0x03F TX_ ENABLE 0x050 CAL_ CLK_DIV CAL_ CTRL CAL_ STAT 0x051 0x052 0x05A 0x061 0x081 0x083 0x084 0x085 0x08D 0x08F 0x090 0x091 0x094 0x095 0x09A 0x0C0 0x0C1 0x0C3 0x0C7 0x0CC 0x0CD 0x0DB 0x0FF FSC1 CAL_ DEBUG0 CLK_ CTRL NVM_ CTRL0 SYSREF_ CTRL NVM_ CTRL1 ADC_ CLK_CTRL0 ADC_ CLK_CTRL2 AD9175 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 DLL_ FINE_DELAY0 DLL_ FINE_DELAY1 DLL_ UPDATE MOD_ SWITCH_ DEBUG Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 IRQ_ STATUS_ ALL Reset 0x00 RW R/W 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x10 R/W 0xB0 R/W RESERVED 0x00 R/W CAL_CLK_DIV 0x28 R/W 0x82 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x28 0x60 R/W R/W 0x00 R/W 0x02 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x13 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x03 R/W 0x01 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x31 R/W 0x70 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W SYSREF_COUNT RESERVED SYSREF_ERR_WINDOW RESERVED SYNCLOGIC_ EN RESERVED RESERVED PERIODIC_ RST_ EN TXEN_ DATAPATH_ DAC1 RESERVED CAL_ CTRL0 SYNC_ ROTATION_ DONE NCORST_ AFTER_ ROT_ EN TXEN_ DATAPATH_ DAC0 RESERVED CAL_CTRL1 RESERVED RESERVED CAL_ CTRL2 NVM_ CTRL0A RESERVED CAL_ CTRL3 SYSREF_ RESERVED MODE_ ONESHOT ROTATION_MODE RESERVED RESERVED CAL_ ACTIVE FSC_CTRL[7:0] RESERVED CAL_ CTRL4 RESERVED SYSREF_ INPUTMODE RESERVED CAL_ START CAL_ FINISH CAL_ FAIL_ SEARCH RESERVED CAL_ CLK_PD1 RESERVED CAL_CLK_ PD0 NVM_CTRL0B RESERVED NVM_CTRL1A RESERVED NVM_ CTRL1B CLKOUT_SWING RESERVED RESERVED DAC_ POWERDOWN ACLK_ CTRL PLL_ CLK_DIV PLL_ BYPASS NVM_ CTRL DELAY_ LINE_PD DLL_ CTRL0 DLL_ STATUS DLL_ READ Bit 4 RESERVED RESERVED DAC_ PD1 RESERVED RESERVED PLL_ VCO_ DIV3_EN RESERVED PD_BGR SYSREF_ PD NVM_ CTRL1C PD_ CLKOUT_ DRIVER DAC_ PD0 ACLK_ POWER-DOWN PLL_ VCO_ DIV2_EN PLL_BYPASS RESERVED RESERVED DLL_CTRL1C DLL_ CTRL0B DLL_ CTRL1B DLL_ CTRL0A RESERVED DLL_CTRL1A RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED DLL_ PD DLL_ ENABLE DLL_ LOCK DLL_ READ_ EN RESERVED DLL_FINE_DELAY0 0x00 R/W RESERVED DLL_FINE_DELAY1 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W RESERVED RESERVED Rev. B | Page 79 of 150 CMPLX_ MOD_ DIV2_DISABLE DLL_ DELAY_ UPDATE RESERVED AD9175 Data Sheet Reg. 0x100 Name DIG_ RESET Bit 7 Bit 6 0x110 JESD_ MODE MODE_ NOT_IN_ TABLE COM_ SYNC 0x111 INTRP_ MODE DDSM_ DATAPATH_ CFG DDSM_ FTW_ UPDATE DDSM_ FTW0 DDSM_ FTW1 DDSM_ FTW2 DDSM_ FTW3 DDSM_ FTW4 DDSM_ FTW5 DDSM_ PHASE_ OFFSET0 DDSM_ PHASE_ OFFSET1 DDSM_ ACC_ MODULUS0 DDSM_ ACC_ MODULUS1 DDSM_ ACC_ MODULUS2 DDSM_ ACC_ MODULUS3 DDSM_ ACC_ MODULUS4 DDSM_ ACC_ MODULUS5 DDSM_ ACC_ DELTA0 DDSM_ ACC_ DELTA1 DDSM_ ACC_ DELTA2 DDSM_ ACC_ DELTA3 DDSM_ ACC_ DELTA4 DDSM_ ACC_ DELTA5 DDSC_ DATAPATH_ CFG 0x112 0x113 0x114 0x115 0x116 0x117 0x118 0x119 0x11C 0x11D 0x124 0x125 0x126 0x127 0x128 0x129 0x12A 0x12B 0x12C 0x12D 0x12E 0x12F 0x130 Bit 5 Bit 4 RESERVED Bit 3 Bit 2 Reset 0x01 RW R/W EN_ CMPLX_ MOD RESERVED RESERVED 0x20 R/W 0x84 R/W 0x01 R/W 0x00 R/W DDSM_FTW[7:0] 0x00 R/W DDSM_FTW[15:8] 0x00 R/W DDSM_FTW[23:16] 0x00 R/W DDSM_FTW[31:24] 0x00 R/W DDSM_FTW[39:32] 0x00 R/W DDSM_FTW[47:40] 0x00 R/W DDSM_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET[7:0] 0x00 R/W DDSM_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET[15:8] 0x00 R/W DDSM_ACC_MODULUS[7:0] 0x00 R/W DDSM_ACC_MODULUS[15:8] 0x00 R/W DDSM_ACC_MODULUS[23:16] 0x00 R/W DDSM_ACC_MODULUS[31:24] 0x00 R/W DDSM_ACC_MODULUS[39:32] 0x00 R/W DDSM_ACC_MODULUS[47:40] 0x00 R/W DDSM_ACC_DELTA[7:0] 0x00 R/W DDSM_ACC_DELTA[15:8] 0x00 R/W DDSM_ACC_DELTA[23:16] 0x00 R/W DDSM_ACC_DELTA[31:24] 0x00 R/W DDSM_ACC_DELTA[39:32] 0x00 R/W DDSM_ACC_DELTA[47:40] 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W CH_INTERP_MODE DDSM_MODE DDSM_ NCO_ EN RESERVED DDSM_FTW_REQ_MODE DDSC_ NCO_ EN Bit 0 DIG_ DATAPATH_ PD JESD_MODE DP_INTERP_MODE RESERVED Bit 1 RESERVED Rev. B | Page 80 of 150 DDSM_ MODULUS_ EN DDSM_FTW_ LOAD_SYSREF DDSC_ MODULUS_ EN DDSM_SEL_ SIDEBAND DDSM_FTW_ LOAD_ACK DDSC_SEL_ SIDEBAND EN_SYNC_ ALL_CHNL_ NCO_RESETS DDSM_FTW_ LOAD_REQ DDSC_EN_ DC_INPUT Data Sheet Reg. 0x131 0x132 0x133 0x134 0x135 0x136 0x137 0x138 0x139 0x13A 0x13B 0x13C 0x13D 0x13E 0x13F 0x140 0x141 0x142 0x143 0x144 0x145 0x146 0x147 0x148 0x149 0x14B 0x14C 0x14D Name DDSC_ FTW_ UPDATE DDSC_ FTW0 DDSC_ FTW1 DDSC_ FTW2 DDSC_ FTW3 DDSC_ FTW4 DDSC_ FTW5 DDSC_ PHASE_ OFFSET0 DDSC_ PHASE_ OFFSET1 DDSC_ ACC_ MODULUS0 DDSC_ ACC_ MODULUS1 DDSC_ ACC_ MODULUS2 DDSC_ ACC_ MODULUS3 DDSC_ ACC_ MODULUS4 DDSC_ ACC_ MODULUS5 DDSC_ ACC_ DELTA0 DDSC_ ACC_ DELTA1 DDSC_ ACC_ DELTA2 DDSC_ ACC_ DELTA3 DDSC_ ACC_ DELTA4 DDSC_ ACC_ DELTA5 CHNL_ GAIN0 CHNL_ GAIN1 DC_CAL_ TONE0 DC_CAL_ TONE1 PRBS PRBS_ ERROR_I PRBS_ ERROR_Q AD9175 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 RESERVED Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 DDSC_FTW_ LOAD_SYSREF Reset 0x00 RW R/W DDSC_FTW[7:0] 0x00 R/W DDSC_FTW[15:8] 0x00 R/W DDSC_FTW[23:16] 0x00 R/W DDSC_FTW[31:24] 0x00 R/W DDSC_FTW[39:32] 0x00 R/W DDSC_FTW[47:40] 0x00 R/W DDSC_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET[7:0] 0x00 R/W DDSC_NCO_PHASE_OFFSET[15:8] 0x00 R/W DDSC_ACC_MODULUS[7:0] 0x00 R/W DDSC_ACC_MODULUS[15:8] 0x00 R/W DDSC_ACC_MODULUS[23:16] 0x00 R/W DDSC_ACC_MODULUS[31:24] 0x00 R/W DDSC_ACC_MODULUS[39:32] 0x00 R/W DDSC_ACC_MODULUS[47:40] 0x00 R/W DDSC_ACC_DELTA[7:0] 0x00 R/W DDSC_ACC_DELTA[15:8] 0x00 R/W DDSC_ACC_DELTA[23:16] 0x00 R/W DDSC_ACC_DELTA[31:24] 0x00 R/W DDSC_ACC_DELTA[39:32] 0x00 R/W DDSC_ACC_DELTA[47:40] 0x00 R/W CHNL_GAIN[7:0] 0x00 R/W 0x08 R/W DC_TEST_INPUT_AMPLITUDE[7:0] 0x00 R/W DC_TEST_INPUT_AMPLITUDE[15:8] 0x00 R/W 0x10 R/W 0x00 R 0x00 R RESERVED PRBS_ GOOD_Q PRBS_ GOOD_I RESERVED Bit 1 DDSC_FTW_ LOAD_ACK Bit 0 DDSC_FTW_ LOAD_REQ CHNL_GAIN[11:8] PRBS_INV_Q PRBS_ INV_I PRBS_COUNT_I PRBS_COUNT_Q Rev. B | Page 81 of 150 PRBS_ MODE PRBS_ RESET PRBS_ EN AD9175 Reg. 0x14E 0x151 0x1DE 0x1E2 0x1E3 0x1E4 0x1E5 0x1E6 0x1E7 0x200 0x201 0x203 0x206 0x210 0x212 0x213 0x216 0x234 0x240 0x241 0x242 0x243 0x244 0x245 0x246 0x247 0x248 0x249 0x24A 0x24B 0x250 0x251 Name PRBS_ CHANSEL DECODE_ MODE Data Sheet Bit 7 Bit 6 RESERVED SPI_ ENABLE DDSM_ CAL_ FTW0 DDSM_ CAL_FTW1 DDSM_ CAL_FTW2 DDSM_ CAL_FTW3 DDSM_ CAL_MODE_ DEF DATAPATH_ NCO_SYNC_ CFG MASTER_ PD PHY_ PD GENERIC_ PD CDR_ RESET CBUS_ ADDR CBUS_ WRSTROBE_ PHY CBUS_ WRSTROBE_ OTHER CBUS_ WDATA CDR_ BITINVERSE EQ_BOOST_ PHY_3_0 EQ_BOOST_ PHY_7_4 EQ_GAIN_ PHY_3_0 EQ_GAIN_ PHY_7_4 EQ_FB_ PHY_0 EQ_FB_ PHY_1 EQ_FB_ PHY_2 EQ_FB_ PHY_3 EQ_FB_ PHY_4 EQ_FB_ PHY_5 EQ_FB_ PHY_6 EQ_FB_ PHY_7 LBT_REG_ CNTRL_0 LBT_REG_ CNTRL_1 Bit 5 RESERVED Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 PRBS_CHANSEL Reset 0x07 RW R/W 0x00 R/W 0x03 R/W DDSM_CAL_FTW[7:0] 0x00 R/W DDSM_CAL_FTW[15:8] 0x00 R/W DDSM_CAL_FTW[23:16] 0x00 R/W DDSM_CAL_FTW[31:24] 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x01 R/W 0xEE R/W PD_ SYNCOUT1 0x01 R/W CDR_ PHY_RESET 0x00 R/W SERDES_CBUS_ADDR 0x00 R/W SERDES_CBUS_WR0 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W SERDES_CBUS_DATA 0x00 R/W SEL_IF_PARDATAINV_DES_RC_CH 0x66 R/W MSB_ SHUFFLE_ EN RESERVED Bit 0 RESERVED SPI_ EN1 RESERVED DDSM_EN_ CAL_ACC RESERVED SPI_ EN0 DDSM_EN_ CAL_DC_ INPUT ALL_NCO_ SYNC_ACK RESERVED DDSM_EN_ CAL_ FREQ_TUNE START_ NCO_ SYNC SERDES_ MASTER_PD PHY_PD RESERVED PD_ SYNCOUT0 RESERVED RESERVED SERDES_ CBUS_ WR1 EQ_BOOST_PHY3 EQ_BOOST_PHY2 EQ_BOOST_PHY1 EQ_BOOST_PHY0 0xFF R/W EQ_BOOST_PHY7 EQ_BOOST_PHY6 EQ_BOOST_PHY5 EQ_BOOST_PHY4 0xFF R/W EQ_GAIN_PHY3 EQ_GAIN_PHY2 EQ_GAIN_PHY1 EQ_GAIN_PHY0 0xFF R/W EQ_GAIN_PHY7 EQ_GAIN_PHY6 EQ_GAIN_PHY5 EQ_GAIN_PHY4 0xFF R/W RESERVED EQ_PHY_0 0x19 R/W RESERVED EQ_PHY1 0x19 R/W RESERVED EQ_PHY2 0x19 R/W RESERVED EQ_PHY3 0x19 R/W RESERVED EQ_PHY4 0x19 R/W RESERVED EQ_PHY5 0x19 R/W RESERVED EQ_PHY6 0x19 R/W RESERVED EQ_PHY7 0x19 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x02 R/W EN_LBT_DES_RC_CH RESERVED Rev. B | Page 82 of 150 EN_LBT_ HALFRATE_ DES_RC INIT_LBT_ SYNC_ DES_RC Data Sheet Reg. 0x253 0x254 0x280 0x281 0x300 0x302 0x303 0x304 0x305 0x306 0x307 0x308 0x309 0x30A 0x30B 0x30C 0x30D 0x311 0x312 0x315 0x316 0x317 0x318 0x319 0x31A 0x31B 0x31C Name SYNCOUT0_ CTRL SYNCOUT1_ CTRL PLL_ENABLE_ CTRL PLL_ STATUS GENERAL_ JRX_CTRL_0 DYN_LINK_ LATENCY_0 DYN_LINK_ LATENCY_1 LMFC_ DELAY_0 LMFC_ DELAY_1 LMFC_ VAR_0 LMFC_ VAR_1 XBAR_ LN_0_1 XBAR_ LN_2_3 XBAR_ LN_4_5 XBAR_ LN_6_7 FIFO_ STATUS_ REG_0 FIFO_STATUS_ REG_1 SYNCOUT_ GEN_0 SYNCOUT_ GEN_1 PHY_ PRBS_ TEST_EN PHY_ PRBS_ TEST_CTRL PHY_ PRBS_TEST_ THRESHOLD_ LOBITS PHY_ PRBS_TEST_ THRESHOLD_ MIDBITS PHY_ PRBS_TEST_ THRESHOLD_ HIBITS PHY_ PRBS_TEST_ ERRCNT_ LOBITS PHY_ PRBS_TEST_ ERRCNT_ MIDBITS PHY_ PRBS_TEST_ ERRCNT_ HIBITS AD9175 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 RESERVED Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 RESERVED RESERVED LOLSTICKYCLEAR_ LCPLL_RC LDSYNTH_ LCPLL_RC RESERVED RESERVED Bit 0 SEL_SYNCOUT0 _MODE SEL_SYNCOUT1 _MODE SERDES_PLL_ STARTUP SERDES_PLL_ LOCK LINK_ EN Reset 0x00 RW R/W 0x00 R/W 0x01 R/W 0x00 R 0x00 R/W 0x00 R RESERVED LINK_ LINK_ MODE PAGE DYN_LINK_LATENCY_0 RESERVED DYN_LINK_LATENCY_1 0x00 R RESERVED LMFC_DELAY_0 0x00 R/W RESERVED LMFC_DELAY_1 0x00 R/W RESERVED LMFC_VAR_0 0x3F R/W RESERVED LMFC_VAR_1 0x3F R/W RESERVED LOGICAL_LANE1_SRC LOGICAL_LANE0_SRC 0x08 R/W RESERVED LOGICAL_LANE3_SRC LOGICAL_LANE2_SRC 0x1A R/W RESERVED LOGICAL_LANE5_SRC LOGICAL_LANE4_SRC 0x2C R/W RESERVED LOGICAL_LANE7_SRC LOGICAL_LANE6_SRC 0x3E R/W LANE_FIFO_FULL 0x00 R LANE_FIFO_EMPTY 0x00 R 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W PHY_PRBS_THRESHOLD_LOBITS 0x00 R/W PHY_PRBS_THRESHOLD_MIDBITS 0x00 R/W PHY_PRBS_THRESHOLD_HIBITS 0x00 R/W PHY_PRBS_ERR_CNT_LOBITS 0x00 R PHY_PRBS_ERR_CNT_MIDBITS 0x00 R PHY_PRBS_ERR_CNT_HIBITS 0x00 R RESERVED EOMF_ MASK_1 EOMF_ MASK_0 EOF_ MASK_1 EOF_ MASK_0 RESERVED SYNC_ERR_DUR PHY_TEST_EN RESERVED PHY_SRC_ERR_CNT PHY_PRBS_PAT_SEL Rev. B | Page 83 of 150 PHY_ TEST_ START PHY_ TEST_ RESET AD9175 Reg. 0x31D 0x31E 0x31F 0x320 0x321 0x322 0x323 0x32C 0x32D 0x32E 0x32F 0x334 0x400 0x401 0x402 0x403 0x404 0x405 0x406 0x407 0x408 0x409 0x40A 0x40B 0x40C 0x40D 0x40E 0x412 0x415 0x416 Name PHY_ PRBS_ TEST_STATUS PHY_DATA_ SNAPSHOT_ CTRL PHY_ SNAPSHOT_ DATA_BYTE0 PHY_ SNAPSHOT_ DATA_BYTE1 PHY_ SNAPSHOT_ DATA_BYTE2 PHY_ SNAPSHOT_ DATA_BYTE3 PHY_ SNAPSHOT_ DATA_BYTE4 SHORT_ TPL_ TEST_0 SHORT_ TPL_ TEST_1 SHORT_ TPL_ TEST_2 SHORT_ TPL_ TEST_3 JESD_BIT_ INVERSE_ CTRL DID_ REG BID_ REG LID0_ REG SCR_L_ REG F_ REG K_ REG M_ REG CS_N_ REG NP_ REG S_ REG HD_CF_ REG RES1_ REG RES2_ REG CHECKSUM0_ REG COMPSUM0_ REG LID1_ REG CHECKSUM1_ REG COMPSUM1_REG Data Sheet Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 PHY_PRBS_PASS Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reset 0xFF RW R PHY_GRAB_ MODE PHY_GRAB_ DATA 0x00 R/W PHY_SNAPSHOT_DATA_BYTE0 0x00 R PHY_SNAPSHOT_DATA_BYTE1 0x00 R PHY_SNAPSHOT_DATA_BYTE2 0x00 R PHY_SNAPSHOT_DATA_BYTE3 0x00 R PHY_SNAPSHOT_DATA_BYTE4 0x00 R 0x00 R/W SHORT_TPL_REF_SP_LSB 0x00 R/W SHORT_TPL_REF_SP_MSB 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W JESD_BIT_INVERSE 0x00 R/W DID_RD 0x00 R BID_RD 0x00 R LL_LID0 0x00 R L_RD_1 0x00 R 0x00 R 0x00 R 0x00 R N_RD_1 0x00 R SUBCLASSV_RD NP_RD_1 0x00 R JESDV_RD_1 S_RD_1 0x00 R CF_RD 0x00 R RES1_RD 0x00 R RES2_RD 0x00 R LL_FCHK0 0x00 R LL_FCMP0 0x00 R 0x00 R LL_FCHK1 0x00 R LL_FCMP1 0x00 R RESERVED SHORT_TPL_SP_SEL SHORT_TPL_ LINK_SEL RESERVED SHORT_TPL_CHAN_SEL SHORT_ TPL_IQ_ SAMPLE_SEL ADJDIR_ RD SCR_ RD RESERVED PHADJ_ RD RESERVED K_RD_1 M_RD_1 CS_RD HD_ RD RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED LL_LID1 Rev. B | Page 84 of 150 SHORT_ TPL_TEST_ EN SHORT_ TPL_FAIL F_RD_1 RESERVED SHORT_ TPL_TEST_ RESET Data Sheet Reg. 0x41A 0x41D 0x41E 0x422 0x425 0x426 0x42A 0x42D 0x42E 0x432 0x435 0x436 0x43A 0x43D 0x43E 0x442 0x445 0x446 0x450 0x451 0x452 0x453 0x454 0x455 0x456 0x457 0x458 0x459 0x45A 0x45B 0x45C 0x45D 0x46C 0x46D 0x46E 0x46F Name LID2_ REG CHECKSUM2_ REG COMPSUM2_REG LID3_ REG CHECKSUM3_ REG COMPSUM3_ REG LID4_ REG CHECKSUM4_ REG COMPSUM4_REG LID5_ REG CHECKSUM5_ REG COMPSUM5_ REG LID6_ REG CHECKSUM6_ REG COMPSUM6_ REG LID7_ REG CHECKSUM7_ REG COMPSUM7_ REG ILS_ DID ILS_ BID ILS_ LID0 ILS_ SCR_L ILS_ F ILS_ K ILS_ M ILS_ CS_N ILS_ NP ILS_ S ILS_ HD_CF ILS_ RES1 ILS_ RES2 ILS_ CHECKSUM LANE_ DESKEW BAD_ DISPARITY NOT_ IN_TABLE UNEXPECTED_ KCHAR AD9175 Bit 7 Bit 6 RESERVED Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reset 0x00 RW R 0x00 R 0x00 0x00 R R LL_FCHK3 0x00 R LL_FCMP3 0x00 R 0x00 R 0x00 R 0x00 0x00 R R LL_FCHK5 0x00 R LL_FCMP5 0x00 R 0x00 R LL_FCHK6 0x00 R LL_FCMP6 0x00 R 0x00 R LL_FCHK7 0x00 R LL_FCMP7 0x00 R DID 0x00 R/W BID 0x00 R/W LID0 0x00 R/W L_1 0x87 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x1F R/W 0x01 R/W N_1 0x0F R/W SUBCLASSV NP_1 0x0F R/W JESDV S_1 0x01 R/W CF 0x80 R RES1 0x00 R/W RES2 0x00 R/W FCHK0 0x00 R/W LL_LID2 LL_FCHK2 LL_FCMP2 RESERVED LL_LID3 RESERVED LL_LID4 LL_FCHK4 LL_FCMP4 RESERVED LL_LID5 RESERVED LL_LID6 RESERVED RESERVED ADJDIR SCR LL_LID7 PHADJ RESERVED F_1 RESERVED K_1 M_1 CS RESERVED HD RESERVED ILD7 ILD6 ILD5 ILD4 ILD3 ILD2 ILD1 ILD0 0x00 R BDE7 BDE6 BDE5 BDE4 BDE3 BDE2 BDE1 BDE0 0x00 R NIT7 NIT6 NIT5 NIT4 NIT3 NIT2 NIT1 NIT0 0x00 R UEK7 UEK6 UEK5 UEK4 UEK3 UEK2 UEK1 UEK0 0x00 R Rev. B | Page 85 of 150 AD9175 Reg. 0x470 0x475 Name CODE_ GRP_SYNC FRAME_ SYNC GOOD_ CHECKSUM INIT_ LANE_SYNC CTRLREG0 0x476 0x477 CTRLREG1 CTRLREG2 0x478 0x47C 0x47D KVAL ERRORTHRES SYNC_ ASSERT_ MASK ECNT_ CTRL0 ECNT_ CTRL1 ECNT_ CTRL2 ECNT_ CTRL3 ECNT_ CTRL4 ECNT_ CTRL5 ECNT_ CTRL6 ECNT_ CTRL7 ECNT_ TCH0 ECNT_ TCH1 ECNT_ TCH2 ECNT_ TCH3 ECNT_ TCH4 ECNT_ TCH5 ECNT_ TCH6 ECNT_ TCH7 ECNT_ STAT0 ECNT_ STAT1 ECNT_ STAT2 ECNT_ STAT3 ECNT_ STAT4 ECNT_ STAT5 ECNT_ STAT6 ECNT_ STAT7 LINK_ STATUS0 LINK_ STATUS1 0x471 0x472 0x473 0x480 0x481 0x482 0x483 0x484 0x485 0x486 0x487 0x488 0x489 0x48A 0x48B 0x48C 0x48D 0x48E 0x48F 0x490 0x491 0x492 0x493 0x494 0x495 0x496 0x497 0x4B0 0x4B1 Data Sheet Bit 7 CGS7 Bit 6 CGS6 Bit 5 CGS5 Bit 4 CGS4 Bit 3 CGS3 Bit 2 CGS2 Bit 1 CGS1 Bit 0 CGS0 Reset 0x00 RW R FS7 FS6 FS5 FS4 FS3 FS2 FS1 FS0 0x00 R CKS7 CKS6 CKS5 CKS4 CKS3 CKS2 CKS1 CKS0 0x00 R ILS7 ILS6 ILS5 ILS4 ILS3 ILS2 ILS1 ILS0 0x00 R SOFTRST FORCESYNCREQ RESERVED RESERVED REPL_FRM_ENA 0x01 R/W FCHK_N RESERVED 0x14 0x00 R/W R/W SYNC_ASSERT_MASK 0x01 0xFF 0x07 R/W R/W R/W RESERVED ILS_MODE RESERVED RESERVED REPDATATEST QUAL_RDERR QUETESTERR AR_ ECNTR KSYNC ETH RESERVED RESERVED ECNT_ENA0 ECNT_RST0 0x3F R/W RESERVED ECNT_ENA1 ECNT_RST1 0x3F R/W RESERVED ECNT_ENA2 ECNT_RST2 0x3F R/W RESERVED ECNT_ENA3 ECNT_RST3 0x3F R/W RESERVED ECNT_ENA4 ECNT_RST4 0x3F R/W RESERVED ECNT_ENA5 ECNT_RST5 0x3F R/W RESERVED ECNT_ENA6 ECNT_RST6 0x3F R/W RESERVED ECNT_ENA7 ECNT_RST7 0x3F R/W RESERVED ECNT_TCH0 0x07 R/W RESERVED ECNT_TCH1 0x07 R/W RESERVED ECNT_TCH2 0x07 R/W RESERVED ECNT_TCH3 0x07 R/W RESERVED ECNT_TCH4 0x07 R/W RESERVED ECNT_TCH5 0x07 R/W RESERVED ECNT_TCH6 0x07 R/W RESERVED ECNT_TCH7 0x07 R/W ECNT_TCR0 0x00 R ECNT_TCR1 0x00 R ECNT_TCR2 0x00 R ECNT_TCR3 0x00 R ECNT_TCR4 0x00 R ECNT_TCR5 0x00 R ECNT_TCR6 0x00 R ECNT_TCR7 0x00 R RESERVED BDE0 NIT0 UEK0 ILD0 LANE_ ENA0 LANE_ ENA1 LANE_ ENA2 LANE_ ENA3 LANE_ ENA4 LANE_ ENA5 LANE_ ENA6 LANE_ ENA7 ILS0 BDE1 NIT1 UEK1 ILD1 ILS1 RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED Rev. B | Page 86 of 150 CKS0 FS0 CGS0 0x00 R CKS1 FS1 CGS1 0x00 R Data Sheet Reg. 0x4B2 AD9175 Name LINK_ STATUS2 LINK_ STATUS3 LINK_ STATUS4 LINK_ STATUS5 LINK_ STATUS6 LINK_ STATUS7 JESD_ IRQ_ ENABLEA JESD_ IRQ_ ENABLEB JESD_ IRQ_ STATUSA JESD_ IRQ_ STATUSB IRQ_ OUTPUT_ MUX_JESD BE_ SOFT_OFF_ GAIN_CTRL BE_ SOFT_OFF_ ENABLE Bit 7 BDE2 Bit 6 NIT2 Bit 5 UEK2 Bit 4 ILD2 Bit 3 ILS2 Bit 2 CKS2 Bit 1 FS2 Bit 0 CGS2 Reset 0x00 RW R BDE3 NIT3 UEK3 ILD3 ILS3 CKS3 FS3 CGS3 0x00 R BDE4 NIT4 UEK4 ILD4 ILS4 CKS4 FS4 CGS4 0x00 R BDE5 NIT5 UEK5 ILD5 ILS5 CKS5 FS5 CGS5 0x00 R BDE6 NIT6 UEK6 ILD6 ILS6 CKS6 FS6 CGS6 0x00 R BDE7 NIT7 UEK7 ILD7 ILS7 CKS7 FS7 CGS7 0x00 R EN_ BDE EN_ NIT EN_ UEK EN_ ILD EN_ ILS EN_ CKS EN_ FS EN_ CGS 0x00 R/W EN_ ILAS 0x00 R/W IRQ_ CGS 0x00 R/W RESERVED IRQ_ ILAS 0x00 R/W RESERVED MUX_ JESD_IRQ 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W 0xC6 R/W 0x582 BE_ SOFT_ON_ ENABLE SPI_SOFT_ ON_EN 0x40 R/W 0x583 LONG_PA_ THRES_LSB LONG_PA_ THRES_MSB LONG_PA_ CONTROL LONG_PA_ POWER_LSB LONG_PA_ POWER_MSB SHORT_PA_ THRES_LSB SHORT_PA_ THRES_MSB SHORT_PA_ CONTROL SHORT_PA_ POWER_LSB SHORT_PA_ POWER_MSB TXEN_ SM_0 BLANKING_ CTRL JESD_ PA_INT0 JESD_ PA_INT1 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x00 R 0x00 R 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x00 R 0x00 R 0x50 R/W 0x00 R/W 0x00 R/W JESD_ PA_INT_ CNTRL[8] SPI_ FLUSH_EN 0x00 R/W 0x01 R/W NVM_ BLR_EN 0x00 R/W 0x4B3 0x4B4 0x4B5 0x4B6 0x4B7 0x4B8 0x4B9 0x4BA 0x4BB 0x4BC 0x580 0x581 0x584 0x585 0x586 0x587 0x588 0x589 0x58A 0x58B 0x58C 0x58D 0x596 0x597 0x598 0x599 0x705 TXEN_ FLUSH_ CTRL0 NVM_ LOADER_EN RESERVED IRQ_BDE BE_SOFT_ OFF_ GAIN_EN ENA_SHORT_ PAERR_ SOFTOFF IRQ_NIT IRQ_UEK IRQ_ILD IRQ_ILS IRQ_CKS RESERVED BE_GAIN_RAMP_RATE RESERVED ENA_ LONG_ PAERR_ SOFTOFF LONG_ LEVEL_ SOFTON_ EN IRQ_FS ROTATE_ SOFT_ OFF_EN ENA_ JESD_ ERR_ SOFTOFF TXEN_SOFT_ OFF_EN SPI_ SOFT_ OFF_EN RESERVED LONG_PA_THRESHOLD[7:0] RESERVED LONG_PA_ ENABLE LONG_PA_THRESHOLD[12:8] RESERVED LONG_PA_AVG_TIME LONG_PA_POWER[7:0] RESERVED LONG_PA_POWER[12:8] SHORT_PA_THRESHOLD[7:0] RESERVED SHORT_ PA_ENABLE SHORT_PA_THRESHOLD[12:8] RESERVED SHORT_PA_AVG_TIME SHORT_PA_POWER[7:0] RESERVED SHORT_PA_POWER[12:8] RESERVED RESERVED SPI_TXEN ENA_ SPI_TXEN ENA_ TXENSM RESERVED JESD_PA_INT_CNTRL[7:0] RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED Rev. B | Page 87 of 150 AD9175 Reg. 0x790 0x791 0x792 0x793 0x794 0x795 0x796 0x797 0x798 0x799 0x7A0 0x7A2 0x7B5 Name DACPLL_ PDCTRL0 DACPLL_ PDCTRL1 DACPLL_ CTRL0 DACPLL_ CTRL1 DACPLL_ CTRL2 DACPLL_ CTRL3 DACPLL_ CTRL4 DACPLL_ CTRL5 DACPLL_ CTRL6 DACPLL_ CTRL7 DACPLL_ CTRL9 DACPLL_ CTRL10 PLL_ STATUS Data Sheet Bit 7 PLL_PD5 Bit 6 Bit 5 PLL_PD4 RESERVED Bit 4 PLL_PD10 Bit 3 PLL_PD3 Bit 2 PLL_PD2 PLL_PD9 PLL_PD8 RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED Reset 0x02 RW R/W 0x00 R/W 0x02 R/W 0x18 R/W 0x04 R/W RESERVED D_CP_CALBITS 0x08 R/W PLL_CTRL0 RESERVED 0xD2 R/W PLL_CTRL1 0x20 R/W PLL_CTRL2 0x1C R/W N_DIVIDER 0x08 R/W 0x90 R/W RESERVED 0x35 R/W PLL_LOCK 0x00 R RESERVED PLL_ CTRL3 ADC_CLK_DIVIDER RESERVED Bit 0 PLL_ PD0 PLL_PD7 PLL_ PD6 D_CAL_ D_ RESET RESET_ VCO_DIV M_DIVIDER-1 DACPLL_CP RESERVED RESERVED Bit 1 PLL_PD1 D_EN_VAR_ FINE_PRE D_REGULATOR_CAL_ WAIT RESERVED D_VCO_CAL_WAIT RESERVED Rev. B | Page 88 of 150 D_EN_ VAR_ COARSE_ PRE D_VCO_CAL_CYCLES RESERVED Data Sheet AD9175 REGISTER DETAILS Table 61. Register Details Addr. 0x000 Name SPI_INTFCONFA Bits 7 6 5 Bit Name SOFTRESET_M LSBFIRST_M ADDRINC_M 4 3 2 SDOACTIVE_M SDOACTIVE ADDRINC Settings 1 0 1 LSBFIRST 1 0 0 SOFTRESET 1 0 0x001 SPI_INTFCONFB 7 SINGLEINS 1 0 6 CSSTALL 0 1 0x003 0x004 SPI_CHIPTYPE SPI_PRODIDL [5:0] [7:0] [7:0] RESERVED CHIP_TYPE PROD_ID[7:0] 0x005 SPI_PRODIDH [7:0] PROD_ID[15:8] 0x006 SPI_CHIPGRADE 0x008 SPI_PAGEINDX [7:4] [3:0] [7:6] PROD_GRADE DEV_REVISION MAINDAC_PAGE [5:0] CHANNEL_PAGE [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] SCRATCHPAD CHIP_ID[7:0] CHIP_ID[15:8] CHIP_ID[23:16] CHIP_ID[31:24] 0x00A 0x010 0x011 0x012 0x013 SPI_SCRATCHPAD CHIP_ID_L CHIP_ID_M1 CHIP_ID_M2 CHIP_ID_H Description Soft reset (mirror). Set this bit to mirror Bit 0. LSB first (mirror). Set this bit to mirror Bit 1. Address increment (mirror). Set this bit to mirror Bit 2. SDO active (mirror). Set this bit to mirror Bit 3. SDO active. Enables 4-wire SPI bus mode. Address increment. When set, this bit causes incrementing streaming addresses; otherwise, descending addresses are generated. Streaming addresses are incremented. Streaming addresses are decremented. LSB first. When set, this bit causes SPI input and output data to be oriented as LSB first. If this bit is clear, data is oriented as MSB first. Shift LSB in first. Shift MSB in first. Soft reset. This bit automatically clears to 0 after performing a reset operation. Setting this bit initiates a reset. This bit autoclears after the soft reset is complete. Pulse the soft reset line. Reset the soft reset line. Single instruction. Perform single transfers. Perform multiple transfers. CS stalling. Disable CS stalling. Enable CS stalling. Reserved. Chip type. Product ID. Updated once the bootloader completes Product ID. Updated once the bootloader completes Product grade. Device revision. Sets the main DAC paging. Each high bit in this field pages a DAC starting at the LSB. Both main DACs can be paged and programmed at the same time if desired. Sets channel paging. Each high bit in this field pages a complex channel starting at the LSB. Multiple channels can be paged and programmed at a time if desired. Scratch pad read/write register. Chip ID serial number. Chip ID serial number. Chip ID serial number. Chip ID serial number. Rev. B | Page 89 of 150 Reset 0x0 0x0 0x0 Access R R R 0x0 0x0 0x0 R R/W R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x4 0x75 R/W R R 0x91 R 0x0 0x4 0x3 R R R/W 0x3F R/W 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 R/W R R R R AD9175 Addr. 0x020 0x021 Name IRQ_ENABLE IRQ_ENABLE0 Data Sheet Bits [7:5] 4 3 Bit Name RESERVED EN_SYSREF_JITTER EN_DATA_READY 2 EN_LANE_FIFO 1 0 [7:4] 3 EN_PRBSQ EN_PRBSI RESERVED EN_DAC0_CAL_ DONE RESERVED EN_PAERR0 [2:1] 0 0x022 IRQ_ENABLE1 [7:4] 3 [2:1] 0 0x023 IRQ_ENABLE2 0x024 IRQ_STATUS RESERVED EN_DAC1_CAL_ DONE RESERVED EN_PAERR1 [7:6] 5 4 [3:2] 1 0 [7:5] 4 RESERVED EN_DLL_LOST EN_DLL_LOCK RESERVED EN_PLL_LOST EN_PLL_LOCK RESERVED IRQ_SYSREF_ JITTER 3 IRQ_DATA_READY 2 IRQ_LANE_FIFO 1 IRQ_PRBSQ Settings Description Reserved. Enable SYSREF jitter interrupt. Enable JESD204B receiver ready (JRX_DATA_READY) low interrupt. Enable lane FIFO overflow/underflow interrupt. Enable PRBS imaginary error interrupt. Enable PRBS real error interrupt. Reserved. Enable DAC0 calibration complete interrupt. Reserved. Enable PA protection error interrupt for DAC0. Reserved. Enable DAC1 calibration complete interrupt. Reserved. Enable PA protection error interrupt for DAC1. Reserved. Enable DLL lock lost interrupt. Enable DLL lock interrupt. Reserved. Enable PLL lock lost interrupt. Enable PLL lock interrupt. Reserved. SYSREF jitter too large. If EN_SYSREF_ JITTER is low, IRQ_SYSREF_JITTER shows the current status. If EN_SYSREF_JITTER is high, IRQ_SYSREF_JITTER latches and pulls the IRQx pin low (x = the MUX_SYSREF_ JITTER setting). Writing a 1 to IRQ_ SYSREF_JITTER when latched clears the bit. JESD204x receiver data ready is low. If EN_DATA_READY is low, IRQ_DATA_READY shows the current status. If EN_DATA_ READY is high, IRQ_DATA_READY latches and pulls the IRQx pin low (x = MUX_ DATA_READY setting). Writing a 1 to IRQ_ DATA_READY when latched clears the bit. Lane FIFO overflow/underflow. If EN_ LANE_FIFO is low, IRQ_LANE_FIFO shows the current status. If EN_LANE_FIFO is high, IRQ_LANE_FIFO latches and pulls the IRQx pin low (x = MUX_LANE_FIFO setting). Writing a 1 to IRQ_LANE_FIFO when latched clears the bit. DAC1 PRBS error. If EN_PRBSQ is low, IRQ_PRBSQ shows the current status. If EN_PRBSQ is high, IRQ_PRBSQ latches and pulls the IRQx pin low (x = MUX_PRBSQ setting). Writing a 1 to IRQ_PRBSQ when latched clears the bit. Rev. B | Page 90 of 150 Reset 0x0 0x0 0x0 Access R R/W R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W R R/W 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 R R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W Data Sheet AD9175 Addr. Name Bits 0 Bit Name IRQ_PRBSI 0x025 IRQ_STATUS0 [7:4] 3 RESERVED IRQ_DAC0_CAL_ DONE [2:1] 0 RESERVED IRQ_PAERR0 [7:4] 3 RESERVED IRQ_DAC1_CAL_ DONE [2:1] 0 RESERVED IRQ_PAERR1 [7:6] 5 RESERVED IRQ_DLL_LOST 4 IRQ_DLL_LOCK [3:2] 1 RESERVED IRQ_PLL_LOST 0x026 0x027 IRQ_STATUS1 IRQ_STATUS2 Settings Description DAC0 PRBS error. If EN_PRBSI is low, IRQ_ PRBSI shows the current status. If EN_ PRBSI is high, IRQ_PRBSI latches and pulls the IRQx pin low (x = MUX_PRBSI setting). Writing a 1 to IRQ_PRBSI when latched clears the bit. Reserved. DAC0 calibration done. If EN_DAC0_CAL_ DONE is low, IRQ_DAC0_CAL_DONE shows the current status. If EN_DAC0_ CAL_DONE is high, IRQ_DAC0_CAL_DONE latches and pulls the IRQx pin low (x = MUX_DAC0_CAL_DONE setting). Writing a 1 to IRQ_DAC0_CAL_DONE when latched clears the bit. Reserved. DAC0 PA error. If EN_PAERR0 is low, IRQ_ PAERR0 shows the current status. If EN_ PAERR0 is high, IRQ_PAERR0 latches and pulls the IRQx pin low (x = MUX_PAERR0 setting). Writing a 1 to IRQ_PAERR0 when latched clears the bit. Reserved. DAC1 calibration done. If EN_DAC0_CAL_ DONE is low, IRQ_DAC1_CAL_DONE shows the current status. If EN_DAC1_ CAL_DONE is high, IRQ_DAC1_CAL_DONE latches and pulls the IRQx pin low (x = MUX_DAC1_CAL_DONE setting). Writing a 1 to IRQ_DAC1_CAL_DONE when latched clears the bit. Reserved. DAC1 PA error. If EN_PAERR1 is low, IRQ_ PAERR1 shows the current status. If EN_ PAERR1 is high, IRQ_PAERR1 latches and pulls the IRQx pin low (x = MUX_PAERR1 setting). Writing a 1 to IRQ_PAERR1 when latched clears the bit. Reserved. DLL lost. If EN_DLL_LOST is low, IRQ_DLL_ LOST shows the current status. If EN_DLL_ LOST is high, IRQ_DLL_LOST latches and pulls the IRQx pin low (x = MUX_DLL_LOST setting). Writing a 1 to IRQ_DLL_LOST when latched clears the bit. DLL locked. If EN_DLL_LOCK is low, IRQ_ DLL_LOCK shows current status. If EN_DLL_LOCK is high, IRQ_DLL_LOCK latches and pulls the IRQx pin low (x = MUX_DLL_LOCK setting). Writing a 1 to IRQ_DLL_LOCK when latched clears the bit. Reserved. DAC PLL lock lost. If EN_PLL_LOST is low, IRQ_PLL_LOST shows the current status. If EN_PLL_LOST is high, IRQ_PLL_LOST latches and pulls the IRQx pin low (x = MUX_PLL_LOST setting). Writing a 1 to IRQ_PLL_LOST when latched clears the bit. Rev. B | Page 91 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W AD9175 Data Sheet Addr. Name Bits 0 Bit Name IRQ_PLL_LOCK 0x028 IRQ_OUTPUT_MUX [7:5] 4 RESERVED MUX_SYSREF_ JITTER 3 2 1 0 0x029 IRQ_OUTPUT_MUX0 [7:4] 3 [2:1] 0 0x02A IRQ_OUTPUT_MUX1 [7:4] 3 [2:1] 0 Settings Reset 0x0 Access R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0 1 Description DAC PLL locked. If EN_PLL_LOCK is low, IRQ_PLL_LOCK shows the current status. If EN_PLL_LOCK is high, IRQ_PLL_LOCK latches and pulls the IRQx pin low (x = MUX_PLL_LOCK setting). Writing a 1 to IRQ_PLL_LOCK when latched clears the bit. Reserved. If EN_SYSREF_JITTER is set, this control chooses the IRQx output pin on which the event is triggered. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ0 pin. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ1 pin. 0x0 R/W 0 1 If EN_DATA_READY is set, this control chooses the IRQx output pin on which the event is triggered. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ0 pin. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ1 pin. 0x0 R/W 0 1 If EN_LANE_FIFO is set, this control chooses the IRQx output pin on which the event is triggered. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ0 pin. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ1 pin. 0x0 R/W 0 1 If EN_PRBSQ is set, this control chooses the IRQx output pin on which the event is triggered. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ0 pin. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ1 pin. 0x0 R/W 0 1 If EN_PRBSI is set, this control chooses the IRQx output pin on which the event is triggered. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ0 pin. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ1 pin. 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0 1 Reserved. If EN_DAC0_CAL_DONE is set, this control chooses the IRQx output pin on which the event is triggered. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ0 pin. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ1 pin. 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W 0 1 Reserved. If EN_PAERR0 is set, this control chooses the IRQx output pin on which the event is triggered. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ0 pin. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ1 pin. 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0 1 Reserved. If EN_DAC1_CAL_DONE is set, this control chooses the IRQx output pin on which the event is triggered. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ0 pin. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ1 pin. Reserved. If EN_PAERR1 is set, this control chooses the IRQx output pin on which the event is triggered. 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W MUX_DATA_ READY MUX_LANE_FIFO MUX_PRBSQ MUX_PRBSI RESERVED MUX_DAC0_CAL_ DONE RESERVED MUX_PAERR0 RESERVED MUX_DAC1_CAL_ DONE RESERVED MUX_PAERR1 Rev. B | Page 92 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 Addr. Name Bits Bit Name 0x02B IRQ_OUTPUT_MUX2 [7:6] 5 RESERVED MUX_DLL_LOST 4 [3:2] 1 0 Description Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ0 pin. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ1 pin. Reset Access 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0 1 Reserved. If EN_DLL_LOST is set, this control chooses the IRQx output pin on which the event is triggered. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ0 pin. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ1 pin. 0x0 R/W 0 1 If EN_DLL_LOCK is set, this control chooses the IRQx output pin on which the event is triggered. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ0 pin. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ1 pin. 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W 0 1 Reserved. If EN_PLL_LOST is set, this control chooses the IRQx pin on which the event is triggered. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ0 pin. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ1 pin. 0x0 R/W 0 1 If EN_PLL_LOCK is set, this control chooses the IRQx pin on which the event is triggered. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ0 pin. Route IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ1 pin. Reserved. This bit is an OR of all the bits in Register 0x24 to Register 0x27. Writing a one to this bit clears any latched IRQx signals in Register 0x24 to Register 0x27. Number of rising SYSREF edges to ignore before synchronization (pulse counting mode). Reserved. Amount of jitter allowed on the SYSREF input. SYSREF jitter variations larger than this trigger an interrupt. Units are in DAC clocks. Reserved. Synchronization logic rotation complete flag. Reserved. Enable one-shot synchronization rotation mode. Monitor mode. Status/error flag for IRQ_ SYSREF_JITTER is 1 if the SYSREF edge is outside the error window (Register 0x039, Bits[6:0]). Perform a single synchronization on the next SYSREF, then switch to monitor mode. Reserved. This bit must always be set to 1 (default) for both Subclass 0 and Subclass 1 operations. Reserved. For proper operation, write this bit to a 1. 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 0x1 R R 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 0x1 R/W R/W 0x0 R/W MUX_DLL_LOCK RESERVED MUX_PLL_LOST MUX_PLL_LOCK 0x02C IRQ_STATUS_ALL [7:1] 0 RESERVED IRQ_STATUS_ALL 0x036 SYSREF_COUNT [7:0] SYSREF_COUNT 0x039 SYSREF_ERR_ WINDOW 7 [6:0] RESERVED SYSREF_ERR_ WINDOW 0x03A SYSREF_MODE [7:5] 4 RESERVED SYNC_ROTATION_ DONE RESERVED SYSREF_MODE_ ONESHOT [3:2] 1 Settings 0 1 00 01 0x03B ROTATION_MODE 0 7 RESERVED SYNCLOGIC_EN 6 RESERVED Rev. B | Page 93 of 150 AD9175 Addr. Name Data Sheet Bits 5 Bit Name PERIODIC_RST_EN 4 NCORST_AFTER_ ROT_EN [3:2] [1:0] RESERVED ROTATION_MODE Settings 0 1 10 11 0x03F TX_ENABLE [7:6] 5 RESERVED TXEN_DATAPATH_ DAC1 0 1 4 TXEN_DATAPATH_ DAC0 0 1 0x050 CAL_CLK_DIV [3:0] [7:4] [3:0] RESERVED RESERVED CAL_CLK_DIV 0x051 CAL_CTRL 7 CAL_CTRL0 0 1 [6:3] RESERVED Description Synchronization required setting. Always set this bit to 1 for both Subclass 0 and Subclass 1 operation. Set this bit to 1 to reset all NCOs after digital reset or synchronization rotation. Either this control or the START_NCO_SYNC bit (Register 0x1E7, Bit 0) can be used to reset all the NCOs (main and channel datapaths). Reserved. Selects the circuitry to be reset when a synchronization rotation occurs. Certain bits being set to 1 determine the actions taken when a synchronization rotation is performed. Bit 0 corresponds to a SERDES clock reset and realignment. Bit 1 corresponds to a datapath soft off/on gain, which must only be used if PA protection is in use. If PA protection is not used, set Bit 1 to 0. No action, with either the SERDES clocks or the datapath, occurs when a synchronization rotation occurs. The links drop and the SERDES clocks are reset. It is recommended to set this bit high so that when a synchronization rotation is performed, the SERDES clocks realign properly. The datapath automatically uses the soft on/off functionality to turn on and off the datapath stream during a synchronization rotation to avoid corrupted data from being transmitted. Only use this feature if the PA protection block is in use. Both the SERDES clock reset and datapath soft on/off feature are enabled. Reserved. Selects whether the datapath of DAC1 is muted when the TXEN1 pin is brought low. Datapath output is normal. If TXEN1 = 0, the datapath output is immediately zeroed. If TXEN1 = 1, the datapath outputs normal operation. Selects whether the datapath of DAC0 is muted when the TXEN0 pin is brought low. Datapath output is normal. If TXEN0 = 0, the datapath output is immediately zeroed. If TXEN0 = 1, the datapath outputs normal operation. Reserved. Reserved Calibration register control. Set these bits to 0xA for optimized calibration setting. Calibration setting. Set this bit to 1. Reset the calibration engine. Enable the calibration routine. Reserved. Rev. B | Page 94 of 150 Reset 0x1 Access R/W 0x1 R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x2 0x8 R/W R/W R/W 0x1 R/W 0x0 R/W Data Sheet Addr. Name AD9175 Bits [2:1] Bit Name CAL_CTRL1 Settings 1 0x052 CAL_STAT 0 CAL_START [7:3] 2 RESERVED CAL_ACTIVE 1 CAL_FAIL_SEARCH 0 CAL_FINISH 0x05A FSC1 [7:0] FSC_CTRL[7:0] 0x061 CAL_DEBUG0 7 6 RESERVED CAL_CTRL2 5 CAL_CTRL3 4 3 RESERVED CAL_CTRL4 [2:0] [7:2] 1 RESERVED RESERVED CAL_CLK_PD1 0 CAL_CLK_PD0 7 [6:2] [1:0] NVM_CTRL0A RESERVED NVM_CTRL0B 0x081 0x083 CLK_CTRL NVM_CTRL0 00 01 10 11 0x084 SYSREF_CTRL 7 6 RESERVED SYSREF_ INPUTMODE Description Calibration mode selection. Set this bit field to 1 for optimized calibration mode. Paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Set calibration control setting. Start calibration. After starting calibration, do not write to any register from Register 0x051 to Register 0x061 until Register 0x052, Bit 2 reads low (indicating that the calibration is no longer active). Paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Reserved. Calibration active status flag. A readback of 1 indicates the calibration routine is still in progress. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Calibration failure flag. A readback of 1 indicates the calibration routine failed and is possibly not valid. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Calibration complete flag. A readback of 1 indicates the calibration completed. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets the full-scale (maximum) current that is available from the DACx analog outputs. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Fullscale current = 15.625 mA + FSC_CTRL x (25/256) (mA). Reserved. Calibration control. Set this bit to 1 for optimized calibration setting. Calibration control. Set this bit to 1 for optimized calibration setting. Reserved. Calibration control. Set this bit to 1 for optimized calibration setting. Reserved. Reserved. After the calibration is complete for DAC1 (Register 0x052, Bit 0 = 1), set this bit high to power down the calibration clock. After the calibration is complete for DAC0 (Register 0x052, Bit 0 = 1), set this bit high to power down the calibration clock. NVM register control for the ring oscillator. Reserved. NVM register control for the ring oscillator. Divide by 8. Divide by 16. Divide by 32. Divide by 64. Reserved. Sets the input mode type for the SYSREF pins. Rev. B | Page 95 of 150 Reset 0x1 Access R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 R/W R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x28 R/W 0x0 0x1 R/W R/W 0x1 R/W 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W 0x0 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 0x2 R/W R R/W 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W AD9175 Addr. Name Data Sheet Bits Bit Name [5:1] 0 RESERVED SYSREF_PD Settings 0 1 0 1 0x085 NVM_CTRL1 7 [6:4] RESERVED NVM_CTRL1A [3:2] 1 RESERVED NVM_CTRL1B 0 NVM_CTRL1C 0x08D ADC_CLK_CTRL0 [7:5] [4:0] RESERVED CLKOUT_SWING 0x08F ADC_CLK_CTRL2 [7:1] 0 0x090 DAC_POWERDOWN [7:2] 1 RESERVED PD_CLKOUT_ DRIVER RESERVED DAC_PD1 0 1 0 DAC_PD0 0 1 0x091 ACLK_CTRL [7:1] 0 0x094 PLL_CLK_DIV [7:2] 1 0 RESERVED ACLK_ POWERDOWN RESERVED PLL_VCO_DIV3_EN PLL_VCO_DIV2_EN 0 1 Description AC couple SYSREF. DC couple SYSREF. Reserved. Power down the SYSREF receiver and synchronization circuitry. If using Subclass 0, set this bit to 1 because the SYSREF pins are not used. SYSREF receiver is powered on. SYSREF receiver is powered down. Reserved. NVM control. Set this control to 1 at the start of the configuration sequence (as shown in the Start-Up Sequence section) and set to 0 at the end of the start-up routine when no longer programming the device. Reserved. NVM control. Set this control to 1 at the start of the configuration sequence (as shown in the Start-Up Sequence section) and set to 0 at the end of the start-up routine when no longer programming the device. NVM control. Set this control to 0 at the start of the configuration sequence (as shown in the Start-Up Sequence section) and set to 1 at the end of the start-up routine when no longer programming the device. Reserved. Controls the swing level of the ADC clock driver. Swing can be negative (inverts clock). The calculation for Code 0 to Code 9 is as follows: ADC driver swing = 993 mV - CLKOUT_ SWING x 77 mV. The calculation for Code 10 to Code 19 is as follows: ADC driver swing = (20 - CLKOUT_SWING x 77 mV) - 1 V. Reserved. Powers down the CLKOUT output driver. Reserved. Powers down DAC1. Power up DAC1. Power down DAC1. Powers down DAC0. Power up DAC0. Power down DAC0. Reserved. Analog clock receiver power-down. Reserved. Enable PLL output clock divide by 3. Enable PLL output clock divide by 2. DAC clock = PLL VCO clock frequency. DAC clock = PLL VCO clock frequency / 2. Rev. B | Page 96 of 150 Reset Access 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W 0x0 0x1 R R/W 0x0 0x1 R R/W 0x1 R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 0x1 R R/W 0x1 R/W 0x0 0x1 R/W R/W 0x0 0x0 0x0 R R/W R/W Data Sheet Addr. 0x095 Name PLL_BYPASS AD9175 Bits [7:1] 0 Bit Name RESERVED PLL_BYPASS Settings 0 1 0x09A NVM_CTRL 7 PD_BGR 0x0C0 DELAY_LINE_PD [6:0] [7:6] 5 RESERVED RESERVED DLL_CTRL0B 4 DLL_CTRL0A [3:1] 0 RESERVED DLL_PD 0 1 0x0C1 DLL_CTRL0 [7:6] DLL_CTRL1C 5 DLL_CTRL1B [4:3] DLL_CTRL1A [2:1] 0 RESERVED DLL_ENABLE 0 1 0x0C3 DLL_STATUS [7:1] 0 RESERVED DLL_LOCK 0x0C7 DLL_READ [7:1] 0 RESERVED DLL_READ_EN 0x0CC DLL_FINE_DELAY0 0x0CD DLL_FINE_DELAY1 0x0DB DLL_UPDATE [7:6] [5:0] [7:6] [5:0] [7:1] 0 RESERVED DLL_FINE_DELAY0 RESERVED DLL_FINE_DELAY1 RESERVED DLL_DELAY_ UPDATE 0x0FF MOD_SWITCH_ DEBUG [7:2] RESERVED 1 CMPLX_MOD_ DIV2_DISABLE 0 RESERVED Description Reserved. Enable direct clocking (bypassing the PLL clock). Use the internal PLL to generate the DAC clock. Bypass the PLL and directly clock with the DAC clock frequency. Bias power-down. Set this bit to 1 to power down the internal bias. Reserved. Reserved. DLL control. Set this bit to 0 to power up the delay line during the device configuration sequence. DLL control. Set this bit to 0 to power up the delay line during the device configuration sequence. Reserved. Power down delay line. Set this bit to 0 to power up the delay line during the device configuration sequence. Power up and enable the delay line. Power down and bypass the delay line. DAC control setting. Set this control to 1 for optimal performance. DLL control search mode. If the DAC frequency is <4.5 GHz, set this bit to 0; otherwise, set this bit to 1. DLL control search direction. Set this control to 1 for optimal performance. Reserved. DLL controller enable. Disable DLL. Enable DLL. Reserved. DLL lock indicator. This control reads back 1 if the DLL locks. Reserved. Enable DLL readback status. A transition of 0 to 1 updates the lock status bit readback in Register 0x0C3. Reserved. DLL delay control. Reserved. DLL delay control. Reserved. DLL update control. A transition from 0 to 1 updates the DLL circuitry with the current register control settings. Reserved. Disables the divide by 2 block in the modulator switch path. Set to 1 to bypass the divide by 2 block. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Reserved. Rev. B | Page 97 of 150 Reset 0x0 0x0 Access R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 0x1 R/W R R/W 0x1 R/W 0x0 0x1 R R/W 0x1 R/W 0x1 R/W 0x2 R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 R R/W R R/W R R/W 0x0 R 0x0 R/W 0x0 R AD9175 Addr. 0x100 Name DIG_RESET Data Sheet Bits [7:1] 0 Bit Name RESERVED DIG_DATAPATH_PD Settings 0 1 0x110 0x111 JESD_MODE INTRP_MODE 7 MODE_NOT_IN_ TABLE 6 COM_SYNC [5:0] JESD_MODE [7:4] DP_INTERP_MODE 0x1 0x2 0x4 0x6 0x8 0xC [3:0] CH_INTERP_MODE 0x1 0x2 0x3 0x4 0x6 0x8 0x112 DDSM_DATAPATH_ CFG 7 RESERVED 6 EN_CMPLX_MOD 0 Description Reserved. Holds all digital logic (SERDES digital, digital clock generation, and digital datapath) in reset until clock tree is stable. Normal operating mode. Holds the digital logic in reset. Must be released (set to 0) after clocks to the chip are stable (PLL and DLL blocks are locked) to use the digital datapath. Programmed JESD204B mode and interpolation mode combination is not valid. Select a different combination. Combine the SYNCOUTx signals in dual link case. Sets the JESD204B mode configuration. See Table 13 for the JESD204B supported operating modes and compatible interpolation rates. Bit 5 of this control determines single link (set to 0) or dual link (set to 1). Bits[4:0] set the desired JESD204B mode according to Table 13. Sets main datapath interpolation rate. See Table 13 for the JESD204B supported operating modes and compatible JESD204B modes and channel interpolation rates. 1x. 2x. 4x. 6x. 8x. 12x. Sets channel interpolation rate. See Table 13 for the JESD204B supported operating modes and compatible JESD204B modes and main datapath interpolation rates. 1x. 2x. 3x. 4x. 6x. 8x. Reserved. Modulator switch mode selection. This control allows modifying Configuration 3 of the modulator switch to allow complex (I/Q) data from each NCO to pass to DACx. This function depends on the settings applied to Bits[5:4] in this register, Register 0x112. When this bit is set high, Bits[5:4] of this register are set to 0b11 (Modulator Switch Configuration 3). This control is paged by the MAINDAC_ PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Switch configuration is as defined by Bits[5:4]. Rev. B | Page 98 of 150 Reset 0x0 0x1 Access R R/W 0x0 R 0x0 R/W 0x20 R/W 0x8 R/W 0x4 R/W 0x0 R Data Sheet Addr. Name AD9175 Bits Bit Name [5:4] DDSM_MODE Settings 1 00 01 10 11 3 DDSM_NCO_EN 0 1 2 DDSM_ MODULUS_EN 0 1 1 DDSM_SEL_ SIDEBAND 0 1 0 EN_SYNC_ALL_ CHNL_NCO_RESETS 0 1 0x113 DDSM_FTW_ UPDATE 7 [6:4] RESERVED DDSM_FTW_REQ_ MODE 000 001 010 011 Description With Bits[5:4] = 0b11 and the DAC1 main NCO enabled, DAC0 = I0_NCO + I1_NCO, DAC1 = Q0_NCO + Q1_NCO. With Bits[5:4] = 0b11 and the DAC1 main NCO disabled, DAC0 = I0_NCO, DAC1 = Q0_NCO. Modulator switch mode selection. This control chooses the mode of operation for the main datapath NCO being configured. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_ PAGE bits in Register 0x008. DAC0 = I0; DAC1 = I1. DAC0 = I0 + I1; DAC1 = Q0 + Q1. DAC0 = I0; DAC1 = Q0. DAC0 = I0 + I1; DAC1 = 0. Main datapath modulation enable. If the JESD204B mode chosen is a complex mode (main datapath interpolation >1x), this bit must be set to 1 for each main datapath being used. If no modulation is desired, set the FTW to be 0. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Disable main datapath NCO. Enable main datapath NCO. Enable main datapath modulus DDS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Disable modulus DDS. Enable modulus DDS. Selects upper or lower sideband from modulation result. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Use upper sideband. Use lower sideband = spectral flip. Selects the signal channel NCOS used for resets and FTW updates. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Channel NCOs reset or update their FTW based on channel NCO update requests. Channel NCOs reset or update their FTW based on main datapath NCO update requests. Reserved. Frequency tuning word automatic update mode. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. No automatic requests are generated when the FTW registers are written. Automatically generates a DDSM_FTW_ LOAD_REQ after DDSM_FTW Bits[7:0] are written. Automatically generates a DDSM_FTW_ LOAD_REQ after DDSM_FTW Bits[15:8] are written. Automatically generates a DDSM_FTW_ LOAD_REQ after DDSM_FTW Bits[23:16] are written. Rev. B | Page 99 of 150 Reset Access 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x1 R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W AD9175 Addr. Name Data Sheet Bits Bit Name Settings 100 101 110 3 2 RESERVED DDSM_FTW_ LOAD_SYSREF 1 DDSM_FTW_ LOAD_ACK 0 1 0 DDSM_FTW_ LOAD_REQ 0 1 0x114 DDSM_FTW0 [7:0] DDSM_FTW[7:0] 0x115 DDSM_FTW1 [7:0] DDSM_FTW[15:8] Description Automatically generates a DDSM_FTW_ LOAD_REQ after DDSM_FTW Bits[31:24] are written. Automatically generate a DDSM_FTW_ LOAD_REQ after DDSM_FTW Bits[39:32] is written. Automatically generates a DDSM_FTW_ LOAD_REQ after DDSM_FTW Bits[47:40] are written. Reserved. Uses the next rising edge of SYSREF to trigger FTW load and reset. This bit also loads the calibration tone FTW, as well as the main NCO FTW on a rising edge detection. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Frequency tuning word update acknowledge. This bit reads back 1 if the FTW and phase offset word is loaded properly. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. FTW is not loaded. FTW is loaded. Frequency tuning word update request from the SPI. This bit also loads the calibration tone FTW, as well as the main NCO FTW on a rising edge detection. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Clear DDSM_FTW_LOAD_ACK. 0 to 1 transition loads the FTW. Sets the main datapath NCO FTW. If DDSM_MODULUS_EN is low, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_ FTW/248). If DDSM_MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_FTW + DDSM_ACC_DELTA/DDSM_ ACC_MODULUS)/248. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be >0. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be >DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets the main datapath NCO FTW. If DDSM_MODULUS_EN is low, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_ FTW/248. If DDSM_MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_FTW + DDSM_ACC_DELTA/DDSM_ ACC_MODULUS)/ 248. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Rev. B | Page 100 of 150 Reset Access 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 R 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W Data Sheet AD9175 Addr. 0x116 Name DDSM_FTW2 Bits [7:0] Bit Name DDSM_FTW[23:16] 0x117 DDSM_FTW3 [7:0] DDSM_FTW[31:24] 0x118 DDSM_FTW4 [7:0] DDSM_FTW[39:32] 0x119 DDSM_FTW5 [7:0] DDSM_FTW[47:40] 0x11C DDSM_PHASE_ OFFSET0 [7:0] DDSM_NCO_ PHASE_OFFSET[7:0] 0x11D DDSM_PHASE_ OFFSET1 [7:0] DDSM_NCO_ PHASE_ OFFSET[15:8] Settings Description Sets the main datapath NCO FTW. If DDSM_MODULUS_EN is low, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_ FTW/248. If DDSM_MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_FTW + DDSM_ACC_DELTA/DDSM_ ACC_MODULUS)/248. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets the main datapath NCO FTW. If DDSM_MODULUS_EN is low, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_ FTW/248. If DDSM_MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_FTW + DDSM_ACC_DELTA/DDSM_ ACC_MODULUS)/248. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets the main datapath NCO FTW. If DDSM_MODULUS_EN is low, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_ FTW/248. If DDSM_MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_FTW + DDSM_ACC_DELTA/DDSM_ ACC_MODULUS)/248. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets the main datapath NCO FTW. If DDSM_MODULUS_EN is low, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_ FTW/248. If DDSM_MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_FTW + DDSM_ACC_DELTA/DDSM_ ACC_MODULUS)/248. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets main datapath NCO phase offset. Code is in 16-bit, twos complement format. Degrees offset = 180 x (code/215). This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets main datapath NCO phase offset. Code is in 16-bit, twos complement format. Degrees offset = 180 x (code/215). This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Rev. B | Page 101 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W AD9175 Data Sheet Addr. 0x124 Name DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS0 Bits [7:0] Bit Name DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS[7:0] 0x125 DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS1 [7:0] DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS[15:8] 0x126 DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS2 [7:0] DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS[23:16] 0x127 DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS3 [7:0] DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS[31:24] 0x128 DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS4 [7:0] DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS[39:32] 0x129 DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS5 [7:0] DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS[47:40] 0x12A DDSM_ACC_DELTA0 [7:0] DDSM_ACC_ DELTA[7:0] Settings Description Sets DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. If DDSM_ MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_FTW + DDSM_ACC_DELTA/DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS)/248. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be >0. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. If DDSM_ MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_FTW + DDSM_ACC_DELTA/DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS)/248. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be >0. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be >DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. If DDSM_ MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_FTW + DDSM_ACC_DELTA/DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS)/248. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be >0. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. If DDSM_ MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_FTW + DDSM_ACC_DELTA/DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS)/248. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be >0. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. If DDSM_ MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_FTW + DDSM_ACC_DELTA/DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS)/248. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be >0. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. If DDSM_ MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_FTW + DDSM_ACC_DELTA/DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS)/248. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be >0. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSM_ACC_DELTA. If DDSM_ MODULUS_EN is high, main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_FTW + DDSM_ACC_DELTA/DDSM_ACC_MODULUS)/ 248. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSM_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Rev. B | Page 102 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W Data Sheet AD9175 Addr. 0x12B Name DDSM_ACC_DELTA1 Bits [7:0] Bit Name DDSM_ACC_ DELTA[15:8] 0x12C DDSM_ACC_DELTA2 [7:0] DDSM_ACC_ DELTA[23:16] 0x12D DDSM_ACC_DELTA3 [7:0] DDSM_ACC_ DELTA[31:24] 0x12E DDSM_ACC_DELTA4 [7:0] DDSM_ACC_ DELTA[39:32] 0x12F DDSM_ACC_DELTA5 [7:0] DDSM_ACC_ DELTA[47:40] 0x130 DDSC_DATAPATH_ CFG 7 6 RESERVED DDSC_NCO_EN Settings 0 1 [5:3] 2 RESERVED DDSC_MODULUS_ EN 0 1 1 DDSC_SEL_ SIDEBAND Description Sets DDSM_ACC_DELTA. If DDSM_ MODULUS_EN is high, main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_FTW + DDSM_ ACC_DELTA/DDSM_ACC_MODULUS)/248. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSM_ ACC_DELTA must be > DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSM_ACC_DELTA. If DDSM_ MODULUS_EN is high, main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_FTW + DDSM_ ACC_DELTA/DDSM_ACC_MODULUS)/248. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSM_ ACC_DELTA must be > DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSM_ACC_DELTA. If DDSM_ MODULUS_EN is high, main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_FTW + DDSM_ ACC_DELTA/DDSM_ACC_MODULUS)/248. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSM_ ACC_DELTA must be > DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSM_ACC_DELTA. If DDSM_ MODULUS_EN is high, main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_FTW + DDSM_ ACC_DELTA/DDSM_ACC_MODULUS)/248. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSM_ ACC_DELTA must be > DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSM_ACC_DELTA. If DDSM_ MODULUS_EN is high, main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSM_FTW + DDSM_ ACC_DELTA/DDSM_ACC_MODULUS)/248. DDSM_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSM_ ACC_DELTA must be > DDSM_ACC_ MODULUS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Reserved. Channel datapath modulation enable. If the JESD204B mode chosen is a complex mode (channel interpolation >1x), this bit must be set to 1 for each channel datapath being used. If no modulation is desired, set the FTW to 0. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Disable channel NCO. Enable channel NCO. Reserved. Enable channel modulus DDS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Disable modulus DDS. Enable modulus DDS. Selects upper or lower sideband from modulation result. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Rev. B | Page 103 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W 0x0 R/W AD9175 Addr. Name Data Sheet Bits Bit Name 0 DDSC_EN_DC_ INPUT Settings 0 1 0 1 0x131 DDSC_FTW_UPDATE [7:3] 2 RESERVED DDSC_FTW_ LOAD_SYSREF 1 DDSC_FTW_ LOAD_ACK 0 1 0 DDSC_FTW_ LOAD_REQ 0 1 0x132 DDSC_FTW0 [7:0] DDSC_FTW[7:0] 0x133 DDSC_FTW1 [7:0] DDSC_FTW[15:8] 0x134 DDSC_FTW2 [7:0] DDSC_FTW[23:16] Description Use upper sideband. Use lower sideband = spectral flip. Enable test tone generation by sending dc to input level to channel DDS. Set the amplitude in the DC_TEST_INPUT_ AMPLITUDE control (Register 0x148 and Register 0x149). This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Disable test tone generation. Enable test tone generation. Reserved. Use next rising edge of SYSREF to trigger FTW load and reset. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Frequency tuning word update acknowledge bit. This bit reads back 1 if the FTW and phase offset word is loaded properly. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_ PAGE bits in Register 0x008. FTW is not loaded. FTW is loaded. Frequency tuning word update request from the SPI. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. No FTW update. 0 to 1 transition loads the FTW. Sets the channel datapath NCO FTW. If DDSC_MODULUS_EN is low, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_ FTW/248). If DDSC_MODULUS_EN is high, main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_FTW + DDSC_ACC_DELTA/DDSC_ ACC_MODULUS)/248. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets the channel datapath NCO FTW. If DDSC_MODULUS_EN is low, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_ FTW/248). If DDSC_MODULUS_EN is high, main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_FTW + DDSC_ACC_DELTA/DDSC_ ACC_MODULUS)/248. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets the channel datapath NCO FTW. If DDSC_MODULUS_EN is low, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_ FTW/248). If DDSC_MODULUS_EN is high, main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_FTW + DDSC_ACC_DELTA/DDSC_ ACC_MODULUS)/248. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Rev. B | Page 104 of 150 Reset Access 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 R 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W Data Sheet AD9175 Addr. 0x135 Name DDSC_FTW3 Bits [7:0] Bit Name DDSC_FTW[31:24] 0x136 DDSC_FTW4 [7:0] DDSC_FTW[39:32] 0x137 DDSC_FTW5 [7:0] DDSC_FTW[47:40] 0x138 DDSC_PHASE_ OFFSET0 [7:0] DDSC_NCO_ PHASE_OFFSET[7:0] 0x139 DDSC_PHASE_ OFFSET1 [7:0] DDSC_NCO_ PHASE_ OFFSET[15:8] 0x13A DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS0 [7:0] DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS[7:0] 0x13B DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS1 [7:0] DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS[15:8] Settings Description Sets the channel datapath NCO FTW. If DDSC_MODULUS_EN is low, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_ FTW/248). If DDSC_MODULUS_EN is high, main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_FTW + DDSC_ACC_DELTA/DDSC_ ACC_MODULUS)/248. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets the channel datapath NCO FTW. If DDSC_MODULUS_EN is low, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_ FTW/248). If DDSC_MODULUS_EN is high, main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_FTW + DDSC_ACC_DELTA/DDSC_ ACC_MODULUS)/248. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets the channel datapath NCO FTW. If DDSC_MODULUS_EN is low, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_ FTW/248). If DDSC_MODULUS_EN is high, main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_FTW + DDSC_ACC_DELTA/DDSC_ ACC_MODULUS)/248. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets the channel NCO phase offset. Code is in 16-bit, twos complement format. Degrees offset = 180 x (code/215). This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets the channel NCO phase offset. Code is in 16-bit, twos complement format. Degrees offset = 180 x (code/215). This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. If DDSC_ MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_FTW + DDSC_ACC_DELTA/DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS)/248. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. If DDSC_ MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_FTW + DDSC_ACC_DELTA/DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS)/248. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Rev. B | Page 105 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W AD9175 Data Sheet Addr. 0x13C Name DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS2 Bits [7:0] Bit Name DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS[23:16] 0x13D DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS3 [7:0] DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS[31:24] 0x13E DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS4 [7:0] DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS[39:32] 0x13F DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS5 [7:0] DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS[47:40] 0x140 DDSC_ACC_DELTA0 [7:0] DDSC_ACC_ DELTA[7:0] 0x141 DDSC_ACC_ DELTA1 [7:0] DDSC_ACC_ DELTA[15:8] Settings Description Sets DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. If DDSC_ MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_FTW + DDSC_ACC_DELTA/DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS)/248. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. If DDSC_ MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_FTW + DDSC_ACC_DELTA/DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS)/248. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. If DDSC_ MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_FTW + DDSC_ACC_DELTA/DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS)/248. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. If DDSC_ MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_FTW + DDSC_ACC_DELTA/DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS)/248. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSC_ACC_DELTA. If DDSC_ MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_FTW + DDSC_ACC_DELTA/DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS)/248. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSC_ACC_DELTA. If DDSC_ MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_FTW + DDSC_ACC_DELTA/DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS)/248. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Rev. B | Page 106 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W Data Sheet AD9175 Addr. 0x142 Name DDSC_ACC_DELTA2 Bits [7:0] Bit Name DDSC_ACC_ DELTA[23:16] 0x143 DDSC_ACC_DELTA3 [7:0] DDSC_ACC_ DELTA[31:24] 0x144 DDSC_ACC_DELTA4 [7:0] DDSC_ACC_ DELTA[39:32] 0x145 DDSC_ACC_DELTA5 [7:0] DDSC_ACC_ DELTA[47:40] 0x146 CHNL_GAIN0 [7:0] CHNL_GAIN[7:0] 0x147 CHNL_GAIN1 [7:4] [3:0] RESERVED CHNL_GAIN[11:8] 0x148 DC_CAL_TONE0 [7:0] DC_TEST_INPUT_ AMPLITUDE[7:0] 0x149 DC_CAL_TONE1 [7:0] DC_TEST_INPUT_ AMPLITUDE[15:8] Settings Description Sets DDSC_ACC_DELTA. If DDSC_ MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_FTW + DDSC_ACC_DELTA/DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS)/248. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSC_ACC_DELTA. If DDSC_ MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_FTW + DDSC_ACC_DELTA/DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS)/248. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSC_ACC_DELTA. If DDSC_ MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_FTW + DDSC_ACC_DELTA/DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS)/248. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets DDSC_ACC_DELTA. If DDSC_ MODULUS_EN is high, the main datapath NCO frequency = fDAC x (DDSC_FTW + DDSC_ACC_DELTA/DDSC_ACC_ MODULUS)/248. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > 0. DDSC_ACC_DELTA must be > DDSC_ACC_MODULUS. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Sets the scalar channel gain value. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Channel gain = CHNL_GAIN/211. Reserved. Sets the scalar channel gain value. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Channel gain = CHNL_GAIN/211. DC test tone amplitude. This value sets the I path and Q paths amplitudes independently. Set these bits to 0x50FF for a full-scale tone and ensure DDSC_EN_DC_INPUT in Register 0x130 Bit 0 is set to 1. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE control in Register 0x008. DC test tone amplitude. This value sets the I path and Q paths amplitudes independently. Set to 0x50FF for a full-scale tone and ensure that DDSC_EN_DC_INPUT (Register 0x130, Bit 0) is set to 1. This control is paged by the CHANNEL_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Rev. B | Page 107 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x8 R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W AD9175 Addr. 0x14B Name PRBS Data Sheet Bits 7 Bit Name PRBS_GOOD_Q Settings 1 0 6 PRBS_GOOD_I 0 1 5 4 RESERVED PRBS_INV_Q 0 1 3 PRBS_INV_I 0 1 2 PRBS_MODE 0 1 1 PRBS_RESET 0 1 0 PRBS_EN 0 1 0x14C 0x14D 0x14E PRBS_ERROR_I PRBS_ERROR_Q PRBS_CHANSEL [7:0] [7:0] [7:3] [2:0] PRBS_COUNT_I PRBS_COUNT_Q RESERVED PRBS_CHANSEL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0x151 DECODE_MODE 0x1DE SPI_ENABLE [7:5] 4 RESERVED MSB_SHUFFLE_EN [3:0] [7:2] 1 0 RESERVED RESERVED SPI_EN1 SPI_EN0 Description DAC1 good data indicator. Correct PRBS sequence detected. Incorrect sequence detected. Sticky; reset to 1 by PRBS_RESET. DAC0 good data indicator. Incorrect sequence detected. Sticky; reset to 1 by PRBS_RESET. Correct PRBS sequence detected. Reserved. DAC1 data inversion. Expect normal data. Expect inverted data. DAC0 data inversion. Expect normal data. Expect inverted data. Select which PRBS polynomial is used for the datapath PRBS test. 7-bit: x7 + x6 + 1. 15-bit: x15 + x14 + 1. Reset error counters. Normal operation. Reset counters. Enable PRBS checker. Disable. Enable. DAC0 PRBS error count. DAC1 PRBS error count. Reserved. Selects the channel to which the PRBS_ GOOD_x and PRBS_COUNT_x bit field readbacks correspond. Select Channel 0 for PRBS_COUNT_x and PRBS_GOOD_x (Channel 0, DAC0). Select Channel 1 for PRBS_COUNT_x and PRBS_GOOD_x (Channel 1, DAC0). Select Channel 2 for PRBS_COUNT_x and PRBS_GOOD_x (Channel 2, DAC0). Select Channel 3 for PRBS_COUNT_x and PRBS_GOOD_x (Channel 0, DAC1). Select Channel 4 for PRBS_COUNT_x and PRBS_GOOD_x (Channel 1, DAC1). Select Channel 5 for PRBS_COUNT_x and PRBS_GOOD_x (Channel 2, DAC1). OR all channels for PRBS_GOOD_x, sum all channels for PRBS_COUNT_x. Reserved. MSB shuffle control. Set =1 to enable shuffling the MSBs, or set = 0 to disable MSB shuffle and use the default (static) thermometer encoding instead. Reserved. Reserved. Enable SPI control. Enable SPI control. Rev. B | Page 108 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R 0x0 R 0x0 0x1 R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x7 R R R R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 0x0 0x1 0x1 R R R/W R/W Data Sheet AD9175 Addr. 0x1E2 Name DDSM_CAL_FTW0 Bits [7:0] Bit Name DDSM_CAL_ FTW[7:0] 0x1E3 DDSM_CAL_FTW1 [7:0] DDSM_CAL_ FTW[15:8] 0x1E4 DDSM_CAL_FTW2 [7:0] DDSM_CAL_ FTW[23:16] 0x1E5 DDSM_CAL_FTW3 [7:0] DDSM_CAL_ FTW[31:24] 0x1E6 DDSM_CAL_MODE_ DEF [7:3] 2 RESERVED DDSM_EN_CAL_ ACC Settings 0 1 1 DDSM_EN_CAL_ DC_INPUT 0 1 0 DDSM_EN_CAL_ FREQ_TUNE 0 1 0x1E7 0x200 DATAPATH_NCO_ SYNC_CFG MASTER_PD [7:2] RESERVED 1 ALL_NCO_SYNC_ ACK 0 START_NCO_SYNC [7:1] 0 RESERVED SERDES_MASTER_ PD Description FTW of the calibration accumulator. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. FTW of the calibration accumulator. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. FTW of the calibration accumulator. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. FTW of the calibration accumulator. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Reserved. Enable clock calibration accumulator. This bit must be first set high, and then must load the calibration FTW into Register 0x1E2 to Register 0x1E5 to take effect. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Disabled (does not clock the calibration frequency accumulator). Enables (turns on the clock to the calibration frequency accumulator). Enable dc input to calibration DDS. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Mux in datapath signal to the input of the final DDS. Mux in dc to the input of the final DDS. Enable tuning of the signal to calibration frequency for DAC0 only. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Disable calibration frequency tuning. Enable calibration frequency tuning. Reserved. Reset 0x0 Access R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R Acknowledge signal that all the active NCOs are loaded. This bit is the acknowledge indicator for both the START_NCO_SYNC bit (Bit 0 of this register) and the NCORST_ AFTER_ROT_EN bit (Register 0x03B, Bit 4) method of resetting the NCOs. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Used to start the sync of the NCOs on a rising edge of the SPI bit or SYSREF signal, depending on which is chosen as the update trigger. Upon receiving a trigger, the FTWs are loaded first, and then a synchronization occurs. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE bits in Register 0x008. Reserved. Powers down the entire JESD204B receiver analog (all eight channels and bias). 0x0 R 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x1 R R/W Rev. B | Page 109 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet Addr. 0x201 Name PHY_PD Bits [7:0] Bit Name PHY_PD 0x203 GENERIC_PD [7:2] 1 RESERVED PD_SYNCOUT0 0 Settings 0 1 Description SPI override to power down the individual PHYs. Bit 0 controls the SERDIN0 PHY. Bit 1 controls the SERDIN1 PHY. Bit 2 controls the SERDIN2 PHY. Bit 3 controls the SERDIN3 PHY. Bit 4 controls the SERDIN4 PHY. Bit 5 controls the SERDIN5 PHY. Bit 6 controls the SERDIN6 PHY. Bit 7 controls the SERDIN7 PHY. Reserved. Powers down the SYNCOUT0 driver. Enables the SYNCOUT0 output pins. Powers down the SYNCOUT0 output pins. Powers down the SYNCOUT1 driver. Enables the SYNCOUT1 output pins. Powers down the SYNCOUT1 output pins. 0x1 R/W 0 1 Reserved. PHY reset control bit. Set this bit to 1 to take the PHYs out of reset during device operation. SERDES configuration control register to set SERDES configuration address controls. SERDES configuration control register to commit the SERDES configuration controls written. Reserved. SERDES configuration control register to commit the SERDES configuration controls written. SERDES configuration control register to set the SERDES configuration control data. Equalizer setting for PHY 3 based on insertion loss of the system. Insertion loss 11 dB. Insertion loss > 11 dB. Equalizer setting for PHY 2 based on insertion loss of the system. Insertion loss 11 dB. Insertion loss > 11 dB. Equalizer setting for PHY 1 based on insertion loss of the system. Insertion loss 11 dB. Insertion loss > 11 dB. Equalizer setting for PHY 0 based on insertion loss of the system. Insertion loss 11 dB. Insertion loss > 11 dB. Output data inversion bit controls. Set Bit x corresponding to PHY x to invert the bit polarity. Not inverted. Inverted. Equalizer setting for PHY 7 based on insertion loss of the system. 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x3 R/W 0x3 R/W 0x3 R/W 0x3 R/W 0x66 R/W 0x3 R/W PD_SYNCOUT1 0x206 CDR_RESET [7:1] 0 RESERVED CDR_PHY_RESET 0x210 CBUS_ADDR [7:0] 0x212 CBUS_WRSTROBE_ PHY [7:0] SERDES_CBUS_ ADDR SERDES_CBUS_ WR0 0x213 CBUS_WRSTROBE_ OTHER [7:1] 0 RESERVED SERDES_CBUS_ WR1 0x216 CBUS_WDATA [7:0] 0x240 EQ_BOOST_PHY_ 3_0 [7:6] SERDES_CBUS_ DATA EQ_BOOST_PHY3 10 11 [5:4] EQ_BOOST_PHY2 10 11 [3:2] EQ_BOOST_PHY1 10 11 [1:0] EQ_BOOST_PHY0 10 11 0x234 CDR_BITINVERSE [7:0] SEL_IF_ PARDATAINV_DES_ RC_CH 0 1 0x241 EQ_BOOST_PHY_ 7_4 [7:6] EQ_BOOST_PHY7 Rev. B | Page 110 of 150 Reset 0xEE Access R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W Data Sheet Addr. Name AD9175 Bits Bit Name [5:4] EQ_BOOST_PHY6 Settings 10 11 10 11 [3:2] EQ_BOOST_PHY5 10 11 [1:0] EQ_BOOST_PHY4 10 11 0x242 EQ_GAIN_PHY_3_0 [7:6] EQ_GAIN_PHY3 01 11 [5:4] EQ_GAIN_PHY2 01 11 [3:2] EQ_GAIN_PHY1 01 11 [1:0] EQ_GAIN_PHY0 01 11 0x243 EQ_GAIN_PHY_7_4 [7:6] EQ_GAIN_PHY7 01 11 [5:4] EQ_GAIN_PHY6 01 11 [3:2] EQ_GAIN_PHY5 01 11 [1:0] EQ_GAIN_PHY4 01 11 0x244 EQ_FB_PHY_0 [7:5] [4:0] RESERVED EQ_PHY_0 0x245 EQ_FB_PHY_1 [7:5] [4:0] RESERVED EQ_PHY1 0x246 EQ_FB_PHY_2 [7:5] [4:0] RESERVED EQ_PHY2 Description Insertion loss 11 dB. Insertion loss > 11 dB. Equalizer setting for PHY 6 based on insertion loss of the system. Insertion loss 11 dB. Insertion loss > 11 dB. Equalizer setting for PHY 5 based on insertion loss of the system. Insertion loss 11 dB. Insertion loss > 11 dB. Equalizer setting for PHY 4 based on insertion loss of the system. Insertion loss 11 dB. Insertion loss > 11 dB. Equalizer gain for PHY 3 based on insertion loss of the system. Insertion loss 11 dB. Insertion loss > 11 dB. Equalizer gain for PHY 2 based on insertion loss of the system. Insertion loss 11 dB. Insertion loss > 11 dB. Equalizer gain for PHY 1 based on insertion loss of the system. Insertion loss 11 dB. Insertion loss > 11 dB. Equalizer gain for PHY 0 based on insertion loss of the system. Insertion loss 11 dB. Insertion loss > 11 dB. Equalizer gain for PHY 7 based on insertion loss of the system. Insertion loss 11 dB. Insertion loss > 11 dB. Equalizer gain for PHY 6 based on insertion loss of the system. Insertion loss 11 dB. Insertion loss > 11 dB. Equalizer gain for PHY 5 based on insertion loss of the system. Insertion loss 11 dB. Insertion loss > 11 dB. Equalizer gain for PHY 4 based on insertion loss of the system. Insertion loss 11 dB. Insertion loss > 11 dB. Reserved. SERDES equalizer setting for PHY0. Set this control to 0x1F for optimal performance. Reserved. SERDES equalizer setting for PHY1. Set this control to 0x1F for optimal performance. Reserved. SERDES equalizer setting for PHY2. Set this control to 0x1F for optimal performance. Rev. B | Page 111 of 150 Reset Access 0x3 R/W 0x3 R/W 0x3 R/W 0x3 R/W 0x3 R/W 0x3 R/W 0x3 R/W 0x3 R/W 0x3 R/W 0x3 R/W 0x3 R/W 0x0 0x19 R R/W 0x0 0x19 R R/W 0x0 0x19 R R/W AD9175 Data Sheet Addr. 0x247 Name EQ_FB_PHY_3 Bits [7:5] [4:0] Bit Name RESERVED EQ_PHY3 0x248 EQ_FB_PHY_4 [7:5] [4:0] RESERVED EQ_PHY4 0x249 EQ_FB_PHY_5 [7:5] [4:0] RESERVED EQ_PHY5 0x24A EQ_FB_PHY_6 [7:5] [4:0] RESERVED EQ_PHY6 0x24B EQ_FB_PHY_7 [7:5] [4:0] RESERVED EQ_PHY7 0x250 LBT_REG_CNTRL_0 [7:0] EN_LBT_DES_ RC_CH 0x251 LBT_REG_CNTRL_1 [7:2] 1 RESERVED EN_LBT_ HALFRATE_DES_ RC 0 INIT_LBT_SYNC_ DES_RC RESERVED 0x253 SYNCOUT0_CTRL [7:1] 0 Settings SEL_SYNCOUT0_ MODE 0 1 0x254 SYNCOUT1_CTRL PLL_ENABLE_CTRL Reset 0x0 0x19 Access R R/W 0x0 0x19 R R/W 0x0 0x19 R R/W 0x0 0x19 R R/W 0x0 0x19 R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x1 R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W This control determines the output driver mode for the SYNCOUT0 pin operation. Both SYNCOUT0 and SYNCOUT1 must be set to the same mode of operation. SYNCOUT0 is set to CMOS output. SYNCOUT0 is set to LVDS output. 0x0 R/W [7:1] RESERVED Reserved. 0x0 R/W 0 SEL_SYNCOUT1_ MODE This control determines the output driver mode for the SYNCOUT1 pin operation. Both SYNCOUT0 and SYNCOUT1 must be set to the same mode of operation. SYNCOUT1 is set to CMOS output. SYNCOUT1 is set to LVDS output. 0x0 R/W Reserved. Clears out loss of lock bit. 0x0 0x0 R R/W Pulse high to start VCO calibration (without restarting the regulator or remeasuring the temperature). SERDES circuitry blocks are powered off when this bit is set to 0. Set this bit to 1 at the end of the SERDES configuration writes. When this bit is set to 1, it powers up the SERDES PLL blocks and starts the LDO and calibration routine to lock the PLL automatically to the appropriate lane rate based on the JESD204B mode and interpolation options programmed in the device. The SERDES_PLL_LOCK bit (Register 0x281, Bit 0) reads 1 when the PLL achieves lock. 0x0 R/W 0x1 R/W 0 1 0x280 Description Reserved. SERDES equalizer setting for PHY3. Set this control to 0x1F for optimal performance. Reserved. SERDES equalizer setting for PHY4. Set this control to 0x1F for optimal performance. Reserved. SERDES equalizer setting for PHY5. Set this control to 0x1F for optimal performance. Reserved. SERDES equalizer setting for PHY6. Set this control to 0x1F for optimal performance. Reserved. SERDES equalizer setting for PHY7. Set this control to 0x1F for optimal performance. Enable loopback test for desired physical lanes per PHY, with Bit x corresponding to PHY x. Reserved. Enables half rate mode for the loopback test. If this bit is set to 1, the output data rate = 2x the input clock frequency. If this bit is set to 0, the output data rate = the input clock frequency. Initiate the loopback test by toggling this bit from 0 to 1, then back to 0. Reserved. [7:3] 2 1 0 RESERVED LOLSTICKYCLEAR_ LCPLL_RC LDSYNTH_LCPLL_ RC SERDES_PLL_ STARTUP Rev. B | Page 112 of 150 Data Sheet Addr. 0x281 Name PLL_STATUS 0x300 GENERAL_JRX_ CTRL_0 AD9175 Bits [7:1] 0 [7:4] 3 Bit Name RESERVED SERDES_PLL_LOCK RESERVED LINK_MODE 2 LINK_PAGE Settings 0 1 [1:0] LINK_EN 0x302 DYN_LINK_ LATENCY_0 [7:6] [5:0] RESERVED DYN_LINK_ LATENCY_0 0x303 DYN_LINK_ LATENCY_1 [7:6] [5:0] RESERVED DYN_LINK_ LATENCY_1 0x304 LMFC_DELAY_0 [7:6] [5:0] RESERVED LMFC_DELAY_0 0x305 LMFC_DELAY_1 [7:6] [5:0] RESERVED LMFC_DELAY_1 0x306 LMFC_VAR_0 [7:6] [5:0] RESERVED LMFC_VAR_0 0x307 LMFC_VAR_1 [7:6] [5:0] RESERVED LMFC_VAR_1 0x308 XBAR_LN_0_1 [7:6] [5:3] RESERVED LOGICAL_LANE1_ SRC 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 Description Reserved. PLL is locked when this bit is high. Reserved. Reads back 0 when in single-link mode and 1 when in dual-link mode. Link paging. This bit selects which link register map is used. This paging affects Register 0x400 to Register 0x4BB. Page QBD0 for Link 0. Page QBD1 for Link 1. These bits bring up the JESD204B digital receiver when all link parameters are programmed and all clocks are ready. Bit 0 applies to Link 0, whereas Bit 1 applies to Link 1. Link 1 is only available in dual-link mode. Reserved. Dynamic link latency, Link 0. Latency between the LMFC receiver for Link 0 and the last arriving LMFC boundary in units of PCLK cycles. Reserved. Dynamic link latency, Link 1. Latency between the LMFC receiver for Link 1 and the last arriving LMFC boundary in units of PCLK cycles. Reserved. LMFC delay, Link 0. Delay from the LMFC to the LMFC receiver for Link 0 in units of PCLK cycles. Reserved. LMFC delay, Link 1. Delay from the LMFC to the LMFC receiver for Link 1 in units of PCLK cycles. Reserved. Variable delay buffer, Link 0. These bits set when data is read from a buffer to be consistent across links and power cycles (in units of PCLK cycles). The maximum value is 0xC. Reserved. Variable delay buffer, Link 1. These bits set when data is read from a buffer to be consistent across links and power cycles (in units of PCLK cycles). The maximum value is 0xC. Reserved. Logical Lane 1 source. These bits select a physical lane to be mapped onto Logical Lane 1. Data is from SERDIN0. Data is from SERDIN1. Data is from SERDIN2. Data is from SERDIN3. Data is from SERDIN4. Data is from SERDIN5. Data is from SERDIN6. Rev. B | Page 113 of 150 Reset 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 Access R R R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 0x3F R R/W 0x0 0x3F R R/W 0x0 0x1 R R/W AD9175 Addr. Name Data Sheet Bits Bit Name [2:0] LOGICAL_LANE0_ SRC Settings 111 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 0x309 XBAR_LN_2_3 [7:6] [5:3] RESERVED LOGICAL_LANE3_ SRC 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 [2:0] LOGICAL_LANE2_ SRC 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 0x30A XBAR_LN_4_5 [7:6] [5:3] RESERVED LOGICAL_LANE5_ SRC 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 [2:0] LOGICAL_LANE4_ SRC 000 001 010 011 100 Description Data is from SERDIN7. Logical Lane 0 source. These bits select a physical lane to be mapped onto Logical Lane 0. Data is from SERDIN0. Data is from SERDIN1. Data is from SERDIN2. Data is from SERDIN3. Data is from SERDIN4. Data is from SERDIN5. Data is from SERDIN6. Data is from SERDIN7. Reserved. Logical Lane 3 source. These bits select a physical lane to be mapped onto Logical Lane 3. Data is from SERDIN0. Data is from SERDIN1. Data is from SERDIN2. Data is from SERDIN3. Data is from SERDIN4. Data is from SERDIN5. Data is from SERDIN6. Data is from SERDIN7. Logical Lane 2 source. These bits select a physical lane to be mapped onto Logical Lane 2. Data is from SERDIN0. Data is from SERDIN1. Data is from SERDIN2. Data is from SERDIN3. Data is from SERDIN4. Data is from SERDIN5. Data is from SERDIN6. Data is from SERDIN7. Reserved. Logical Lane 5 source. These bits select a physical lane to be mapped onto Logical Lane 5. Data is from SERDIN0. Data is from SERDIN1. Data is from SERDIN2. Data is from SERDIN3. Data is from SERDIN4. Data is from SERDIN5. Data is from SERDIN6. Data is from SERDIN7. Logical Lane 4 source. These bits select a physical lane to be mapped onto Logical Lane 4. Data is from SERDIN0. Data is from SERDIN1. Data is from SERDIN2. Data is from SERDIN3. Data is from SERDIN4. Rev. B | Page 114 of 150 Reset Access 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x3 R R/W 0x2 R/W 0x0 0x5 R R/W 0x4 R/W Data Sheet AD9175 Addr. Name Bits Bit Name 0x30B XBAR_LN_6_7 [7:6] [5:3] RESERVED LOGICAL_LANE7_ SRC Settings 101 110 111 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 [2:0] LOGICAL_LANE6_ SRC 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 0x30C FIFO_STATUS_REG_0 [7:0] LANE_FIFO_FULL 0x30D FIFO_STATUS_REG_1 [7:0] LANE_FIFO_EMPTY 0x311 SYNCOUT_GEN_0 [7:4] RESERVED 3 EOMF_MASK_1 0x0 0x7 R R/W 0x6 R/W 0x0 R 0x0 R R 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 1 Mask EOMF from QBD0. Assert SYNCOUT0 based on the loss of the multiframe synchronization. Do not assert SYNCOUT0 on loss of multiframe. Assert SYNCOUT0 on loss of multiframe. 0x0 R/W 0 1 Mask EOF from QBD1. Assert SYNCOUT1 based on loss of frame synchronization. Do not assert SYNCOUT1 on loss of frame. Assert SYNCOUT1 on loss of frame. 0x0 R/W 0 1 Mask EOF from QBD0. Assert SYNCOUT0 based on loss of frame synchronization. Do not assert SYNCOUT0 on loss of frame. Assert SYNCOUT0 on loss of frame. EOMF_MASK_0 0 0 Access 0x0 1 1 Reset Mask end of multiframe (EOMF) from QBD1. Assert SYNCOUT1 based on the loss of the multiframe synchronization. Do not assert SYNCOUT1 on loss of multiframe. Assert SYNCOUT1 on loss of multiframe. 0 2 Description Data is from SERDIN5. Data is from SERDIN6. Data is from SERDIN7. Reserved. Logical Lane 7 source. These bits select a physical lane to be mapped onto Logical Lane 7. Data is from SERDIN0. Data is from SERDIN1. Data is from SERDIN2. Data is from SERDIN3. Data is from SERDIN4. Data is from SERDIN5. Data is from SERDIN6. Data is from SERDIN7. Logical Lane 6 source. These bits select a physical lane to be mapped onto Logical Lane 6. Data is from SERDIN0. Data is from SERDIN1. Data is from SERDIN2. Data is from SERDIN3. Data is from SERDIN4. Data is from SERDIN5. Data is from SERDIN6. Data is from SERDIN7. Bit x corresponds to FIFO full flag for data from SERDINx. Bit x corresponds to FIFO empty flag for data from SERDINx. Reserved. EOF_MASK_1 EOF_MASK_0 Rev. B | Page 115 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet Addr. 0x312 Name SYNCOUT_GEN_1 Bits [7:4] Bit Name SYNC_ERR_DUR 0x315 PHY_PRBS_TEST_EN [3:0] [7:0] RESERVED PHY_TEST_EN Settings 0 1 0x316 PHY_PRBS_TEST_ CTRL 7 [6:4] RESERVED PHY_SRC_ERR_CNT 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 [3:2] PHY_PRBS_PAT_SE L 00 01 10 11 1 PHY_TEST_START 0 1 0 PHY_TEST_RESET 0 1 0x317 0x318 0x319 0x31A 0x31B 0x31C 0x31D 0x31E PHY_PRBS_TEST_ THRESHOLD_ LOBITS PHY_PRBS_TEST_ THRESHOLD_ MIDBITS PHY_PRBS_TEST_ THRESHOLD_HIBITS [7:0] PHY_PRBS_TEST_ ERRCNT_LOBITS PHY_PRBS_TEST_ ERRCNT_MIDBITS PHY_PRBS_TEST_ ERRCNT_HIBITS PHY_PRBS_TEST_ STATUS PHY_DATA_ SNAPSHOT_CTRL [7:0] [7:0] PHY_PRBS_ THRESHOLD_ LOBITS PHY_PRBS_ THRESHOLD_ MIDBITS PHY_PRBS_ THRESHOLD_ HIBITS PHY_PRBS_ERR_ CNT_LOBITS PHY_PRBS_ERR_ CNT_MIDBITS PHY_PRBS_ERR_ CNT_HIBITS PHY_PRBS_PASS [7:2] 1 RESERVED PHY_GRAB_MODE [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] 0 1 Description Duration of SYNCOUTx low for the purposes of the synchronization error report. Duration = (0.5 + code) PCLK cycles. To most closely match the specified value, set these bits as close as possible to f/2 PCLK cycles. These bits are shared between SYNCOUT0 and SYNCOUT1. Reset 0x0 Access R/W Reserved. Enable PHY BER by ungating the clocks. PHY test disable. PHY test enable. Reserved. 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W Bits[15:8] of the 24-bit threshold value to set the error flag for the PHY PRBS test. 0x0 R/W Bits[23:16] of the 24-bit threshold value to set the error flag for the PHY PRBS test. 0x0 R/W Bits[7:0] of the 24-bit reported PHY BER error count from the selected lane. Bits[15:8] of the 24-bit reported PHY BER error count from the selected lane. Bits[23:16] of the 24-bit reported PHY BER error count from the selected lane. Reports PHY BER pass/fail for each lane. Bit x is high when Lane x passes. Reserved. This bit determines whether to use the trigger to grab data. Grab data when PHY_GRAB_DATA is set. Grab data upon bit error. 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0xFF R 0x0 0x0 R R/W Report Lane 0 error count. Report Lane 1 error count. Report Lane 2 error count. Report Lane 3 error count. Report Lane 4 error count. Report Lane 5 error count. Report Lane 6 error count. Report Lane 7 error count. Select PRBS pattern for PHY BER test. PRBS7. PRBS15. PRBS31. Not used. Starts and stops the PHY PRBS test. Test not started. Test started. Resets PHY PRBS test state machine and error counters. Not reset. Reset. Bits[7:0] of the 24-bit threshold value to set the error flag for the PHY PRBS test. Rev. B | Page 116 of 150 Data Sheet AD9175 Addr. Name Bits 0 Bit Name PHY_GRAB_DATA 0x31F PHY_SNAPSHOT_ DATA_BYTE0 PHY_SNAPSHOT_ DATA_BYTE1 PHY_SNAPSHOT_ DATA_BYTE2 PHY_SNAPSHOT_ DATA_BYTE3 PHY_SNAPSHOT_ DATA_BYTE4 SHORT_TPL_TEST_0 [7:0] PHY_SNAPSHOT_ DATA_BYTE0 PHY_SNAPSHOT_ DATA_BYTE1 PHY_SNAPSHOT_ DATA_BYTE2 PHY_SNAPSHOT_ DATA_BYTE3 PHY_SNAPSHOT_ DATA_BYTE4 SHORT_TPL_SP_ SEL 0x320 0x321 0x322 0x323 0x32C [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:4] Settings 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 [3:2] SHORT_TPL_CHAN _SEL 00 01 10 1 SHORT_TPL_TEST_ RESET 0 1 0 SHORT_TPL_TEST_ EN 0 1 0x32D SHORT_TPL_TEST_1 [7:0] SHORT_TPL_REF_ SP_LSB Description Transitioning this bit from 0 to 1 causes the logic to store current receive data from one lane. Current data received. Represents PHY_SNAPSHOT_DATA[7:0]. Current data received. Represents PHY_SNAPSHOT_DATA[15:8]. Current data received. Represents PHY_SNAPSHOT_DATA[23:16]. Current data received. Represents PHY_SNAPSHOT_DATA[31:24]. Current data received. Represents PHY_SNAPSHOT_DATA[39:32]. Short transport layer sample select. Selects which sample to check from a specific DAC. Sample 0. Sample 1. Sample 2. Sample 3. Sample 4. Sample 5. Sample 6. Sample 7. Sample 8. Sample 9. Sample 10. Sample 11. Sample 12. Sample 13. Sample 14. Sample 15. Short transport layer test channel select. Selects which subchannel of the DACx channelizer to test. Channel 0. Channel 1. Channel 2. Short transport layer test reset. Resets the result of short transport layer test. Not reset. Reset. Short transport layer test enable. Enable short transport layer test. Disable. Enable. Short transport layer reference sample, LSB. This bit field is the lower eight bits of the expected DAC sample during the short transport layer test and is used to compare with the received sample at the JESD204B receiver output. Rev. B | Page 117 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R/W 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W AD9175 Data Sheet Addr. 0x32E Name SHORT_TPL_TEST_2 Bits [7:0] Bit Name SHORT_TPL_REF_ SP_MSB 0x32F SHORT_TPL_TEST_3 7 SHORT_TPL_LINK_ SEL Settings 0 1 6 SHORT_TPL_IQ_ SAMPLE_SEL 0 1 [5:1] 0 RESERVED SHORT_TPL_FAIL 0 1 0x334 JESD_BIT_INVERSE_ CTRL [7:0] JESD_BIT_INVERSE 0x400 DID_REG [7:0] DID_RD 0x401 BID_REG [7:0] BID_RD 0x402 LID0_REG 7 6 RESERVED ADJDIR_RD 5 PHADJ_RD [4:0] LL_LID0 7 SCR_RD 0x403 SCR_L_REG 0 1 [6:5] [4:0] RESERVED L_RD_1 Description Short transport layer test reference sample, MSB. This bit field is the upper eight bits of the expected DAC sample during the short transport layer test and is used to compare with the received sample at the JESD204B receiver output. For running STPL on dual-link JESD204B modes. Selects whether the STPL test is performed on samples that are addressed to the DAC0 channelizers/datapaths (Link 0), or the DAC1 channelizers/datapaths (Link 1). Link 0 samples are tested. Link 1 samples are tested. Selects which data stream (path) to test for a complex subchannel of the channelizer, I or Q. For nonIQ JESD204B modes, select the I path. Select to test the I data stream. Select to test the Q data stream. Reserved. Short transport layer test fail. This bit shows if the selected DAC sample matches the expected sample for the short transport layer test. If they match, the test passes. Otherwise, the test fails. Test pass. Test fail. Logical lane invert. Each bit of this control inverses the JESD204B deserialized data from one specific JESD204B receiver PHY. Set Bit x high to invert the JESD204B deserialized data on Logical Lane x. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Reserved. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Received ILAS LID configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Scrambling is disabled. Scrambling is enabled. Reserved. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Rev. B | Page 118 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 R/W R 0x0 R/W 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 0x0 R R Data Sheet AD9175 Addr. Name Bits Bit Name 0x404 F_REG [7:0] F_RD_1 Settings 00000 00001 00010 00011 0 1 10 11 0x405 K_REG [7:5] [4:0] RESERVED K_RD_1 00000 11111 0x406 M_REG [7:0] M_RD_1 0x407 CS_N_REG [7:6] CS_RD 5 [4:0] RESERVED N_RD_1 [7:5] SUBCLASSV_RD [4:0] NP_RD_1 [7:5] JESDV_RD_1 0x408 0x409 NP_REG S_REG 000 001 0x40A HD_CF_REG [4:0] S_RD_1 7 HD_RD 0 1 [6:5] [4:0] RESERVED CF_RD 0x40B RES1_REG [7:0] RES1_RD 0x40C RES2_REG [7:0] RES2_RD Description 1 lane per converter device. 2 lanes per converter device. 3 lanes per converter device. 4 lanes per converter device. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. 1 octet per frame. 2 octets per frame. 3 octets per frame. 4 octets per frame. Reserved. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Default value. 32 frames per multiframe. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Reserved. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. JESD204A. JESD204B. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Low density mode. High density mode. Reserved. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Received ILAS configuration on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Rev. B | Page 119 of 150 Reset Access 0x0 R 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 R 0x0 R AD9175 Data Sheet Addr. 0x40D Name CHECKSUM0_REG Bits [7:0] Bit Name LL_FCHK0 0x40E COMPSUM0_REG [7:0] LL_FCMP0 0x412 LID1_REG [7:5] [4:0] RESERVED LL_LID1 0x415 CHECKSUM1_REG [7:0] LL_FCHK1 0x416 COMPSUM1_REG [7:0] LL_FCMP1 0x41A LID2_REG [7:5] [4:0] RESERVED LL_LID2 0x41D CHECKSUM2_REG [7:0] LL_FCHK2 0x41E COMPSUM2_REG [7:0] LL_FCMP2 0x422 LID3_REG [7:5] [4:0] RESERVED LL_LID3 0x425 CHECKSUM3_REG [7:0] LL_FCHK3 0x426 COMPSUM3_REG [7:0] LL_FCMP3 0x42A LID4_REG [7:5] [4:0] RESERVED LL_LID4 0x42D CHECKSUM4_REG [7:0] LL_FCHK4 0x42E COMPSUM4_REG [7:0] LL_FCMP4 0x432 LID5_REG [7:5] [4:0] RESERVED LL_LID5 0x435 CHECKSUM5_REG [7:0] LL_FCHK5 0x436 COMPSUM5_REG [7:0] LL_FCMP5 0x43A LID6_REG [7:5] RESERVED Settings Description Received checksum during ILAS on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Computed checksum on Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Reserved. Received ILAS LID configuration on Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Received checksum during ILAS on Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Computed checksum on Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Reserved. Received ILAS LID configuration on Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Received checksum during ILAS on Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Computed checksum on Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Reserved. Received ILAS LID configuration on Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Received checksum during ILAS on Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Computed checksum on Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Reserved. Received ILAS LID configuration on Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Received checksum during ILAS on Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Computed checksum on Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Reserved. Received ILAS LID configuration on Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Received checksum during ILAS on Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Computed checksum on Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Reserved. Rev. B | Page 120 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R 0x0 R 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R Data Sheet AD9175 Addr. Name Bits [4:0] Bit Name LL_LID6 0x43D CHECKSUM6_REG [7:0] LL_FCHK6 0x43E COMPSUM6_REG [7:0] LL_FCMP6 0x442 LID7_REG [7:5] [4:0] RESERVED LL_LID7 0x445 CHECKSUM7_REG [7:0] LL_FCHK7 0x446 COMPSUM7_REG [7:0] LL_FCMP7 0x450 ILS_DID [7:0] DID 0x451 ILS_BID [7:0] BID 0x452 ILS_LID0 7 6 RESERVED ADJDIR 5 PHADJ [4:0] LID0 7 SCR 0x453 ILS_SCR_L Settings 0 1 [6:5] [4:0] RESERVED L_1 0x454 ILS_F [7:0] F_1 0x455 ILS_K [7:5] RESERVED Description Received ILAS LID configuration on Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Received checksum during ILAS on Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Computed checksum on Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Reserved. Received ILAS LID configuration on Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Received checksum during ILAS on Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Computed checksum on Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Device (link) identification number. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Bank ID, extension to DID. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. Reserved. Direction to adjust the DAC LMFC. Link information is received on Link Lane 0 as specified in Section 8.3 of JESD204B. Only Link 0 is supported. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Phase adjustment request to the DAC. Only Link 0 is supported. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Lane identification number (within link). This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. Scramble enabled for the link. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Descrambling is disabled. Descrambling is enabled. Reserved. Number of lanes per converter (minus 1). This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Number of octets per frame per lane (minus 1). This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Reserved. Rev. B | Page 121 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x1 R/W 0x0 0x7 R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R AD9175 Data Sheet Addr. Name Bits [4:0] Bit Name K_1 0x456 ILS_M [7:0] M_1 0x457 ILS_CS_N [7:6] CS 5 [4:0] RESERVED N_1 [7:5] SUBCLASSV Settings 11111 0x458 ILS_NP 000 001 0x459 ILS_S [4:0] NP_1 [7:5] JESDV 000 001 0x45A ILS_HD_CF [4:0] S_1 7 HD 0 1 [6:5] [4:0] RESERVED CF 0x45B ILS_RES1 [7:0] RES1 0x45C ILS_RES2 [7:0] RES2 0x45D ILS_CHECKSUM [7:0] FCHK0 0x46C LANE_DESKEW 7 ILD7 0 1 Description Number of frames per multiframe (minus 1). This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. 32 frames per multiframe. Number of subchannels per link (minus 1). This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Number of control bits per sample. Only Link 0 is supported. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Reserved. Converter resolution (minus 1). This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Device subclass version. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Subclass 0. Subclass 1. Total number of bits per sample (minus 1). This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. JESD204 version. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. JESD204A. JESD204B. Number of samples per converter per frame cycle (minus 1). This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. High density format, always set to 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Low density mode. High density mode. Reserved. Number of control bits per sample. Only Link 0 is supported. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Reserved field 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Reserved field 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Calculated link configuration checksum. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. Interlane deskew status for Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Deskew failed. Deskew achieved. Rev. B | Page 122 of 150 Reset 0x1F Access R/W 0x1 R/W 0x0 R 0x0 0xF R R/W 0x0 R/W 0xF R/W 0x0 R/W 0x1 R/W 0x1 R 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R Data Sheet Addr. Name AD9175 Bits 6 Bit Name ILD6 Settings 0 1 5 ILD5 0 1 4 ILD4 0 1 3 ILD3 0 1 2 ILD2 0 1 1 ILD1 0 1 0 ILD0 0 1 0x46D BAD_DISPARITY 7 BDE7 0 1 6 BDE6 0 1 5 BDE5 0 1 4 BDE4 0 1 Description Interlane deskew status for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Deskew failed. Deskew achieved. Interlane deskew status for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Deskew failed. Deskew achieved. Interlane deskew status for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Deskew failed. Deskew achieved. Interlane deskew status for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Deskew failed. Deskew achieved. Interlane deskew status for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Deskew failed. Deskew achieved. Interlane deskew status for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Deskew failed. Deskew achieved. Interlane deskew status for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Deskew failed. Deskew achieved. Bad disparity errors status for Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < error threshold (ETH)[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Bad disparity errors status for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Bad disparity errors status for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Bad disparity errors status for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Rev. B | Page 123 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R AD9175 Addr. Name Data Sheet Bits 3 Bit Name BDE3 Settings 0 1 2 BDE2 0 1 1 BDE1 0 1 0 BDE0 0 1 0x46E NOT_IN_TABLE 7 NIT7 0 1 6 NIT6 0 1 5 NIT5 0 1 4 NIT4 0 1 3 NIT3 0 1 2 NIT2 0 1 1 NIT1 0 1 Description Bad disparity errors status for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Bad disparity errors status for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Bad disparity errors status for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Bad disparity errors status for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Not in table errors status for Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Not in table errors status for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Not in table errors status for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Not in table errors status for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Not in table errors status for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Not in table errors status for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Not in table errors status for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Rev. B | Page 124 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R Data Sheet Addr. Name AD9175 Bits 0 Bit Name NIT0 Settings 0 1 0x46F UNEXPECTED_ KCHAR 7 UEK7 0 1 6 UEK6 0 1 5 UEK5 0 1 4 UEK4 0 1 3 UEK3 0 1 2 UEK2 0 1 1 UEK1 0 1 0 UEK0 0 1 0x470 CODE_GRP_SYNC 7 CGS7 0 1 6 CGS6 0 1 Description Not in table errors status for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Unexpected K character errors status, Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Unexpected K character errors status, Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Unexpected K character errors status, Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Unexpected K character errors status, Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Unexpected K character errors status, Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Unexpected K character errors status, Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Unexpected K character errors status, Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Unexpected K character errors status, Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Code group synchronization status for Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Code group synchronization status for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Rev. B | Page 125 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R AD9175 Addr. Name Data Sheet Bits 5 Bit Name CGS5 Settings 0 1 4 CGS4 0 1 3 CGS3 0 1 2 CGS2 0 1 1 CGS1 0 1 0 CGS0 0 1 0x471 FRAME_SYNC 7 FS7 0 1 6 FS6 0 1 5 FS5 0 1 4 FS4 0 1 3 FS3 0 1 Description Code group synchronization status for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Code group synchronization status for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Code group synchronization status for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Code group synchronization status for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Code group synchronization status for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Code group synchronization status for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Frame synchronization status for Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Frame synchronization status for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Frame synchronization status for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Frame synchronization status for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Frame synchronization status for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Rev. B | Page 126 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R Data Sheet Addr. Name AD9175 Bits 2 Bit Name FS2 Settings 0 1 1 FS1 0 1 0 FS0 0 1 0x472 GOOD_CHECKSUM 7 CKS7 0 1 6 CKS6 0 1 5 CKS5 0 1 4 CKS4 0 1 3 CKS3 0 1 2 CKS2 0 1 1 CKS1 0 1 0 CKS0 0 1 Description Frame synchronization status for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Frame synchronization status for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Frame synchronization status for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Computed checksum status for Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Checksum is incorrect. Checksum is correct. Computed checksum status for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Checksum is incorrect. Checksum is correct. Computed checksum status for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Checksum is incorrect. Checksum is correct. Computed checksum status for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Checksum is incorrect. Checksum is correct. Computed checksum status for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Checksum is incorrect. Checksum is correct. Computed checksum status for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Checksum is incorrect. Checksum is correct. Computed checksum status for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Checksum is incorrect. Checksum is correct. Computed checksum status for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Checksum is incorrect. Checksum is correct. Rev. B | Page 127 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R AD9175 Addr. 0x473 Name INIT_LANE_SYNC Data Sheet Bits 7 Bit Name ILS7 Settings 0 1 6 ILS6 0 1 5 ILS5 0 1 4 ILS4 0 1 3 ILS3 0 1 2 ILS2 0 1 1 ILS1 0 1 0 ILS0 0 1 0x475 CTRLREG0 [7:4] 3 RESERVED SOFTRST 2 FORCESYNCREQ 1 0 RESERVED REPL_FRM_ENA Description Initial lane synchronization status for Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Initial lane synchronization status for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Initial lane synchronization status for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Initial lane synchronization status for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Initial lane synchronization status for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Initial lane synchronization status for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Initial lane synchronization status for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Initial lane synchronization status for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Reserved. QBD soft reset. Active high synchronous reset. Resets all hardware to power-on state. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Command from application to assert a synchronization request. Active high. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Reserved. When this level input is set, it enables the replacement of frames received in error. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. Rev. B | Page 128 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x1 R R/W Data Sheet Addr. 0x476 Name CTRLREG1 AD9175 Bits [7:5] 4 Bit Name RESERVED QUAL_RDERR Settings 0 1 [3:1] 0 RESERVED FCHK_N 0 1 0x477 CTRLREG2 7 ILS_MODE 0 1 6 5 RESERVED REPDATATEST 4 QUETESTERR 0 1 Description Reserved. Error reporting behavior for concurrent not in table (NIT) and running disparity (RD) errors. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Set this bit to 1. This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. NIT has no effect on RD error. NIT error masks concurrent with RD error. Reserved. Checksum calculation method. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. Checksum is calculated by summing the individual fields in the link configuration table as defined in Section 8.3, Table 20 of the JESD204B standard. Checksum is calculated by summing the registers containing the packed link configuration fields (sum of Register 0x450 to Register 0x45A, modulo 256). Data link layer test mode is enabled when this bit is set to 1. CGS pattern is followed by a perpetual ILAS sequence. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. Normal mode. CGS pattern is followed by a perpetual ILAS sequence. Reserved. Repetitive data test enable using the JTSPAT pattern. To enable the test, Bit 7 of this register must = 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. Queue test error mode. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. When this bit = 0, simultaneous errors on multiple lanes are reported as one error. Selected when this bit = 1 and when REPDATATEST = 1. Detected errors from all lanes are trapped in a counter and sequentially signaled on SYNCOUTx. Rev. B | Page 129 of 150 Reset 0x0 0x1 Access R R/W 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W 0x0 R/W AD9175 Addr. Name 0x478 Data Sheet Bits 3 Bit Name AR_ECNTR KVAL [2:0] [7:0] RESERVED KSYNC 0x47C ERRORTHRES [7:0] ETH 0x47D SYNC_ASSERT_ MASK [7:3] [2:0] RESERVED SYNC_ASSERT_ MASK 0x480 ECNT_CTRL0 [7:6] [5:3] RESERVED ECNT_ENA0 [2:0] ECNT_RST0 Settings Description Automatic reset of error counter. The error counter that causes assertion of SYNCOUTx is automatically reset to 0 when AR_ECNTR = 1. All other counters are unaffected. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. Reserved. Number of 4 x K multiframes during ILAS. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. Error counter threshold value. These bits set when a SYNCOUTx error or IRQx interrupt is sent due to BD, NIT, or UEK errors. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. Reserved. SYNCOUTx assertion enable mask for BD, NIT, and UEK error conditions. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Active high, SYNCOUTxassertion enable mask for BD, NIT, and UEK error conditions, respectively. When an error counter, in any lane, has reached the error threshold count, ETH[7:0], and the corresponding SYNC_ASSERT_MASK bit is set, SYNCOUTx is asserted. The mask bits are as follows (the bit sequence is reversed with respect to the other error count controls and the error counters): Bit 2 = bad disparity error (BDE). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Reserved. Error counter enables for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 5 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 4 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 3 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reset error counters for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = bad disparity error (BDE). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Rev. B | Page 130 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R/W 0x0 0x1 R R/W 0xFF R/W 0x0 0x7 R R/W 0x0 0x7 R R/W 0x7 R/W Data Sheet Addr. 0x481 0x482 0x483 0x484 Name ECNT_CTRL1 ECNT_CTRL2 ECNT_CTRL3 ECNT_CTRL4 AD9175 Bits [7:6] [5:3] Bit Name RESERVED ECNT_ENA1 [2:0] ECNT_RST1 [7:6] [5:3] RESERVED ECNT_ENA2 [2:0] ECNT_RST2 [7:6] [5:3] RESERVED ECNT_ENA3 [2:0] ECNT_RST3 [7:6] [5:3] RESERVED ECNT_ENA4 [2:0] ECNT_RST4 Settings Description Reserved. Error counter enables for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 5 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 4 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 3 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reset error counters for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reserved. Error counter enables for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 5 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 4 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 3 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reset error counters for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reserved. Error counter enables for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 5 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 4 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 3 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reset error counters for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reserved. Error counter enables for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 5 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 4 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 3 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reset error counters for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Rev. B | Page 131 of 150 Reset 0x0 0x7 Access R R/W 0x7 R/W 0x0 0x7 R R/W 0x7 R/W 0x0 0x7 R R/W 0x7 R/W 0x0 0x7 R R/W 0x7 R/W AD9175 Data Sheet Addr. Name Bits Bit Name 0x485 ECNT_CTRL5 [7:6] [5:3] RESERVED ECNT_ENA5 [2:0] ECNT_RST5 [7:6] [5:3] RESERVED ECNT_ENA6 [2:0] ECNT_RST6 [7:6] [5:3] RESERVED ECNT_ENA7 [2:0] ECNT_RST7 [7:3] RESERVED 0x486 0x487 0x488 ECNT_CTRL6 ECNT_CTRL7 ECNT_TCH0 Settings Description Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reserved. Error counter enables for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 5 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 4 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 3 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reset error counters for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reserved. Error counter enables for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 5 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 4 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 3 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reset error counters for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reserved. Error counter enables for Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 5 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 4 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 3 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reset error counters for Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reserved. Rev. B | Page 132 of 150 Reset Access 0x0 0x7 R R/W 0x7 R/W 0x0 0x7 R R/W 0x7 R/W 0x0 0x7 R R/W 0x7 R/W 0x0 R Data Sheet AD9175 Addr. Name Bits [2:0] Bit Name ECNT_TCH0 0x489 ECNT_TCH1 [7:3] [2:0] RESERVED ECNT_TCH1 0x48A ECNT_TCH2 [7:3] [2:0] RESERVED ECNT_TCH2 0x48B ECNT_TCH3 [7:3] [2:0] RESERVED ECNT_TCH3 Settings Description Terminal count hold enable of error counters for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. When set, the designated counter is to hold the terminal count value of 0xFF when it is reached until the counter is reset by the user. Otherwise, the designated counter rolls over. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. Reserved. Terminal count hold enable of error counters for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. When set, the designated counter is to hold the terminal count value of 0xFF when it is reached until the counter is reset by the user. Otherwise, the designated counter rolls over. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. Reserved. Terminal count hold enable of error counters for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. When set, the designated counter is to hold the terminal count value of 0xFF when it is reached until the counter is reset by the user. Otherwise, the designated counter rolls over. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. Reserved. Terminal count hold enable of error counters for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. When set, the designated counter is to hold the terminal count value of 0xFF when it is reached until the counter is reset by the user. Otherwise, the designated counter rolls over. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Rev. B | Page 133 of 150 Reset 0x7 Access R/W 0x0 0x7 R R/W 0x0 0x7 R R/W 0x0 0x7 R R/W AD9175 Data Sheet Addr. Name Bits Bit Name 0x48C ECNT_TCH4 [7:3] [2:0] RESERVED ECNT_TCH4 0x48D ECNT_TCH5 [7:3] [2:0] RESERVED ECNT_TCH5 0x48E ECNT_TCH6 [7:3] [2:0] RESERVED ECNT_TCH6 0x48F ECNT_TCH7 [7:3] RESERVED Settings Description Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. Reserved. Terminal count hold enable of error counters for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. When set, the designated counter is to hold the terminal count value of 0xFF when it is reached until the counter is reset by the user. Otherwise, the designated counter rolls over. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. Reserved. Terminal count hold enable of error counters for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. When set, the designated counter is to hold the terminal count value of 0xFF when it is reached until the counter is reset by the user. Otherwise, the designated counter rolls over. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. Reserved. Terminal count hold enable of error counters for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. When set, the designated counter is to hold the terminal count value of 0xFF when it is reached until the counter is reset by the user. Otherwise, the designated counter rolls over. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. Reserved. Rev. B | Page 134 of 150 Reset Access 0x0 0x7 R R/W 0x0 0x7 R R/W 0x0 0x7 R R/W 0x0 R Data Sheet AD9175 Addr. Name Bits [2:0] Bit Name ECNT_TCH7 0x490 ECNT_STAT0 [7:4] 3 RESERVED LANE_ENA0 [2:0] ECNT_TCR0 [7:4] 3 RESERVED LANE_ENA1 [2:0] ECNT_TCR1 [7:4] 3 RESERVED LANE_ENA2 0x491 0x492 ECNT_STAT1 ECNT_STAT2 Settings Description Terminal count hold enable of error counters for Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. When set, the designated counter is to hold the terminal count value of 0xFF when it is reached until the counter is reset by the user. Otherwise, the designated counter rolls over. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). This signal must only be programmed while the QBD is held in soft reset (Register 0x475, Bit 3), and must not be changed during normal operation. Reserved. This output indicates if Lane 0 is enabled. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Terminal count reached indicator of error counters for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Set these bits to 1 when the corresponding counter terminal count value of 0xFF is reached. If ECNT_TCHx is set, the terminal count value for the corresponding counter is held until the counter is reset by the user; otherwise, the counter rolls over and continues counting. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reserved. This output indicates if Lane 1 is enabled. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Terminal count reached indicator of error counters for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Set these bits to 1 when the corresponding counter terminal count value of 0xFF is reached. If ECNT_TCHx is set, the terminal count value for the corresponding counter is held until the counter is reset by the user; otherwise, the counter rolls over and continues counting. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reserved. This output indicates if Lane 2 is enabled. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Rev. B | Page 135 of 150 Reset 0x7 Access R/W 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 R 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 R 0x0 0x0 R R AD9175 Data Sheet Addr. Name Bits [2:0] Bit Name ECNT_TCR2 0x493 ECNT_STAT3 [7:4] 3 RESERVED LANE_ENA3 [2:0] ECNT_TCR3 [7:4] 3 RESERVED LANE_ENA4 [2:0] ECNT_TCR4 [7:4] 3 RESERVED LANE_ENA5 0x494 0x495 ECNT_STAT4 ECNT_STAT5 Settings Description Terminal count reached indicator of error counters for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Set these bits to 1 when the corresponding counter terminal count value of 0xFF is reached. If ECNT_TCHx is set, the terminal count value for the corresponding counter is held until the counter is reset by the user; otherwise, the counter rolls over and continues counting. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reserved. This output indicates if Lane 3 is enabled. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Terminal count reached indicator of error counters for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Set these bits to 1 when the corresponding counter terminal count value of 0xFF is reached. If ECNT_TCHx is set, the terminal count value for the corresponding counter is held until the counter is reset by the user; otherwise, the counter rolls over and continues counting. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reserved. This output indicates if Lane 4 is enabled. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Terminal count reached indicator of error counters for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Set these bits to 1 when the corresponding counter terminal count value of 0xFF is reached. If ECNT_TCHx is set, the terminal count value for the corresponding counter is held until the counter is reset by the user; otherwise, the counter rolls over and continues counting. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reserved. This output indicates if Lane 5 is enabled. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Rev. B | Page 136 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 R 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 R 0x0 0x0 R R Data Sheet AD9175 Addr. Name Bits [2:0] Bit Name ECNT_TCR5 0x496 ECNT_STAT6 [7:4] 3 RESERVED LANE_ENA6 [2:0] ECNT_TCR6 [7:4] 3 RESERVED LANE_ENA7 [2:0] ECNT_TCR7 7 BDE0 0x497 0x4B0 ECNT_STAT7 LINK_STATUS0 Settings 0 1 6 NIT0 0 Description Terminal count reached indicator of error counters for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Set these bits to 1 when the corresponding counter terminal count value of 0xFF is reached. If ECNT_TCHx is set, the terminal count value for the corresponding counter is held until the counter is reset by the user; otherwise, the counter rolls over and continues counting. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reserved. This output indicates if Lane 6 is enabled. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Terminal count reached indicator of error counters for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Set these bits to 1 when the corresponding counter terminal count value of 0xFF is reached. If ECNT_TCHx is set, the terminal count value for the corresponding counter is held until the counter is reset by the user; otherwise, the counter rolls over and continues counting. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). Reserved. This output indicates if Lane 7 is enabled. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Terminal count reached indicator of error counters for Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Set these bits to 1 when the corresponding counter terminal count value of 0xFF is reached. If ECNT_TCHx is set, the terminal count value for the corresponding counter is held until the counter is reset by the user; otherwise, the counter rolls over and continues counting. Counters of each lane are addressed as follows: Bit 2 = unexpected K character error (UEK). Bit 1 = not in table error (NIT). Bit 0 = bad disparity error (BDE). Bad disparity errors status for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Not in table errors status for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Rev. B | Page 137 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 R 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R AD9175 Addr. Name Data Sheet Bits Bit Name 5 UEK0 Settings 1 0 1 4 ILD0 0 1 3 ILS0 0 1 2 CKS0 0 1 1 FS0 0 1 0 CGS0 0 1 0x4B1 LINK_STATUS1 7 BDE1 0 1 6 NIT1 0 1 5 UEK1 0 1 4 ILD1 0 1 3 ILS1 0 1 Description Error count ETH[7:0] value. Unexpected K character errors status for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Interlane deskew status for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Deskew failed. Deskew achieved. Initial lane synchronization status for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Computed checksum status for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Checksum is incorrect. Checksum is correct. Frame synchronization status for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Code group synchronization status for Lane 0. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Bad disparity errors status for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Not in table errors status for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Unexpected K character errors status for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Interlane deskew status for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Deskew failed. Deskew achieved. Initial lane synchronization status for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Rev. B | Page 138 of 150 Reset Access 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R Data Sheet Addr. Name AD9175 Bits 2 Bit Name CKS1 Settings 0 1 1 FS1 0 1 0 CGS1 0 1 0x4B2 LINK_STATUS2 7 BDE2 0 1 6 NIT2 0 1 5 UEK2 0 1 4 ILD2 0 1 3 ILS2 0 1 2 CKS2 0 1 1 FS2 0 1 0 CGS2 0 1 Description Computed checksum status for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Checksum is incorrect. Checksum is correct. Frame synchronization status for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Code group synchronization status for Lane 1. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Bad disparity errors status for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Not in table errors status for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Unexpected K character errors status for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Interlane deskew status for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Deskew failed. Deskew achieved. Initial lane synchronization status for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Computed checksum status for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Checksum is incorrect. Checksum is correct. Frame synchronization status for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Code group synchronization status for Lane 2. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Rev. B | Page 139 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R AD9175 Addr. 0x4B3 Name LINK_STATUS3 Data Sheet Bits 7 Bit Name BDE3 Settings 0 1 6 NIT3 0 1 5 UEK3 0 1 4 ILD3 0 1 3 ILS3 0 1 2 CKS3 0 1 1 FS3 0 1 0 CGS3 0 1 0x4B4 LINK_STATUS4 7 BDE4 0 1 6 NIT4 0 1 5 UEK4 0 1 Description Bad disparity errors status for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Not in table errors status for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Unexpected K character errors status for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Interlane deskew status for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Deskew failed. Deskew achieved. Initial lane synchronization status for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Computed checksum status for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Checksum is incorrect. Checksum is correct. Frame synchronization status for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Code group synchronization status for Lane 3. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Bad disparity errors status for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Not in table errors status for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Unexpected K character errors status for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Rev. B | Page 140 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R Data Sheet Addr. Name AD9175 Bits 4 Bit Name ILD4 Settings 0 1 3 ILS4 0 1 2 CKS4 0 1 1 FS4 0 1 0 CGS4 0 1 0x4B5 LINK_STATUS5 7 BDE5 0 1 6 NIT5 0 1 5 UEK5 0 1 4 ILD5 0 1 3 ILS5 0 1 2 CKS5 0 1 Description Interlane deskew status for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Deskew failed. Deskew achieved. Initial lane synchronization status for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Computed checksum status for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Checksum is incorrect. Checksum is correct. Frame synchronization status for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Code group synchronization status for Lane 4. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Bad disparity errors status for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Not in table errors status for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Unexpected K character errors status for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Interlane deskew status for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Deskew failed. Deskew achieved. Initial lane synchronization status for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Computed checksum status for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Checksum is incorrect. Checksum is correct. Rev. B | Page 141 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R AD9175 Addr. Name Data Sheet Bits 1 Bit Name FS5 Settings 0 1 0 CGS5 0 1 0x4B6 LINK_STATUS6 7 BDE6 0 1 6 NIT6 0 1 5 UEK6 0 1 4 ILD6 0 1 3 ILS6 0 1 2 CKS6 0 1 1 FS6 0 1 0 CGS6 0 1 0x4B7 LINK_STATUS7 7 BDE7 0 1 Description Frame synchronization status for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Code group synchronization status for Lane 5. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Bad disparity errors status for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Not in table errors status for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Unexpected K character errors status for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Interlane deskew status for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Deskew failed. Deskew achieved. Initial lane synchronization status for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Computed checksum status for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Checksum is incorrect. Checksum is correct. Frame synchronization status for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Code group synchronization status for Lane 6. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Bad disparity errors status for Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Rev. B | Page 142 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R Data Sheet Addr. Name AD9175 Bits 6 Bit Name NIT7 Settings 0 1 5 UEK7 0 1 4 ILD7 0 1 3 ILS7 0 1 2 CKS7 0 1 1 FS7 0 1 0 CGS7 0 1 0x4B8 JESD_IRQ_ENABLEA 7 EN_BDE 6 EN_NIT 5 EN_UEK 4 EN_ILD 3 EN_ILS Description Not in table errors status for Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Unexpected K character errors status Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Error count < ETH[7:0] value. Error count ETH[7:0] value. Interlane deskew status for Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Deskew failed. Deskew achieved. Initial lane synchronization status for Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Computed checksum status for Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Checksum is incorrect. Checksum is correct. Frame synchronization status for Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Code group synchronization status for Lane 7. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Synchronization lost. Synchronization achieved. Bad disparity error counter. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Not in table error counter. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Unexpected K error counter. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Interlane deskew. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Initial lane synchronization. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Rev. B | Page 143 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W AD9175 Addr. Name Data Sheet Bits 2 Bit Name EN_CKS 1 EN_FS 0 EN_CGS 0x4B9 JESD_IRQ_ENABLEB [7:1] 0 RESERVED EN_ILAS 0x4BA JESD_IRQ_STATUSA 7 IRQ_BDE 6 IRQ_NIT 5 IRQ_UEK 4 IRQ_ILD 3 IRQ_ILS 2 IRQ_CKS 1 IRQ_FS 0 IRQ_CGS 0x4BB JESD_IRQ_STATUSB [7:1] 0 RESERVED IRQ_ILAS 0x4BC IRQ_OUTPUT_MUX_ JESD [7:1] 0 RESERVED MUX_JESD_IRQ Settings Description Good checksum. This bit compares two checksums: the checksum that the transmitter sent over the link during the ILAS and the checksum that the receiver calculated from the ILAS data that the transmitter sent over the link. The checksum IRQ only looks at data sent by the transmitter and not the checksum programmed into Register 0x45D. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Frame synchronization. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Code group synchronization. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Reserved. Configuration mismatch (checked for Lane 0 only). The ILAS IRQ compares the two sets of ILAS data obtained by the receiver. The first set of data is the ILAS data sent over the JESD204B link by the transmitter. The second set of data is the ILAS data programmed into the receiver via the SPI (Register 0x450 to Register 0x45D). If any of the data differs, the IRQ is triggered. All of the ILAS data, including the checksum, is compared. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Bad disparity error counter. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Not in table error counter. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Unexpected K error counter. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Interlane deskew. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Initial lane synchronization. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Good checksum. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Frame synchronization. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Code group synchronization. This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Reserved. Configuration mismatch (checked for Lane 0 only). This control is paged by the LINK_PAGE control in Register 0x300. Reserved. Selects which IRQ pin is connected to the JESD204B IRQx sources. Rev. B | Page 144 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W Data Sheet AD9175 Addr. Name Bits Bit Name 0x580 BE_SOFT_OFF_ GAIN_CTRL 7 BE_SOFT_OFF_ GAIN_EN [6:3] [2:0] RESERVED BE_GAIN_RAMP_ RATE 7 ENA_SHORT_ PAERR_SOFTOFF 6 ENA_LONG_ PAERR_SOFTOFF [5:4] 3 RESERVED ENA_JESD_ERR_ SOFTOFF 2 ROTATE_SOFT_ OFF_EN 1 TXEN_SOFT_OFF_ EN 0 SPI_SOFT_OFF_EN 7 SPI_SOFT_ON_EN 6 LONG_LEVEL_ SOFTON_EN [5:0] [7:0] RESERVED LONG_PA_ THRESHOLD[7:0] 0x581 0x582 BE_SOFT_OFF_ ENABLE BE_SOFT_ON_ ENABLE 0x583 LONG_PA_THRES_ LSB 0x584 LONG_PA_THRES_ MSB [7:5] [4:0] RESERVED LONG_PA_ THRESHOLD[12:8] 0x585 LONG_PA_ CONTROL 7 LONG_PA_ENABLE [6:4] RESERVED Settings 0 1 Description Route the IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ0 pin. Route the IRQ trigger signal to the IRQ1 pin. Reset Access Must be 1 to use soft off/on. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Reserved. Sets ramp rate. The gain ramps from 0 to 1 (or 1 to 0) in 32 steps over 2(CODE + 8) DAC clock periods. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Enable short PA error soft off. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Enable long PA error soft off. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Reserved. Enable JESD204B side error soft off. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. When set to 1, the synchronization logic rotation triggers the DAC output soft off. Register 0x03B, Bit 0 must also be high. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. When set to 1, a TXENx falling edge triggers the DAC output soft off. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Force a soft off when gain is 1. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Force a soft on when gain is 0. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. When set to 1, this bit enables the long level soft on. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Reserved. Long average power threshold for comparison. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Reserved. Long average power threshold for comparison. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Enable long average power calculation and error detection. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Reserved. 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x1 R/W 0x1 R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x1 R/W 0x1 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x1 R/W 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R Rev. B | Page 145 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet Addr. Name Bits [3:0] Bit Name LONG_PA_AVG_ TIME 0x586 LONG_PA_POWER_ LSB [7:0] LONG_PA_ POWER[7:0] 0x587 LONG_PA_POWER_ MSB [7:5] [4:0] RESERVED LONG_PA_ POWER[12:8] 0x588 SHORT_PA_THRES_ LSB [7:0] SHORT_PA_ THRESHOLD[7:0] 0x589 SHORT_PA_THRES_ MSB [7:5] [4:0] RESERVED SHORT_PA_ THRESHOLD[12:8] 0x58A SHORT_PA_ CONTROL 7 SHORT_PA_ENABLE [6:2] [1:0] RESERVED SHORT_PA_AVG_ TIME 0x58B SHORT_PA_POWER_ LSB [7:0] SHORT_PA_ POWER[7:0] 0x58C SHORT_PA_POWER_ [7:5] RESERVED Settings Description Sets length of long PA averaging time. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Averaging time = 29 + LONG_PA_AVG_TIME (PA clock periods). A PA clock period is calculated by the following: If the main interpolation is >1x, PA clock period = 4 x main interpolation x DAC clock period. If channel interpolation is >1x, PA clock period = 8 x main interpolation x DAC clock period. Otherwise, PA clock period = 32 x DAC clock period. Long average power readback. Power detected at data bus = I2 + Q2. The data bus calculation only uses the 6 MSBs of the I and Q data bus samples. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Reserved. Long average power readback. Power detected at data bus = I2 + Q2. The data bus calculation only uses the 6 MSBs of the I and Q data bus samples. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Short average power threshold for comparison. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Reserved. Short average power threshold for comparison. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Enable short average power calculation and error detection. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Reserved. Sets length of short PA averaging. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Averaging time = 2SHORT_PA_AVG_TIME (PA clock periods). A PA clock period is calculated by the following: If the main interpolation is >1x, PA clock period = 4 x main interpolation x DAC clock period. If channel interpolation is >1x, PA clock period = 8 x main interpolation x DAC clock period. Otherwise, PA clock period = 32 x DAC clock period. Short average power readback. Power detected at data bus = I2 + Q2. The data bus calculation only uses the 6 MSBs of the I and Q data bus samples. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Reserved. Rev. B | Page 146 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R/W 0x0 R 0x0 0x0 R R 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 R 0x0 R Data Sheet AD9175 Addr. Name Bits [4:0] Bit Name SHORT_PA_ POWER[12:8] 0x58D TXEN_SM_0 [7:1] 0 RESERVED ENA_TXENSM 0x596 BLANKING_CTRL [7:4] 3 RESERVED SPI_TXEN 2 ENA_SPI_TXEN [1:0] [7:0] RESERVED JESD_PA_INT_ CNTRL[7:0] 0x597 JESD_PA_INT0 0x598 JESD_PA_INT1 [7:1] 0 RESERVED JESD_PA_INT_ CNTRL[8] 0x599 TXEN_FLUSH_CTRL0 [7:1] 0 RESERVED SPI_FLUSH_EN 0x705 NVM_LOADER_EN [7:1] 0 RESERVED NVM_BLR_EN 0x790 DACPLL_PDCTRL0 7 PLL_PD5 [6:4] PLL_PD4 3 PLL_PD3 Settings Description Short average power readback. Power detected at data bus = I2 + Q2. The data bus calculation only uses the 6 MSBs of the I and Q data bus samples. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Reserved. Enable TXEN state machine. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Reserved. If ENA_SPI_TXEN (Bit 2 of this register) = 1, the value of this register is the value of the TXENx status. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Enable TXENx control via the SPI by setting this bit to 1. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Reserved. Each bit enables a JESD204B PA interrupt. Bit 8 = CGS. Bit 7 = frame sync. Bit 6 = good check sum. Bit 5 = initial lane sync. Bit 4 = interlane deskew. Bit 3 = bad disparity error counter. Bit 2 = NIT error counter. Bit 1= UEK error counter. Bit 0 = lane FIFO overflow or underflow. Reserved. Each bit enables a JESD204B PA interrupt. Bit 8 = CGS. Bit 7 = frame sync. Bit 6 = good check sum. Bit 5 = initial lane sync. Bit 4 = interlane deskew. Bit 3 = bad disparity error counter. Bit 2 = NIT error counter. Bit 1= UEK error counter. Bit 0 = lane FIFO overflow or underflow. Reserved. Enable datapath flush. This control is paged by the MAINDAC_PAGE control in Register 0x008. Reserved. Enable bootloader. This bit self clears when the boot loader completes or fails. PLL power-down control. Write this bit to 1 if bypassing the PLL. If using the PLL, keep this value at default (0). PLL power-down control. Write this bit to 1 if bypassing the PLL. If using the PLL, keep this value at default (0). PLL power-down control. Write this bit to 1 if bypassing the PLL. If using the PLL, keep this value default (0). Rev. B | Page 147 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R 0x1 0x0 R/W R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 0x1 R R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W AD9175 Addr. 0x791 Name DACPLL_PDCTRL1 Data Sheet Bits 2 Bit Name PLL_PD2 1 PLL_PD1 0 PLL_PD0 [7:5] 4 RESERVED PLL_PD10 3 PLL_PD9 2 PLL_PD8 1 PLL_PD7 0 PLL_PD6 0x792 DACPLL_CTRL0 [7:2] 1 0 RESERVED D_CAL_RESET D_RESET_VCO_DIV 0x793 DACPLL_CTRL1 [7:2] [1:0] RESERVED M_DIVIDER-1 Settings 0 1 10 11 0x794 DACPLL_CTRL2 [7:6] [5:0] RESERVED DACPLL_CP 0x795 DACPLL_CTRL3 0x796 DACPLL_CTRL4 0x797 DACPLL_CTRL5 0x798 DACPLL_CTRL6 [7:4] [3:0] [7:4] [3:0] [7:6] [5:0] 7 6 RESERVED D_CP_CALBITS PLL_CTRL0 RESERVED RESERVED PLL_CTRL1 RESERVED PLL_CTRL3 Description PLL power-down control. Write this bit to 1 if bypassing the PLL. If using the PLL, keep this value at default (0). PLL power-down control. Write this bit to 1 if bypassing the PLL. If using the PLL, write this bit to 0. PLL power-down control. Write this bit to 1 if bypassing the PLL. If using the PLL, keep this value at default (0). Reserved. PLL power-down control. Write this bit to 1 if bypassing the PLL. If using the PLL, keep this value at default (0). PLL power-down control. Write this bit to 1 if bypassing the PLL. If using the PLL, keep this value at default (0). PLL power-down control. Write this bit to 1 if bypassing the PLL. If using the PLL, keep this value at default (0). PLL power-down control. Write this bit to 1 if bypassing the PLL. If using the PLL, keep this value at default (0). PLL power-down control. Write this bit to 1 if bypassing the PLL. If using the PLL, keep this value at default (0). Reserved. Resets VCO calibration. Setting this high holds the VCO output divider in reset. This has the effect of turning off the input (and output) of the ADC clock driver. Reserved. Programmable predivider value for PFD (in n - 1 notation). M_DIVIDER = PLL reference clock/PFD frequency. For optimal spectral performance, choose an M divider setting that selects a high PFD frequency within the allowable PFD range. Divide by 1. Divide by 2. Divide by 3. Divide by 4. Reserved. Charge pump current control. Charge pump current = 100 A + code x 100 A. Reserved. DAC PLL optimization control. DAC PLL optimization control. Reserved. Reserved. DAC PLL optimization control. Reserved. DAC PLL optimization control. Rev. B | Page 148 of 150 Reset 0x0 Access R/W 0x1 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 R/W 0x0 0x1 0x0 R R/W R/W 0x0 0x0 R R/W 0x0 0x4 R/W R/W 0x0 0x8 0xD 0x2 0x0 0x20 0x0 0x0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R R/W Data Sheet Addr. Name 0x799 DACPLL_CTRL7 AD9175 Bits [5:0] [7:6] Bit Name PLL_CTRL2 ADC_CLK_DIVIDER Settings 0 1 10 11 0x7A0 DACPLL_CTRL9 [5:0] N_DIVIDER [7:6] 5 RESERVED D_EN_VAR_FINE_ PRE RESERVED D_EN_VAR_ COARSE_PRE RESERVED RESERVED D_REGULATOR_ CAL_WAIT D_VCO_CAL_WAIT D_VCO_CAL_ CYCLES RESERVED RESERVED PLL_LOCK [4:3] 2 0x7A2 DACPLL_CTRL10 [1:0] 7 [6:5] [4:3] [2:1] 0x7B5 PLL_STATUS 0 [7:1] 0 Description DAC PLL optimization control. ADC clock output divider. Divide by 1. Divide by 2. Divide by 3. Divide by 4. Programmable divide by N value from 2 to 50. N_DIVIDER = (DAC frequency x M_DIVIDER)/(8 x reference clock frequency). Reserved. DAC PLL control. Reset 0x1C 0x0 Access R/W R/W 0x8 R/W 0x2 0x0 R/W R/W Reserved. DAC PLL control. 0x2 0x0 R/W R/W Reserved. Reserved. DAC PLL optimization control. 0x0 0x0 0x1 R/W R R/W DAC PLL optimization control. DAC PLL optimization control. 0x2 0x2 R/W R/W Reserved. Reserved. DAC PLL lock status. 0x1 0x0 0x0 R/W R R Rev. B | Page 149 of 150 AD9175 Data Sheet OUTLINE DIMENSIONS 10.10 10.00 SQ 9.90 A1 BALL CORNER INDICATOR A1 BALL CORNER R 1.0 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 A B C 9.80 9.70 SQ 9.60 D 8.80 SQ REF E F G 6.60 REF SQ H J 0.80 BSC K L M 1.71 1.56 1.41 TOP VIEW 0.60 REF 0.15 REF DETAIL A DETAIL A BOTTOM VIEW 0.87 REF SIDE VIEW 0.38 0.34 0.30 0.40 0.35 0.30 PKG-005195 SEATING PLANE 0.50 0.45 0.40 BALL DIAMETER COPLANARITY 0.12 COMPLIANT TO JEDEC STANDARDS MO-275-EEAB-1. 05-10-2016-A R 0.5~1.5 Figure 100. 144-Ball Ball Grid Array, Thermally Enhanced [BGA_ED] (BP-144-1) Dimensions shown in millimeters ORDERING GUIDE Model1 AD9175BBPZ AD9175BBPZRL AD9175-FMC-EBZ 1 Temperature Range -40C to +85C -40C to +85C Package Description 144-Ball Ball Grid Array, Thermally Enhanced [BGA_ED] 144-Ball Ball Grid Array, Thermally Enhanced [BGA_ED] Evaluation Board Z = RoHS Compliant Part. (c)2018-2019 Analog Devices, Inc. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners. D16795-0-8/19(B) Rev. B | Page 150 of 150 Package Option BP-144-1 BP-144-1